Wärtsilä Aktienkurs
Vergleich mit Peer Group
📊 Peer Group
📈 Was ist das?
Die Peer Group sind die Unternehmen mit dem ähnlichsten Geschäftsmodell. Sie dienen als Vergleichsmaßstab, um eine Aktie einzuordnen.
🧮 Wie wird sie ausgewählt?
Nach Ähnlichkeit des Geschäftsmodells, also Unternehmen aus derselben Branche, mit vergleichbaren Produkten und einer ähnlichen Kundengruppe. Nur so vergleichst du Äpfel mit Äpfeln.
🏛️ Wofür ist sie wichtig?
Ob eine Aktie günstig oder teuer ist, lässt sich am ehesten im Vergleich beurteilen. Ein KGV von 18 oder ein EV/FCF von 20 wirkt je nach Maßstab günstig oder teuer. Die Peer Group liefert dabei den treffsichersten Maßstab: Unternehmen mit ähnlichem Geschäftsmodell, die denselben Bedingungen unterliegen.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
Liegt eine Kennzahl unter dem Peer-Durchschnitt, ist die Aktie relativ günstiger bewertet, über dem Durchschnitt entsprechend teurer. Ein Abschlag zur Peer Group kann eine Chance sein, aber auch einen Grund haben (zum Beispiel geringeres Wachstum). Der Vergleich ist ein Startpunkt, kein Urteil.
Insights zu Wärtsilä
Insights
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Ist Wärtsilä eine Topscorer-Aktie nach der Dividenden-, High-Growth-Investing- oder Levermann-Strategie?
Als kostenloser aktien.guide Basis-Nutzer kannst Du die Scores zu allen 9.127 weltweiten Aktien einsehen.
aktien.guide Premium
aktien.guide Unlimited
Kennzahlen
📘 Marktkapitalisierung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Marktkapitalisierung zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen laut Börse aktuell wert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft Unternehmen in Größenklassen (Large, Mid, Small Cap) einzuordnen und gibt Hinweise auf Marktmacht und Stabilität.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Große Unternehmen gelten als stabiler, zahlen oft Dividenden, wachsen aber langsamer.
- Kleine Firmen können stärker wachsen, sind aber schwankungsanfälliger.
- Die Marktkapitalisierung ist ein guter Indikator für Unternehmensgröße, aber kein Maß für Unter- oder Überbewertung.
📘 Enterprise Value (Unternehmenswert)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Enterprise Value (EV) zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich kostet, wenn man es komplett übernehmen würde – inklusive Schulden und abzüglich Cash.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
(= Marktkapitalisierung + Nettoverschuldung)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der EV ist eine realistischere Bewertungsbasis als die Marktkapitalisierung, da er die Kapitalstruktur berücksichtigt. Er ist Grundlage für Kennzahlen wie EV/FCF oder EV/Sales.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Der Enterprise Value zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich wert ist – unabhängig davon, wie es finanziert ist.
- Er ist besonders wichtig für professionelle Investoren, da er eine objektivere Grundlage für Bewertungsvergleiche bietet als die Marktkapitalisierung allein.
- Ein Unternehmen mit hoher Verschuldung erscheint im EV teurer, eines mit viel Cash günstiger – auch wenn sie an der Börse gleich viel wert sind.
📘 Nettoverschuldung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettoverschuldung zeigt, wie viele Schulden nach Abzug des verfügbaren Cashs tatsächlich verbleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen von Fremdkapital abhängig ist – und wie gut es in der Lage ist, seine Schulden kurzfristig zu bedienen.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige oder negative Nettoverschuldung bedeutet hohe finanzielle Stabilität.
- Unternehmen mit viel Cash und geringer Verschuldung sind besser gerüstet für Krisen.
- Eine hohe Nettoverschuldung erhöht das Risiko – besonders bei steigenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
📘 Cash
📈 Was ist das?
Der Cashbestand zeigt, wie viele liquide Mittel einem Unternehmen sofort zur Verfügung stehen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Er gibt Auskunft über die finanzielle Flexibilität: Ein hoher Cashbestand ermöglicht Investitionen, Rückkäufe oder Krisenresistenz.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Cashbestand zeigt finanzielle Stärke und Handlungsspielraum.
- Cash kann für Investitionen, Schuldentilgung oder Aktienrückkäufe genutzt werden.
- Allerdings: Zu viel ungenutztes Kapital kann auch auf mangelnde Investitionsideen hinweisen.
📘 Anzahl ausstehender Aktien
📈 Was ist das?
Die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien gibt an, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell im Umlauf sind und von Investoren gehalten werden.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die Grundlage für viele Kennzahlen wie Gewinn je Aktie (EPS), Marktkapitalisierung oder KGV.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Je weniger Aktien im Umlauf sind, desto höher fällt z. B. der Gewinn je Aktie aus – wichtig für Bewertung und Dividendenrendite.
- Aktienrückkäufe verringern die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien – und steigern den Wert je Aktie.
- Kapitalerhöhungen haben den gegenteiligen Effekt: mehr Aktien → Verwässerung der bestehenden Anteile.
📘 Kurs-Gewinn-Verhältnis (KGV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KGV zeigt, wie oft der Gewinn pro Aktie im aktuellen Aktienkurs enthalten ist – also wie „teuer“ eine Aktie im Verhältnis zum Gewinn ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KGV gehört zu den bekanntesten Bewertungskennzahlen. Es hilft Anlegern einzuschätzen, ob eine Aktie im Vergleich zu ihrem Gewinn eher günstig oder teuer erscheint.
🧮 Berechnung
📊 KGV (TTM) = bezogen auf den Gewinn der letzten 12 Monate (Trailing Twelve Months):🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KGV kann auf eine günstige Bewertung hindeuten – oder auf Probleme im Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein hohes KGV kann Wachstumserwartungen widerspiegeln – oder eine überbewertete Aktie.
📘 Kurs-Umsatz-Verhältnis (KUV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KUV zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen – unabhängig vom Gewinn.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KUV ist besonders bei wachstumsstarken oder noch nicht profitablen Unternehmen hilfreich. Es zeigt, wie hoch der Umsatz an der Börse bewertet wird.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KUV kann auf Unterbewertung hindeuten – oder auf schwache Margen.
- Ein hohes KUV kann hohe Erwartungen widerspiegeln – oder übermäßigen Optimismus.
- Besonders sinnvoll bei Wachstumsunternehmen, bei denen der Gewinn oder Free Cashflow (noch) keine Aussagekraft hat.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Umsatz (EV/Sales)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/Sales zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen, wenn man auch Schulden und Cash berücksichtigt – es ist eine kapitalstrukturbereinigte Version des KUV.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl eignet sich besonders für den Vergleich von Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Verschuldung – sie zeigt, wie teuer ein Unternehmen tatsächlich im Verhältnis zum Umsatz ist.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EV/Sales ist neutral gegenüber der Kapitalstruktur und eignet sich gut für Unternehmensvergleiche.
- Ein niedriges Verhältnis kann auf eine günstig bewertete Aktie hindeuten – ein hohes Verhältnis auf hohe Erwartungen oder Überbewertung.
- Besonders nützlich bei wachstumsstarken, noch nicht profitablen Firmen.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Free Cashflow (EV/FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/FCF zeigt, wie viele Jahre es dauern würde, bis ein Unternehmen seinen Unternehmenswert durch freien Cashflow „zurückverdient”.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Unternehmen auf Basis ihrer tatsächlichen Cash-Erträge zu bewerten – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder buchhalterischem Gewinn.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges EV/FCF deutet auf eine günstige Bewertung bei starker Cashgenerierung hin.
- Ein hohes EV/FCF kann entweder auf Optimismus oder auf temporär schwachen Cashflow hindeuten.
- Besonders hilfreich bei reifen, profitablen Unternehmen mit stabilen Cashflows.
📘 Kurs-Buchwert-Verhältnis (KBV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KBV zeigt, wie hoch der Marktwert eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zu seinem bilanziellen Eigenkapital ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KBV ist besonders bei Substanzwerten (z. B. Banken, Industrie) relevant. Es hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob ein Unternehmen unter oder über seinem buchhalterischen Vermögen bewertet ist.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein KBV unter 1 kann auf Unterbewertung oder schwache Rentabilität hindeuten.
- Ein KBV über 1 zeigt, dass der Markt dem Unternehmen Mehrwert über den Buchwert hinaus zuschreibt (z. B. Marken, Patente, Wachstum).
- Das KBV eignet sich besonders gut für Unternehmen mit stabilen, materiellen Vermögenswerten.
📘 Dividende je Aktie
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividende je Aktie zeigt, wie viel Geld ein Unternehmen pro Aktie an seine Aktionäre ausschüttet – typischerweise jährlich oder quartalsweise.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die absolute Größe der Auszahlung je Aktie – wichtig für alle, die regelmäßige Erträge suchen oder Dividendenstrategien verfolgen.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile oder wachsende Dividende je Aktie ist oft ein Zeichen für ein solides Geschäftsmodell.
- Die Dividende je Aktie allein sagt aber nichts über die Rendite – dafür ist auch der Aktienkurs relevant (→ Dividendenrendite).
- Langfristig steigende Dividenden sind oft ein sehr gutes Merkmal (z. B. Dividenden-Aristokraten).
📘 Dividendenrendite
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividendenrendite zeigt, wie hoch die Dividende eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zum Aktienkurs ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft dabei, Dividendenaktien vergleichbar zu machen – unabhängig vom absoluten Auszahlungsbetrag.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile Dividendenrendite kann auf verlässliche Ausschüttungen hinweisen.
- Ein Vergleich der 1J- und 5J-Rendite hilft zu erkennen, ob das Dividendenwachstum mit dem Kurswachstum Schritt hält.
- Eine niedrige Rendite ist nicht zwingend negativ – sie kann auf starkes Kurswachstum hindeuten.
📘 Dividendenwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Dividendenwachstum zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen seine Dividende je Aktie über die Zeit gesteigert hat.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
5J: durchschnittliche jährliche Wachstumsrate (CAGR)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Stetig steigende Dividenden gelten als Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und Aktionärsorientierung – besonders interessant für langfristige Investoren.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein stabiles Dividendenwachstum ist ein Zeichen nachhaltiger Ertragskraft.
- Ein hohes Dividendenwachstum kann ein erheblicher Hebel deiner Rendite sein:
- Wenn ein Unternehmen z. B. 1 € Dividende zahlt und diese über 5 Jahre jährlich um 15 % erhöht, bekommst du im 5. Jahr bereits 2 € je Aktie – doppelt so viel wie zu Beginn!
📘 Ausschüttungsquote (Payout)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Ausschüttungsquote zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Unternehmensgewinns (pro Aktie) als Dividende an die Aktionäre ausgeschüttet wird.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Quote hilft einzuschätzen, ob eine Dividende auf Dauer tragfähig ist – besonders im Verhältnis zum erzielten Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige Ausschüttungsquote bedeutet: Das Unternehmen behält einen größeren Teil des Gewinns für Investitionen – typisch für Wachstumsunternehmen.
- Eine moderate Quote (z. B. 25–50 %) steht oft für ein gesundes Gleichgewicht zwischen Ausschüttung und Zukunftsinvestitionen.
- Hohe Ausschüttungsquoten können attraktiv wirken, sind aber riskanter, wenn die Gewinne schwanken oder sinken.
📘 Dividendensteigerungen in Folge (Erhöhungen)
📈 Was ist das?
Diese Kennzahl zeigt, wie viele Jahre in Folge ein Unternehmen seine Dividende pro Aktie erhöht hat – ohne Kürzung oder Aussetzung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein langer Track Record kontinuierlicher Erhöhungen spricht für Verlässlichkeit, solide Finanzen und aktionärsfreundliche Unternehmenspolitik.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein langer Zeitraum mit Dividendensteigerungen stärkt das Vertrauen – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Solche Unternehmen gelten als verlässlich und planbar für Einkommensinvestoren.
- Je länger die Serie, desto stärker das Commitment gegenüber den Aktionären.
📘 Umsatz
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen insgesamt mit seinen Produkten und Dienstleistungen verdient – also den Bruttoerlös vor Abzug von Kosten.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Umsatz ist eine der zentralen Kennzahlen zur Einschätzung der Unternehmensgröße, Marktstellung und Wachstumskraft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein wachsender Umsatz zeigt eine steigende Nachfrage und kann ein guter Frühindikator für Gewinnsteigerungen sein.
- Vergleiche von aktuellem und erwartetem Umsatz geben Hinweise auf das Marktumfeld und Analystenerwartungen.
- Wichtig: Starker Umsatz allein genügt nicht – auch Margen und Profitabilität zählen.
📘 EBITDA
📈 Was ist das?
EBITDA steht für „Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens, bereinigt um bilanztechnische und finanzierungsbedingte Effekte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBITDA ist eine verbreitete Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der operativen Leistungsfähigkeit – insbesondere bei kapitalintensiven Unternehmen oder im internationalen Vergleich.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes oder wachsendes EBITDA spricht für starke operative Erträge – unabhängig von Bilanzierung oder Steuerlast.
- EBITDA ist besonders nützlich, um Unternehmen branchenübergreifend zu vergleichen.
- Wichtig: EBITDA ist keine offizielle Gewinnkennzahl – Abschreibungen und Finanzierungskosten werden ausgeklammert.
📘 EBIT
📈 Was ist das?
EBIT steht für „Earnings Before Interest and Taxes“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen und Steuern. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Finanzierungs- und Steueraufwand.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBIT ist eine zentrale Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der Profitabilität aus dem Kerngeschäft – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder Steuersystem.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes EBIT deutet auf ein profitables Kerngeschäft hin – vor Zinslasten oder steuerlichen Effekten.
- Es erlaubt objektivere Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Finanzierung.
- Im Vergleich mit EBITDA zeigt EBIT bereits den Einfluss von Abschreibungen auf das operative Ergebnis.
📘 Nettogewinn
📈 Was ist das?
Der Nettogewinn ist der verbleibende Jahresüberschuss (oder -fehlbetrag) eines Unternehmens – nach Abzug aller Kosten, Steuern, Zinsen und Abschreibungen
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Nettogewinn ist die zentrale Erfolgskennzahl – er zeigt, wie profitabel ein Unternehmen nach allen Kosten tatsächlich arbeitet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein steigender Nettogewinn zeigt, dass das Unternehmen effizient wirtschaftet – trotz aller Kosten.
- Die Entwicklung des Gewinns beeinflusst z. B. direkt das KGV und weitere Kennzahlen.
- Im Zeitverlauf lässt sich ablesen, wie stabil und profitabel ein Geschäftsmodell wirklich ist.
📘 Free Cashflow (FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow gibt Aufschluss über die echte finanzielle Stärke eines Unternehmens – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln. Er zeigt, wie viel Spielraum für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldenabbau besteht.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
FCF reflects a company’s real financial strength – regardless of accounting profits. It shows how much flexibility a company has for dividends, share buybacks, or debt reduction.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow bedeutet, dass ein Unternehmen echte Finanzkraft besitzt – unabhängig vom bilanzierten Gewinn.
- Er ist oft die solideste Grundlage für nachhaltige Dividenden und Aktienrückkäufe.
- Sinkender FCF kann ein Warnsignal sein – auch wenn der Gewinn stabil aussieht.
📘 Umsatzwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Umsatzwachstum zeigt, wie stark sich die Erlöse eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert haben – tatsächlich (TTM) und auf Prognosebasis (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (Umsatz erwartet ÷ Umsatz Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein wachsender Umsatz ist ein zentrales Signal für steigende Nachfrage, Geschäftsausweitung und Marktanteilsgewinne – besonders bei Wachstumsunternehmen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachstum ist der Motor langfristiger Wertsteigerung – besonders bei Technologie- und Wachstumsaktien.
- Wichtig ist nicht nur das aktuelle Wachstum, sondern auch dessen Nachhaltigkeit.
- Prognosen zeigen, ob Analysten weiteres Potenzial erwarten – oder eine Verlangsamung.
📘 EBITDA-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBITDA-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBITDA ÷ EBITDA Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein steigendes EBITDA ist ein Zeichen für verbesserte operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Finanzierungsstruktur oder Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Starkes EBITDA-Wachstum signalisiert operative Effizienz und Skalierung – besonders relevant in Wachstumsphasen.
- EBITDA-Wachstum ist ein Frühindikator für Margen- und Gewinnentwicklung – sollte aber stets im Zusammenhang mit Umsatz und EBIT betrachtet werden.
📘 EBIT Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBIT-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens (nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern) im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gewachsen ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBIT ÷ EBIT Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein direkter Indikator für die wirtschaftliche Entwicklung des operativen Geschäfts – unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (Abschreibungen).
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Steigendes EBIT signalisiert wachsende operative Rentabilität – auch unter Berücksichtigung von Abschreibungen.
- Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein wichtiges Maß zur Beurteilung von Geschäftsmodellen mit hohen Investitionskosten.
- Im Zusammenspiel mit Umsatz- und EBITDA-Wachstum ergibt sich ein umfassendes Bild zur operativen Entwicklung.
📘 Nettogewinn-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Nettogewinn-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark der Jahresüberschuss eines Unternehmens gegenüber dem Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist – sowohl tatsächlich (TTM) als auch auf Basis von Prognosen (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwarteter Nettogewinn ÷ Nettogewinn Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Der erwartete Wert basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Gewinn ist die entscheidende Ergebnisgröße für ein Unternehmen. Ein wachsender Nettogewinn deutet auf steigende Effizienz, stabile Kostenkontrolle und nachhaltige Ertragskraft hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachsender Nettogewinn stärkt die Bewertung, Dividendenfähigkeit und Kursfantasie.
- Stagnierender oder rückläufiger Gewinn trotz Umsatzwachstum kann auf Margendruck hinweisen.
📘 Free Cashflow-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Free-Cashflow-Wachstum zeigt, wie sich der freie Mittelzufluss eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert hat – also der Betrag, der nach allen operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Free Cashflow ist der echte, verfügbare Geldzufluss. Wachstum in diesem Bereich ist ein Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und steigende Flexibilität bei Dividenden, Rückkäufen oder Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Sinkender Free Cashflow kann auf steigende Investitionen, höhere Kosten oder stagnierende operative Erträge hindeuten.
- Besonders bei Dividendenwerten ist das FCF-Wachstum wichtig – denn Dividenden werden letztlich aus dem verfügbaren Cash gezahlt.
- Ein negativer Trend sollte genauer analysiert werden – er ist nicht zwangsläufig schlecht, aber potenziell ein Warnsignal.
📘 Bruttomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Bruttomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellungskosten (Material, Produktion) als Bruttogewinn übrig bleibt – also der „Rohgewinn“ eines Unternehmens.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Auch: Bruttomarge = Bruttogewinn ÷ Umsatz × 100
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Bruttomarge gibt Aufschluss über die Profitabilität eines Produkts oder Geschäftsmodells vor Fixkosten, Steuern und Zinsen. Sie zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen produzieren oder einkaufen kann.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Bruttomarge deutet auf starke Preissetzungsmacht und effiziente Herstellung hin.
- Sinkende Bruttomargen können auf Kostensteigerungen oder Preisdruck hindeuten.
- Besonders im Vergleich zu Wettbewerbern liefert die Bruttomarge wertvolle Einblicke in die Geschäftsqualität.
📘 EBITDA-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBITDA-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz als operativer Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen (EBITDA) übrig bleibt. Sie misst die operative Effizienz – ohne Verzerrungen durch Finanzierung oder Buchwerte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBITDA-Marge hilft zu verstehen, wie viel operativer Gewinn ein Unternehmen aus jedem Euro Umsatz erzielt – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder steuerlichem Umfeld.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBITDA-Marge zeigt starke operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Bilanzierungseffekten.
- Die Marge ermöglicht gute Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen und Branchen.
- Ein stabiler oder wachsender Wert kann auf effiziente Kostenkontrolle und Skalierbarkeit hindeuten.
📘 EBIT-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBIT-Marge zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Umsatzes als operativer Gewinn nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern übrig bleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBIT-Marge misst die operative Ertragskraft eines Unternehmens unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (z. B. Maschinen, Anlagen). Sie eignet sich gut zum Vergleich von Geschäftsmodellen mit unterschiedlich hohen Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBIT-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen auch nach Abschreibungen effizient arbeitet.
- Sie ist besonders relevant in kapitalintensiven Branchen.
- Langfristig stabile oder steigende Margen sind ein Zeichen wirtschaftlicher Stärke und Preissetzungsmacht.
📘 Nettomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz am Ende als „Reingewinn“ übrig bleibt – also nach Abzug aller Kosten, Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Nettomarge gibt an, wie effizient ein Unternehmen über alle Stufen hinweg wirtschaftet. Sie zeigt, wie viel Gewinn tatsächlich je Euro Umsatz übrig bleibt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Nettomarge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nicht nur operativ stark ist, sondern auch seine Finanzierung und Steuerbelastung im Griff hat.
- Vergleiche mit Wettbewerbern geben Einblicke in die wirtschaftliche Qualität.
- Sinkende Nettomargen trotz Umsatzwachstum können ein Warnsignal sein – etwa für steigende Kosten oder sinkende Effizienz.
📘 Free Cashflow Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug aller operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen tatsächlich als freier Mittelzufluss übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Marge misst die echte Liquidität, die ein Unternehmen erwirtschaftet – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder Abschreibungen. Sie ist besonders relevant für Dividenden, Rückkäufe und Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nachhaltig liquide Mittel erwirtschaftet.
- Sie ist ein starkes Signal für finanzielle Stabilität und Ausschüttungspotenzial.
- Wichtig ist der langfristige Trend – sinkende Werte können auf steigende Investitionen oder rückläufige operative Effizienz hindeuten.
📘 Eigenkapitalquote
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalquote zeigt, wie hoch der Anteil des Eigenkapitals an der Bilanzsumme eines Unternehmens ist – also wie stark es sich aus eigenen Mitteln finanziert.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote steht für finanzielle Stabilität, Krisenfestigkeit und gute Bonität. Sie ist besonders relevant bei der Beurteilung der Verschuldung.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote signalisiert finanzielle Stabilität – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf ein höheres Risiko oder eine aggressive Verschuldung hinweisen.
- Wichtig: Die Eigenkapitalquote sollte immer gemeinsam mit der Eigenkapitalrendite betrachtet werden. Nur so lässt sich beurteilen, ob ein Unternehmen nicht nur solide, sondern auch effizient wirtschaftet.
📘 Eigenkapitalrendite (ROE)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen mit dem Kapital seiner Aktionäre arbeitet – also wie viel Gewinn es pro Euro Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite ist eine zentrale Rentabilitätskennzahl. Sie hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob das Unternehmen eine attraktive Verzinsung auf das eingesetzte Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalrendite spricht für ein starkes, effizientes Geschäftsmodell.
- Besonders interessant ist sie bei kapitalintensiven Firmen oder solchen mit hoher Eigenkapitalquote.
- Wichtig: Ein sehr hoher ROE kann auch auf hohe Schulden hinweisen – daher sollte sie immer im Kontext mit der Eigenkapitalquote betrachtet werden.
📘 Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)
📈 Was ist das?
ROCE misst die Gesamtrentabilität eines Unternehmens – also wie effizient es das eingesetzte Kapital (Eigen- und Fremdkapital) zur Gewinnerzielung nutzt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Das eingesetzte Kapital ist das gesamte betriebsnotwendige Kapital, unabhängig von der Finanzierungsquelle.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROCE eignet sich besonders gut für den Vergleich unterschiedlich finanzierter Unternehmen. Es zeigt, wie effektiv ein Unternehmen Kapital investiert – unabhängig von der Kapitalstruktur.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROCE zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen sein Kapital effizient einsetzt – unabhängig davon, ob es durch Eigen- oder Fremdkapital finanziert ist.
- Je höher der ROCE im Vergleich zu ähnlichen Unternehmen, desto mehr Wert schafft das Unternehmen mit seinem investierten Kapital.
- Besonders wichtig ist der ROCE bei Firmen mit hohen Investitionen – z. B. in Industrie, Energie oder Infrastruktur.
📘 Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)
📈 Was ist das?
ROIC zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen das Kapital investiert, das langfristig im operativen Geschäft gebunden ist – unabhängig davon, ob es aus Eigen- oder Fremdkapital stammt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
- NOPAT = „Net Operating Profit After Taxes“
- Investiertes Kapital = operatives Vermögen abzüglich nicht-verzinster Schulden
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROIC ist eine der präzisesten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung der Kapitalrendite – besonders im Vergleich zur Eigenkapitalrendite, weil es Verzerrungen durch Schulden vermeidet. Er zeigt, ob ein Unternehmen Mehrwert für alle Kapitalgeber schafft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROIC zeigt, wie gut ein Unternehmen mit dem tatsächlich investierten (betriebsnotwendigen) Kapital wirtschaftet.
- Im Unterschied zu ROCE wird nur Kapital betrachtet, das wirklich zur Finanzierung operativer Aktivitäten dient – und verzinst werden muss.
- Besonders hilfreich, um die Kapitalrendite von Unternehmen mit viel „überschüssigem“ Kapital oder zinsfreien Verbindlichkeiten realistisch zu vergleichen.
📘 Verschuldungsgrad (Leverage Ratio)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Verschuldungsgrad zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen durch verzinsliche Schulden (z. B. Kredite und Anleihen) im Verhältnis zum Eigenkapital finanziert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Kennzahl hilft, das finanzielle Risiko und die Abhängigkeit von Fremdkapital zu beurteilen. Ein hoher Verschuldungsgrad kann die Eigenkapitalrendite steigern – birgt aber auch erhöhte Risiken bei Zinsanstiegen oder Liquiditätsengpässen.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Verschuldungsgrad steht für finanzielle Stabilität und Unabhängigkeit.
- Ein hoher Wert kann auf erhöhte Risiken hinweisen – insbesondere bei schwankenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
- Wichtig: Immer im Kontext zur Branche und Kapitalintensität bewerten.
📘 Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS)
📈 Was ist das?
Das Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS) zeigt, wie viel Gewinn auf eine einzelne Aktie entfällt – und ist eine der wichtigsten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung von Unternehmen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die verwässerte Aktienanzahl berücksichtigt auch potenzielle neue Aktien, etwa durch Optionen, Wandelanleihen oder andere Umtauschrechte.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EPS bildet die Basis für viele Bewertungskennzahlen wie KGV, PEG oder Payout Ratio. Es macht den Gewinn für Aktionäre vergleichbar – unabhängig von der Unternehmensgröße.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EPS hilft, die Profitabilität pro Aktie zu erfassen – und ist besonders wichtig im Zeitvergleich oder im Vergleich mit Analystenschätzungen.
- Steigendes EPS kann ein Zeichen für stabiles Wachstum oder Aktienrückkäufe sein.
- Wichtig: Verwende verwässertes EPS für realistische Bewertungen – besonders bei stark aktienbasierten Vergütungssystemen.
📘 Free Cashflow je Aktie (FCF je Aktie)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow je Aktie zeigt, wie viel freier Mittelzufluss einem Unternehmen pro Aktie zur Verfügung steht – nach Investitionen, aber vor Dividenden oder Schuldentilgung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der FCF je Aktie zeigt, wie viel liquide Mittel pro Aktie tatsächlich im Unternehmen verbleiben – wichtig für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldentilgung. Im Gegensatz zum Gewinn ist er schwerer manipulierbar und daher besonders aussagekräftig.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow je Aktie ist ein Zeichen für hohe finanzielle Flexibilität.
- Er zeigt, wie viel Kapital ein Unternehmen effektiv einsetzen oder ausschütten kann.
- Besonders relevant für dividendenstarke Unternehmen oder solche mit starker Kapitalrendite.
📘 Short Interest
📈 Was ist das?
Short Interest zeigt, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell leerverkauft wurden – also von Investoren geliehen und verkauft, in der Erwartung fallender Kurse.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Der Wert zeigt den Anteil der Aktien, der aktuell auf fallende Kurse spekuliert wird.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Short Interest dient als Stimmungsindikator: Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Skepsis oder negative Erwartungen gegenüber dem Unternehmen hin – kann aber auch zu einem „Short Squeeze“ führen, wenn der Kurs plötzlich steigt.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Short Interest deutet auf Vertrauen in das Unternehmen hin.
- Ein hoher Wert kann ein Warnsignal sein – oder eine Chance, wenn sich die Stimmung dreht.
- Besonders spannend in volatilen Märkten oder vor wichtigen Quartalszahlen.
📘 Employees
📈 Was ist das?
Die Mitarbeiteranzahl zeigt, wie viele Personen ein Unternehmen weltweit beschäftigt – ein Indikator für Größe, Struktur und Geschäftsmodell.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft bei der Einschätzung von Skaleneffekten, Effizienz und Personalkosten. Zusammen mit Umsatz und Gewinn lassen sich Kennzahlen wie Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ableiten.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Viele Mitarbeiter bedeuten große operative Komplexität – aber auch hohes Umsatzpotenzial.
- Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ist ein wichtiger Indikator für Effizienz.
- Besonders spannend bei stark wachsenden Tech- oder Industrieunternehmen.
📘 Umsatz je Mitarbeiter
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz je Mitarbeiter zeigt, wie viel Erlös ein Unternehmen durchschnittlich pro Beschäftigtem erwirtschaftet – eine Kennzahl für Effizienz und Produktivität.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die Mitarbeiterzahl stammt in der Regel aus dem letzten verfügbaren Jahresbericht.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Geschäftsmodelle zu vergleichen – insbesondere zwischen arbeitsintensiven und technologiegetriebenen Unternehmen. Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Automatisierung, Effizienz oder hohen Wertschöpfungsanteil hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Umsatz je Mitarbeiter spricht für ein skalierbares und margenstarkes Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf arbeitsintensive Prozesse oder geringere Wertschöpfung hinweisen.
- Besonders hilfreich beim Vergleich von Tech- vs. Industrieunternehmen.
Wärtsilä Aktie Analyse
Analystenmeinungen
27 Analysten haben eine Wärtsilä Prognose abgegeben:
Analystenmeinungen
27 Analysten haben eine Wärtsilä Prognose abgegeben:
Wärtsilä Events
🇩🇪 Neu: Alle Transkripte jetzt auch auf Deutsch verfügbar!
Abonniere Premium, um Transkripte und KI-Zusammenfassungen auf Deutsch zu lesen.
Vergangene Events
|
SEP
23
Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
vor 4 Tagen
|
|
JUL
21
Q2 2026 Earnings Call
vor 2 Monaten
|
|
JUN
23
Special Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
vor 3 Monaten
|
|
JUN
15
Special Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
vor 3 Monaten
|
|
JUN
9
Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
APR
28
Q1 2026 Earnings Call
vor 5 Monaten
|
|
MÄR
23
Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
vor 6 Monaten
|
|
FEB
12
Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
vor 8 Monaten
|
|
FEB
4
Q4 2025 Earnings Call
vor 8 Monaten
|
|
JAN
13
Special Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
vor 9 Monaten
|
|
NOV
27
Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
vor 10 Monaten
|
|
OKT
28
Q3 2025 Earnings Call
vor 11 Monaten
|
|
SEP
30
Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
vor 12 Monaten
|
|
SEP
10
Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
vor etwa einem Jahr
|
aktien.guide Basis
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
1. Management Discussion
Okay. So, hi all. I'm Hanna-Maria Heikkinen and I'm leading Investor Relations at Wärtsilä. Well, warm welcome to the strategy call with Wärtsilä CEO, Hakan Agnevall.
The purpose of this call is to provide equal M&A -- equal Q&A opportunity with Håkan, and there will be no material new information and no slides on this call.
The purpose of this call is to focus on our long-term business opportunities. And as a reminder, we will host the pre-silent call on the 1st of October, meaning next week, together with our CFO, Arjen Berends. So let's leave the questions related to detailed financials to that call. And on next week's pre-silent call, we will also discuss the details of our energy storage joint venture.
So let's leave all the questions related to energy storage joint venture also to next week's call. Håkan, time to start.
Yes, and a warm welcome, everybody. It's time for the CEO call again. And I mean, if we continue the practice, I try to give you an overview of where we are heading and how we see the market evolving, and then we open up for Q&A.
So if I start overall, I think we continue to see a strong -- very strong demand on the markets. And if I start with energy and then go to Marine. On the energy side, yes, it's data center growth continues in a good way, I would say, high level of activities.
We have a dynamic portfolio of opportunities in different -- various maturity stages, but it's evolving. And there are new orders coming in. And when we have -- if and when we agree with the customers, we will, of course, communicate those orders.
But as you know, there is always a time lag between -- or normally, there is a time lag between when we sign and when orders are announced. But I would say that the data center demand is holding up. But it's -- and I'd like to highlight, once again, it's not only about data centers in Wärtsilä Energy. Balancing power also very strong. U.S., absolutely, a midsection of the U.S. Australia coming very high level of activities, a lot of tenders coming out, starts to come in certain countries in Europe as well.
So Finland is one example, but there are more examples to come. So the balancing narrative, it's really supporting us. And on the traditional baseload side, also good levels of activities in our traditional markets, Southeast Asia, Latin America, et cetera.
So many drivers coming together. It's the general electrification of industries. It is need for more cooling in a hotter world, air conditioning. It's data centers. It is the aging infrastructure, energy infrastructure, certainly in the U.S., but to some extent in Europe as well, and it's the balancing power.
And it's all those opportunities together that makes us optimistic. And this is also why, as you know, we have been investing for the future, expanding our capacity. Then on the Marine side, also demand is holding up in a good way. And you probably saw the latest Clarksons data and which kind of -- it's an external proof point of the story that we are conveying and that is our core segments are performing very strong.
I mean, Cruise, we are clearly not in tankers. Tankers was up a lot in Clarksons latest, and that's definitely not our core segment. But Cruise, LNG will come probably in '27. Offshore, even containers is hot, so to say.
So I think that there are good opportunities going forward. I think Hormuz is having a little bit of an impact on our service business, not huge, but there is a little bit of slowdown because the one type of category of customers, the fuel prices are up, and then they tend to postpone certain maintenance forward because you have a budget.
And if you spend the budget on fuel, you prioritize that for a while. It works for a while, but not for the long run. And there are also some of our customers on the container side, they have very favorable rates. And so they postpone maintenance for those reasons.
So the business are not lost. Definitely, it will come, but there is a little bit of slowdown on that. But in general, Marine is holding up. And on the service side in general, I mean, you saw Q2, I mean, for Marine and Energy combined, the order backlog was up double digit.
Marine was a bit flat if you look organic, but that was based on a high comparable quarter last year. And as I said, there is a little bit of the Hormuz impact in that as well. So overall, our growth narrative on the energy side is also continue to hold up going forward. What's new, so to say, and what we have made public, we have Tokyo Gas, the cooperation agreement with Tokyo Gas.
These are not orders, just to highlight that. But we have a long-standing relationship for several decades with Tokyo Gas, and we have supplied engine power plants in -- for them in Japan. And they are now identifying data center opportunities in Japan, and we will work very closely with them. And it's a fantastic partner for us to have long-term relationship and very well established in Japan.
And it also underlines a little bit what we've been saying before. But yes, there is a lot of growth in the U.S., but there will be a growth in several regions going forward. And I think this is one of the concrete proof points of that. So that's one thing. I know also that there is on the data center side, there's been a lot of discussion about how will the off-grid segment grow going forward, and there are different types of statistics.
I mean everything from 30% even to 50% of the new build for data centers in the U.S. will be off-grid or behind the meter. I don't think nobody knows the exact, but it's going to be a significant growth avenue. Also, this whole notion that 6, 7, 8 years later, there is a grid connection coming in. What does that mean for Wärtsilä? I mean -- and you can go back to our data center call earlier this year.
This is going to be good, and this will be good. And why I say that with a certain surety is that when I talk to some of our data center customers, they are envisioning this. And then they will use the power for -- or they will actually add a couple of modules to the engine power plants, and they will become an actor on the grid.
The key thing to be a competitive actor on the grid, you need fuel efficiency and you need flexibility. And as you know, these are some of our strengths of our technology. So we clearly see that. And also the other third element that we identified with the increasing share of renewables, I mean, the hyperscalers, they -- for sure, they would like to go green and renewables will come. It's a very affordable source of energy.
And then you can use the engine power plants for balancing. And so in all of these scenarios, I think we will -- we are having a strong technology. And we also come back to the Q2 notion of we are building an order backlog with good profitability. We have good opportunities for price realization. And we disclosed earlier, I mean, in Q2 that the new build order backlog in energy, I mean, if you look at the margin there, it's up 500 basis points compared to when we start in 2025. So it gives you a certain indication. I think that's a short summary, and let's open up for questions.
[Operator Instructions] So the first question comes from Sven Weier.
2. Question Answer
A few questions, if I may. The first one, Håkan, is on the Texas update we saw this week that permissions are put on hold. I was just wondering how that impacts your order pipeline. And -- but with a longer-term view, we have obviously also seen that water is going to be much more important in the decision-making going forward. So could that actually end up being a positive outcome for you? That's the first one.
So if I start with that, I mean, my understanding -- because it's a very dynamic environment, that's why I make the caveat. My understanding of the regulatory -- or the announcement that was made by the governor, that was related to if you want to hook up to ERCOT to the power system. And there is this 1-year consideration period or I don't know the right formal term.
Now it doesn't affect off-grid. And this is our major market in Texas on the data center side. We are on the utility side, but there we are on ERCOT, but more for balancing power. So when it comes to data centers, it's -- we are off-grid in Texas. So it doesn't have a major impact so far at least. And what was the second part of your question, Sven?
Yes, just on the water consumption because I think that was now featuring more prominently.
Yes. No. And that is a big advantage for ourselves clearly because we have a closed loop cooling system, and you need to top it up a little bit. But we consume like thousands of times less water than the gas turbine competition.
So this is -- I mean, as this becomes more into consideration, it gives -- it's an advantage for our technology clearly.
Another question I had was just because you said with a view to data centers, there are new orders coming in, but you haven't announced one. So should we take that as a sign that you booked orders but haven't announced them yet. So is this completely fair?
Yes. I would put it like that. I mean we continue to take in orders. And like always, like many times, there is delays between us signing orders and announcing them. So overall, the order intake side on the data center side continues to look good.
The next question comes from Antti Kansanen.
All right. A couple of questions from me as well. And I'll start with the cooperation with Tokyo Gas that you Håkan highlighted. And I mean, you said that you have worked with them for a number of years already.
So what's really different with this cooperation? And would you be able to talk any kind of market opportunities or the Japanese kind of data center power situation in general? Are they suffering from the same issues with the grid? Are they getting baseload off grid solutions from you? Or how does it look like?
So basically, our long-term relationship with Tokyo Gas is to provide baseload, but actually balancing power to -- I mean, if you look at the most recent orders, the last, let's say, 5 years, I mean, we have a relationship with them for, I think, 30 years.
And in those -- if you go about 20, 30 years, it was smaller power plants for baseload in different parts of the Japanese energy system. But the last 5 years, it has been balancing power plants. The latest one is Sodegaura, and it's a 100 megawatt -- 100, 120-megawatt balancing power plant in the Japanese system because why Japan? Because they have actually created capacity market.
And they have also decreased the granularity where you evaluate the power swing. So I think they have a 5-minute time consideration when they see how the power is moving. So that's why we are so established with Tokyo Gas in the Japanese power mix.
Now what is new here is that Tokyo Gas and you could talk to them, they are -- they see the demand for data centers in Japan. There will be data centers coming in. So there will be need for power. And I think there will be a mix between both on-grid power and off-grid power, so to say.
Here, we need to see and how it evolves. I think people are getting formulated. But I think for me, what I'm exciting about, I mean, Tokyo Gas is a very well-reputed player in the Japanese system, and we have worked with them for decades. And when they do something, they do it seriously.
So I cannot go into details of how many megawatts, et cetera, or gigawatts it will be. That's too early to say. But there is certainly potential in the Japanese market because, of course, Japan is also -- I mean, we also know the general narrative in the world is the national sovereignty. And of course, Japan wants to have data centers on their own soil.
Okay. And then the second question was more broadly on the timing and deliveries on the data center side. And I guess you're almost fully sold out for '28 and filling up '29 right now. So could you talk about a little bit about what the clients are asking. Is there a fear that at some point when you are filling up '29, the delivery schedule is too far out and that might cause some type of plateau? How do you stack up versus your engine competitors in terms of delivery schedules?
So I mean, first of all, I can confirm that we are sold out for 2028, and we are selling '29 and start to sell 2030 now as we speak.
Yes, I mean, if somebody can bring a very short delivery time in 12 months, they certainly have a competitive advantage. But I cannot comment competition. I can just comment on our own pipeline and what we see. And we see a trend that continues.
So right now, I mean, as we are moving towards the end of this year, and now we start to sell end of '29, beginning of 2030. So there is a window moving forward. Now you cannot sell in -- we have not been able to sell in 2034 yet. My key point here is that this moving window, I mean, let's say, I mean, you talk about 3 years delivery time or however you want to position it. It continues to move forward in time, so to say.
So I mean it's not an issue if you are talking about, let's say, ability to deliver '30, '31, '32, there are still other constraints on the projects that you are kind of still well in line with the customers are?
Today, we are not selling for 2031. We are selling for '29 and '30. But my key point when we talked 6, 7 months earlier here is that then we were selling end of '28, beginning of '29. And now 6 months later, that's why I say this window keeps...
Yes, yes.
It's not stopping. It's not that all of a sudden, "Oh, we cannot sell anything because we have too long delivery time." No, that's not the case. The market is digesting the delivery time, and we continue to have good strong order intake.
And then the last question was on the service contracts for these data center power plants. At what point of time in the delivery schedule or the start-up schedule would you expect to get those service agreements, if you expect to get them? Is it before the warranty period? Or do they -- is there kind of a 2-year warranty already baked in? So kind of after the start-up, you will start to then discuss on the longer term. So how should we think about phasing of those announcements?
I think that we -- and there is not one story fits all customer. But if I talk about the clear majority of our customers, it will be very early. I mean we are in discussions on service contracts with certain number of customers that have placed the new build orders that we have announced.
So the service contract, they are in a very close future, so to say. It's not going to happen. I mean it's not going to be that we -- this will wait for 2 years or something. It's going to happen. But now -- right now, I think many of our customers, they are so busy signing new build contracts. So that's why we -- they haven't signed immediate service contracts. But there are clearly negotiations ongoing. So there will be orders, absolutely.
The next question comes from Uma Samlin.
So my first question is you mentioned that you're starting to see also very strong demand on balancing power in the U.S. Just wondering, is that also data center related? How do you see a market for balancing power for the data center space? And if so, how big is that market? Do you anticipate that to be?
So the general narrative on balancing, especially in the midsection of the U.S. is not new. So it's been with us for a couple of years already. I just want to underline that, that continues, and it continues to be a very interesting market.
And the major driver for that market is cheap energy. I mean, at the end of the day, wind and solar provides very competitive power, but you need to balance it. And that proposition, I mean, balanced renewables. So you combine, let's say, wind farm with some batteries with thermal balancing.
If you look at the LCOE -- I mean, the levelized cost of electricity of that, you can say, system, it is very competitive. That's the key driver. Now on top of that comes now the data centers.
And of course, we know there is a lot of data centers in Texas. And that is on top. But I would say in data centers, and you know it, it's everything about delivery time. And right now, in general, there is not so much focus on renewables. So -- but as I said, over time, clearly, the hyperscalers would like to have renewable power.
But right now, it's the rush to power. So the balancing narrative so far from our side has been more the traditional balancing, the traditional utility balancing power narrative.
Yes. That's super clear. My second question is on pricing. You mentioned during the Q2 results that you saw like 500 bps of margin increase. How should we think about that going forward? Do you see continued increase there? Like have you started to see customers pushing back on prices? Just any update on that would be great.
I mean -- and I've been also, I think, I hope consistent in this message. We have good opportunities for price realization. But at the end of the day, the business cases needs to make sense for our customers, and it's always a balance.
So we have had good price realization. We have had happy customers and exciting about the projects that can get the businesses together. I continue to see good opportunities for price realization for us.
The next question comes from Anders Idborg.
Just wanted to ask a bit about -- it was good to see the divestments of the final portfolio of businesses come through in June. I was just wondering if you could open up a bit more about the structure of those deals.
I saw there was a -- in terms of cash flow, there was a negative in Q2. So have you provided for contingencies in existing projects? Can we be certain that there are not other project risks remaining in the sold assets? That's I just wanted that clarification.
No, I think without going into all the super details, then I will have to refer you to Arjen next week. Sorry about that. But I mean, overall, to what I understand is the core of your questions. Will there be negative surprises from those divestments that we have made? I mean the reason -- no. They are closed.
Okay. Okay. That's good to hear. The other question, just it's easy -- sorry, it's early in the ramp-up of Vaasa. And of course, as we have looked at the delivery schedule, the idea is that it will accelerate in 2028 rather than in 2027.
So in terms of phasing of the cost of the ramp-up, do you think that will be matched pretty much with deliveries? Or do you see a period where costs increase before those deliveries take place?
No. So basically, just to clarify and then come to your core of your question. So yes, because I know that there's a lot of interest. So just the data that we have provided. So 2025, we were running at 75% of technical capacity.
This year, we will be running at 100% of technical capacity. I'm talking about Vaasa now. And then we will -- 2027, primarily running on 100%. '28, we have kicking in the first up 30%, 35% and then beginning of 2029, the second 30%, 35%.
So that's -- you could say that's the ramp-up. Then when it comes to the investments, et cetera, we capitalize some, it's not going to hit the cost in one major blow, so to say. So you could say it's spread out over the revenues and over time.
The next question comes from Sven Weier.
I was just coming back, Håkan, to your comments on the Marine Services side, where you talked about a bit of a softening. I was just wondering, I mean, in the first half, Marine Services was down 4% on retrofits. So is this now more going into the spare part bit? And is that a new phenomenon that you've seen in Q3?
Yes. So I mean, Q2, I have to point it out, I think we were up 1% organic in Marine. So then we were down on -- if you consider the FX effect, et cetera. So -- but it was a little bit slower growth.
And we highlighted that one thing was -- the major thing there was actually a high comparable quarter last year. So -- but then we also -- and as I said, now Hormuz have had some impact in postponed maintenance.
And so you already started to see that in Q2. And I think we will see this postponement for a while because you can postpone certain maintenance, but then you need to do it. So we will probably see this in this quarter as well.
But it's not like a sudden thing that happened in Q3. It's more a continuation of what you saw in Q2 already.
Right. Correct. And I think -- I mean, I hope it's an understandable logic. When some of our customers, because, for instance, the container rates, they are very high now. Then of course, they take the opportunity to really operate and make a lot of money.
And then they postpone the maintenance. And then you have other customers that where the fuel and the increased cost of the fuel, it's a significant impact on their operating budget, so to say. And then they reallocate the budget and put more money on fuel and on maintenance, and they had to postpone the maintenance. Then, of course, when knowing that they've taken additional risk by not maintaining. And at a certain stage, they will need to maintain because otherwise, there might be serious things happening so.
Next question comes from Antti Kansanen.
No, I guess -- yes, I wanted to come back to the capacity expansion plans on the longer term. And obviously, there's a bit more concerns now that everybody is building up an overcapacity in the market as the short-term kind of a data center demand is driving a lot of excitement and you are doubling your delivery capabilities and your competitors are doing the same.
So how do you kind of address these concerns over the long term? If you think about kind of the magnitude that you decided to do in Vaasa and also with your suppliers, how much are you doing yourselves? How much are you adding to suppliers? And when you kind of made those plans, how did you look at the long-term kind of prospects, especially on the energy side beyond the data center side, how much was driven by all of these factors that you are already discussing regarding electrification and coolings and things like that? So how are you kind of addressing the concerns that industry is overinvesting right now?
Yes. So first of all, I mean, if we look on the demand side, and I tried to highlight, this is a broader demand cycle than just data center. I mean, clearly, data centers are contributing.
But the balancing power narrative is, it's really strong. And what I'm excited and encouraged with, it's in the U.S., but now it's coming also in other countries. I mean Australia, now for the first time, there are engine tenders coming out for balancing power because there's an acceleration of the shift from coal to renewables in Australia, and it's in several parts of the country.
And they have -- I mean, Australia have been one of the pioneers in batteries, and that is good. But they have also understand that it naturally happens to be that's message as well that you cannot only do balancing with batteries.
You need thermal also. So now as a result of this journey, there are concrete tenders coming out for engines, not for gas turbines or engines. And that is new. So that's a very -- and as I said, I mean, a couple of countries in Europe, it starts to happen. And I take Finland as an example, which is fairly new.
I mean we delivered our first balancing power plant in Finland ever. We have just delivered it and it's operating. And I think the operating experience there is triggering a lot of excitement and people are making money, et cetera. Now we see it's -- there are also new tenders opportunities coming up, very concrete.
So there are those kind of proof points on the whole balancing narrative. And then on top, as I said, we have our traditional markets like Southeast Asia. Electricity demand is growing, electrification of industries, et cetera, et cetera. So it's -- I mean, quite frankly, this -- our expansion is clearly not only driven by data centers in the U.S. clearly not because then you could -- you would probably have a different kind of risk reward assessment, so to say. It's driven by this broader narrative.
And we do -- I mean, we have visibility. I mean we're sold out for '28. I think we have fairly okay visibility for '30. So it's really what's going to happen I mean, until 2030. And so what's really going to happen in '31 to '35 and beyond. And we think that the fundamental trends will still be there.
And that's, I would say, [indiscernible] fairly unique perspective that you can have this long term. Now on the supply side, if we go there, I mean, clearly, I mean, gas turbines are ramping up. We are ramping up.
I mean, we saw the HiMSEN announcement. We've seen the MaK announcement by CAT, et cetera, et cetera. Now -- so there will be capacity coming in. And let's see when demand meets capacity. I mean that we can have a long discussion.
I don't think anybody knows. Now what makes me excited about the future, I mean, then I'm talking beyond 2030 is a couple of things. One is this notion I've been talking about before, and I say this a little bit colored by the U.S. situation. When customers have tried the new candy, i.e., medium speed, not high speed, medium speed reciprocating engines with high fuel efficiency and high flexibility, they like that candy, and they will come back.
So I think that structurally, this is a great opportunity for us to grow our market share because more customers will be acquainted and familiar with our technology. So that's a great opportunity for us because the fundamentals are there, the fuel efficiency and the flexibility. So -- and that's why I see that as -- I like to keep the gas turbine guys in the leg, and we will continue to do so.
And because we have in our sweet spot, and we talked about it, the 20 to 600, 700, 800 megawatts, we have a very competitive technology. Yes, combined cycle gas turbines, we will not be able to compete with them, but the industrial and the aero derivatives, ladies and gentlemen, we have a winning technology. That's one thing.
So the other thing -- and then on top of that, we talked fuel efficiency, but now we have water coming in as an increasing issue. We have thermal derating in a hotter world, et cetera, et cetera. So there are a number of those parameters. It's nothing new. Then, of course, you could say, okay, Håkan, we believe that reciprocating medium-speed engines actually has a vital role to play in the mix going forward.
So what about your medium speed reciprocating engine competitors? Then I say we have the most -- we are a technology leader. We have the most energy-efficient medium-speed engines with the best flexibility. And I dare say we have the best service network in the world. And we have been in the U.S. for decades.
We have been in the U.S. for more than half a century -- that's fairly unique among our other competitors. So there are a couple of those strengths. But let's see how Antti. We will follow our -- hopefully, the coming years, and we will see how this plays out.
But I think we have -- and that's why I like this. We have fundamental concrete competitive advantage. And if we play this right, and we grow in a sensible way in a robust way where we deliver, we serve our customers with uptime reliability and fuel efficiency, we have something really good here.
I want to follow up on one thing. And let's assume that you have the best medium speed recipe technology there for fuel efficiency and uptime and all of that, and you have clients who agree.
And if we talk about balancing in Australia or in the U.S. or baseload in Southeast Asia, what are those guys kind of investment horizons or delivery times currently? If there would be somebody who is maybe not as good as you, but close, but they can deliver 6 months, 9 months earlier.
Does it matter for those guys? Or is it only the DC guys where the time to power is so critical? I mean, how do you balance on being on board with those maybe more traditional guys who follow their own schedules versus maybe taking those kind of high-margin DC deals right now?
So I think -- I mean, a customer, regardless if they are DC, if they're utility, they will always appreciate a shorter delivery time compared to what it is right now clearly.
So I think there is not one answer to your question. I mean it's like a balanced decision for customers where they take -- do I take a penalty in the life cycle economy of the plant because I will pay more fuel? How do I weigh that towards having a delivery earlier? I mean, right now, our medium speed, they are -- I'm not aware that they have significantly better delivery time than us.
But let's say if they would, it's -- there is not one answer to that. It's how different customers evaluate life cycle economics versus time. On the data center side, that valuation is clearly skewed to delivery time. On the utility side, I would say it's more balanced.
And I mean also, I got some question on this about HiMSEN. And of course, you should ask them. My understanding that they're going to put up a house. I mean, in a year, 1.5 years, but it's going to take them to 2030 to ramp up the capacity. So yes, let's see. But you should ask them.
We'll do, thank you.
Then the next question comes from Adrian Pehl.
So just a question on the ramp-up that you're doing at your Vaasa site. I was just wondering if you can elaborate a little bit on the flexibility that you have at this site over the next couple of years and how you do it in terms of -- will you have some flexibility in terms of temporary staff on lines you can put on, put off depending on the demand and how it evolves over the next couple of years, which is actually a question contributing to what has been asked before about if the demand at the longer end is getting a bit more difficult. That's the first one.
The second one is coming back to Tokyo Gas, obviously. I mean they must be aware of the scarcity of your production slots. You're saying it's not directly coming any orders or so. But what would be the next step, how to evolve this partnership then eventually leading to orders? What would be your wish list on how that progresses? That's it.
So if I start on the flexibility, and this also comes back to Antti's earlier question on competitiveness and how do we build that? So it ties to that because, I mean, we have an industry system that is -- where we build a lot on the suppliers.
So you could say it's a little bit automotive style, but of course, with much, much less volume. We do R&D, we do engineering and we do final assembly and testing, but we buy a lot from our supply chain.
And of course, we do certain in-house machining, but a lot is done on the supply chain. And of course, that gives a certain flexibility because you share the volume swings with the supply chain. The other area where we are clearly -- and that's nothing unique with the exception now of HiMSEN, nobody has been building new factories.
I mean if you look at the gas turbine players and also if you look at the other reciprocating players, they have all been extending or rejuvenating or revitalizing their existing or former facilities. And our strategy is the same. We -- because that is one way to deal with -- to create flexibility because obviously, if you set up a new factory, you introduce new fixed costs.
So it increased your general fixed cost level, so to say, in a different way than you scale up an existing plant. I mean using consultants or template, it's part of our normal mix, so to say, like it would be like in automotive, whatever, you have a certain share. We have always had that, and it's one way to deal with flexibility.
Then I would also highlight, clearly, we have a very good strong relationship with our units. I mean, Scandinavian unions, I commend them for their maturity. Of course, you always have the battle of terms, so to say. But overall, when it comes to structural measures, I think if you follow the Scandinavian environment, I think we have a very favorable union because we have unions that think about and clearly realize how do we secure the most number of jobs over time.
And then sometimes you need to take structural measures. So yes, I'm very happy of that. And I think it's a little bit different maybe from some other parts of Europe or I know it's different from other parts of Europe. So actually, that is part of the whole equation, so to say. Then Tokyo Gas, coming to that.
Now let's see how fast it will turn up to orders. I think you should ask Tokyo Gas. But I mean, they are seriously looking into building power for data centers. And they -- I mean, I've said before, and I hold to that statement that how do we allocate our capacity because in this very favorable market situation, it's a little bit how you allocate. And we said that we do not put all our eggs in the data center basket.
And we have also said we want to be -- we want to diversify our geographical presence. We have strategic customers, both in Marine and Energy, and we will honor those relations. And Tokyo Gas, I would say it's one very strategic customer for us where we have decades long -- or 3 decades long relationship. So clearly, when we talk about where do we put what, Tokyo Gas is high on the list.
What I took it right that you're not working with any kind of slot reservations, and that is also a topic for Tokyo Gas they won't get a reservation in that sense, right?
We are not working with any customers on [indiscernible] reservation. I think we have been consistent with that, and we continue to be consistent with them.
The next question comes from William Mackie.
A couple of follow-ups really. The first one relates to the emissions and permitting backdrop for the U.S. power market for data centers.
I mean we've seen tightening, I think, at the Strait of Hormuz level and maybe loosening at some of the federal levels with particular technologies. I wonder -- I mean -- and there's also a debate when we look at prime power and the number of hours that prime power is expected to run that some of that creates delays to permitting.
So there's clearly no problem in demand. But I think when you build your order book and when you look at your order book for data centers in the U.S.A., how do you think about time lines and the risk of slippage? And to what extent could permitting or emissions-related slippage impact your profile around that business?
So I would say, I mean, we don't take risk on our customers' project execution. And included in that bucket of our customers' project risk is they are responsible for the permitting.
And so we don't take risk on that because we sell our engines. So you need to sign up for an order. So if a customer, in our case, and sorry to be a bit black and white, but here, if the customer gets problems with the permitting, they still need to buy the engines.
And if they need to terminate -- they need to terminate the contract and there are provisions for termination and there are of course, compensation, et cetera, et cetera. So it doesn't have direct impact.
Now the other thing that we've been trying to do is -- and that is also putting our eggs in different baskets. We -- on the data center customer side, there is also a vast array of different type of customers with different level of experience, everything from the very experienced to the newcomers.
And we try to work with some of the well-established players that have experience and also, in many cases, have global ambitions or actually global footprint, so to say. So yes, so customers running into permit problems, it's their problems. We have, of course, obligations on our side, delivery time and quality, et cetera, but permitting is not in our scope.
That's very clear. And coming back to an earlier question about attachment of service. To what extent do your customers agree in principle to attach a service contract to your engine sale? And to what extent do they have an alternative? What I mean is actually the service contract will come. Is it just a matter of time? Or do they have an alternative? And is there a risk your attachment rates fall below one 100%?
So over time, so basically, for the vast majority of services, we are the only ones that can provide it because we are the only ones that really know in-depth technology.
And I mean, let's look at our service offering. So I want to give you a little bit more granularity and expand here. But the general answer is the high level of stickiness. We talk about our service value ladder. I mean if I sum up our strategy, it's moving up the service value ladder. And there are 4 steps in this service value ladder.
The first step is the transactional spare part business. The second step is the agreement business. And we have a fairly broad array of different type of service agreements we adapt them to customer need. The third step is the retrofit project. So these are upgrading existing engines to new fuels or making them more energy efficient. And the fourth step is the performance-based.
And this is where we make long-term agreements, 5 to 10 years, and we have bonus-malus, clauses, et cetera. And moving up the service value ladder is that we want to make -- we want to move all customers up this ladder because there is more stickiness, there is more revenue, and it's a way to grow our business.
So now coming to your question, we will always have the spare part business, clearly. But that's not sufficient for us and normally not for the customers as well because they need more help. So on the data center agreement, there is certainly going to be agreements, and they're going to be with us. Now some customers want full operation and maintenance agreement, then we don't even operate the plant for them. But some customers say, no, I'm going to use somebody else to operate the plant, but I still need Wärtsilä to service and maintain the technology, so to say.
And then they are all -- and since this is very early stage, but I would envision that we will have also data centers that will go to performance-based contracts. So answering your question, there's a high level of stickiness there. I mean on the first step, there is nobody else that can do the job.
On the agreement side, if you look at operation and maintenance, yes, you can contract with somebody else. But the technical more regular service and agreements, basically, it's Wärtsilä because we have the technical knowledge. And on the performance base, there will only be Wärtsilä.
The next question comes from Anders Idborg.
A follow-up. But on the Marine side, I agree. I mean, looking at the contracting, it has increased further. So normally, when we look at this, it should lead to sequentially higher equipment orders for Marine.
But given the tightness in the engine market, is there anything that is different now? Are customers placing engine orders earlier perhaps to secure a slot? How are the lead times working out in regards to Marine customers here?
And it's in line with what we have said before, and that is also on the Marine side, the lead times are getting longer and longer because maybe not so much so far for engine, but more for slots with the shipyards. So -- and especially if you go into cruise, I mean, you're way into the 2030s if you want to order a new cruise vessel.
And then, of course, once you ordered it, you want to lock up the equipment and it's a very important equipment, so early. So also in -- on the Marine side, the lead times are getting longer.
Yes. And are customers ordering engines earlier than usually, or.
Yes. I mean if you -- earlier clearly then.
It's in relation to delivery date of the vessel, obviously.
The next question comes from Tom Skogman.
You seem very positive about the Marine prospects and you don't really have as overheated orders as in the Energy side. So I just wonder what would it take for you to upgrade the demand outlook for Marine? We already know that vessel orders are strong, shipyards are expanding faster than expected. So what is the kind of missing piece to say that demand really will improve for you in Marine?
So I think there, it's -- and we kind of alluded to it. We are already on an all-time high level. So I mean, when we have issued our demand guidance and we guided similar to your point, both in Marine and Energy, we also said clearly, you need to see that we are running at all-time high level.
And for our order intake, of course, now, I mean, Vaasa is running at 100%, but it will take us some time to ramp it up. And we are already sold out for 2028. So if I had more capacity than we are currently having and have announced, I could sell it.
Then another question about AI in service. I've noticed some engineering companies are now more kind of outspoken about how they aim to use AI in pricing and resource utilization in service. Can you open up what you are doing and when we could start to see some benefits from that?
And Tom, I appreciate you a lot. Now I'm going to make a little joke here, so forgive me. You can see it already in our annual report for 2025. It's there, concrete. It's nothing new.
I mean, we are -- there is so much going on, on the AI side already. So for us, this is -- I mean, not being arrogant, but this is nothing new. When we talk about AI in Wärtsilä, we've been talking about 2 focus areas.
One is how we use AI as a tool in our toolbox for continuous improvement. And this is happening all over the company. And we are not unique here, I would argue. I mean any industrial business, they are trying to do. And there, it's very concrete. I mean it used to take us a day to compile documentation for the classification societies that needs to approve certain things.
Now with the help of AI, we do it in minutes. These are very concrete examples. Here, I would argue in this -- the most important to be successful in AI and continuous improvement is the continuous improvement culture.
And this is something we are working on in Wärtsilä and evolving. But the AI tool itself, it's not the latest Claude version or whatever. It's the mundane AI, so to say, but very valuable.
And it does create value. There is no doubt. The second focus area that we have been talking about when it comes to what we are doing in AI in Wärtsilä is exactly what you mentioned, Tom.
And that is how the strategic bets that we are making to support our service business because service is more than half of Wärtsilä revenues, as you know, and it's a good source of customer interaction and profitability also.
And what we are doing there, what we are concretely doing there is that we are creating an edge platform. I mean computer platform several stages and the data architecture, so you can have data flowing -- usable data flowing in a good way because we are in remote areas, so we are at sea, et cetera.
So there's a lot of investments. I mean we're talking hundreds of millions of euros going into that. You have the WISE program in Finland, EUR 200 million over 5 years. So investing in this edge platform, data architecture and then combining that with the knowledge of our people.
We have so many knowledgeable people, so they can use the right tool and have the right data-driven support. And what do we provide? -- uptime, reliability, and reduction of fuel consumption and reduction of emissions. This is kind of customer proposition. And this is what we are integrating in our service business. This is one of the fundamental pillars for moving up the service value ladder that we talked about earlier. So it's very well integrated into our strategy. And it's ongoing. We have a lot of potential here, and -- but we have started clearly.
But I guess there must be a lot of potential in kind of trying with pricing and pricing power in certain products and areas and stuff like that as well. Or I mean, are you doing that already in a sophisticated way? Or will it be very different a couple of years from today or?
So I cannot comment on the level of sophistication, but we are clearly using, you could say, data-driven pricing, leveraging a lot of data that we have. I'm sure we can evolve it going forward.
But as I said, and I'm really excited because we are really -- of course, we are providing power to AI. So we benefit from that, and we're excited about that. But I am and we are really excited about the potential of AI to drive efficiency and develop the customer offering and making sure that we get paid with pricing, et cetera. There is a lot of potential. What I'm happy with is that there is curiosity in Wärtsilä. We want to adapt.
There is much more curiosity than negativity because we also know in the current overall discussion in society, there is a lot of concern and rightful concerns about AI and what will it do and will people lose their jobs and will -- could it even kill humanity, all those big questions.
But from how Wärtsilä is -- how AI is perceived in Wärtsilä, it is a positive. We see it as an opportunity. And the concrete proof points are the good things that there's so many good things going on in continuous improvement. And then it's hundreds of millions of euros investment into AI for our service business.
And there evolving the Expert Insight platform and the customer offering, the performance-based contracts, you know them. We are evolving them. There are more customers coming in. So I think we have good proof points and there is a lot of more opportunity to come, and we are investing. It's one of the areas where we are really investing.
Like we are investing in engines and the fuel efficiency and fuel flexibility. AI is a second major area where Wärtsilä is investing.
And finally -- sorry, and of course, not to develop large language models. I mean that's clearly out of our competence and scope. But how do we apply those to create value for our customers in the -- in our 2 industries.
And on the second -- sorry, in the second area, this is how to leverage AI for service business. We want to be best in our industries, not in the world, we will never be afford to do that. But we want to be leading in our industries. Like we are leading in fuel flexibility and fuel efficiency in our industries. We want to be leading in how we apply AI in our service business in our industry.
Then finally, on Brazil, there was, I mean, 19 gigawatts of power that companies committed to installing before 2031, whereof 10 gigawatts is gas. And to my understanding, this is balancing power. So it's either aero derivatives or your solution. And you have only announced one order so far. So what am I missing here? I mean they should be in a brutal hurry? Or is it so that there will not be any sanctions if you are late or what happens?
So I think we have some orders. But I mean, also to be frank, I don't think there will be so much more coming because we are sold out. So we have sold our capacity, and we could sell more in Brazil.
But I mean, unless -- I mean, if there are some new auctions coming out, we cannot meet the delivery times because we are already sold out. So that's the -- so to your point, could we have sold more in Brazil? Yes, but we didn't have the capacity.
Now the last question comes from [ Sara Jamila ].
Just a follow-up on your various comments about running at all-time high demand and capacity. Would you hypothetically have the actual physical ability to increase capacity further than you've already announced? So for example, do you have the physical space in Vaasa and would the supply chain physically be able to do that? And if so, what would you need to see in order to justify it?
So the first question is -- I mean, the answer to the first question is yes, we could expand further. Second, what do we need to see? I mean, I'm sure you noticed that we have had a kind of staggered approach on making announcement of new capacity investments.
And that's one of the kind of derisking strategies from our side that we form a certain view and then we invest and then we go and we get even more confident and then we invest even more. So what is the key decision criteria is that we -- for further investment is that we continue to see this trend extending even further out in the future. And then we can -- I mean, I'm talking well beyond 2030, as [indiscernible].
And then we can certainly take more steps. Yes, there is more supply, we talked about that coming in. So of course, we need to consider that. We need to be disciplined. However, I'm still coming back on this. Our technology, the medium-sized reciprocating technology has in our sweet spot, very competitive features.
And that sweet spot in terms of the overall market is growing. So that's good. And then within the medium-speed reciprocating engine population of suppliers, we are a technology leader and have a very strong service offering. So we look probably more on the demand side than the supply side.
Thank you. I'm afraid that we are running out of time. So as a reminder, we are hosting pre-silent call together with our CFO, Arjen Berends next week on October 1. And then please remember to register to our CMD. There are only a couple of seats left for the face-to-face event. Luckily, there's always plenty of seats on the online event. Thank you.
Thank you, everybody.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Q2 2026 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good morning, and welcome to this news conference for Wartsila results for Q2 2026. My name is Hanna-Maria Heikkinen, and I'm in charge of Investor Relations. Today, our CEO, Hakan Agnevall, will go through the group highlights, business performance. And after that, our CFO, Arjen Berends, will continue with the key financials. After the presentation, there's a possibility to ask questions.
Hakan time to start.
Thank you, Hanna-Maria, and welcome, everybody, to Q2 report, Q2, which was a strong quarter, I must say, and I'm very happy to say. So all-time high order intake and improved operating results. We continue our journey. So total order intake increased by 33% to EUR 2.8 billion, and that is an all-time high quarter in the history of Wartsila. And we recorded all-time highs, both in Energy and Marine. So all-time high quarterly order intake for energy, close to EUR 1.7 billion, all-time high also order intake for Marine at EUR 1.2 billion. And that brings us to an all-time high. It's a lot of all-time highs today, all-time high order book of close to EUR 9 billion.
And here, we have a very interesting also piece of information, and I know many of you have been asking about this. So we are providing some clarity now on margin content in order backlog. So -- but first, since the start of 2025, energy order book has more than doubled. While the gross margin of the energy equipment order book has improved by more than 500 basis points. This is what you have been asking us a lot. What has been the margin development in Energy's equipment order book. And now we have it, plus 500 basis points since the start of 2025. Marine and Energy combined service order book increased by 11%, ending up at an all-time high of EUR 2.6 billion. Service 12-month rolling book-to-bill continues to be above 1 now at 1.07.
Net sales remained stable at EUR 1.6 billion. But if we look at the organic net sales, it's actually up with 5% and we will talk a lot about reported and organic today. And you will see we have quite a lot of difference, and that is driving by 2 things. We have divested. You've seen made divestments in our portfolio business, and we have FX impact also. So in general, both order intake and sales are higher organically than they are reported, but I will come back to that.
Our journey of improving profitability continues. So our comparable operating results increased by 7% to EUR 218 million, and that's 14% of net sales. So now we are at 14%. Operating results increased by 14% to EUR 209 million, and that's 13.4% of net sales. Cash flow. Cash flow, very strong in this quarter. up to EUR 497 million, close to EUR 0.5 billion. And we continue to develop positively, and I would say, with a very attractive ROCE of 73%.
So let's look a little bit closer to the numbers. So record high orders drive a strong quarter. We have also restated the comparative figures following the energy storage classification as discontinued operations. So the numbers you see here, we have taken that reclassification into consideration. So if we start with the Q-on-Q numbers, I mean, comparing with Q2 last year. We see order intake is up 33% in general. You see that service order intake is down 4% from EUR 920 million to EUR 882 million. But here comes the first organic comment. So if you look at the organic order intake in service, it's actually up with 1%. So it's not negative. It's positive. It's growing. Equipment is up 61%. Of course, we have a very strong order intake, particularly on the equipment side, from EUR 1.2 billion, close to EUR 2 billion.
Net sales, it's down from EUR 1.6 billion to -- EUR 1.594 billion to EUR 1.559 billion, but also a similar story here. The organic net sales actually grew with 5%. Services is down reported from EUR 900 million to EUR 845 million. So it's minus 6%. Organically, it's about flat. It's minus 1%. Equipment sales, up 3% from EUR 694 million to EUR 714 million. We continue to see a book-to-bill way above 1, so going from 1.3 to 1.8. And as we talked about, we continue to see the journey of improving profitability. So comparable operating results up with 7% from EUR 203 million to EUR 218 million, which corresponds to 14% of net sales. And the operating results also improved 14% from EUR 183 million to EUR 209 million, and we are now at 13.4% of net sales.
Just some quick remarks on the first half year. We see similar development, order intake up 23% to EUR 4.9 billion. Services, similar here, the reported is down a bit, but equipment certainly grew. And you see the order book -- order backlog. We came in just short of EUR 9 billion, up 13% from last year. Net sales, also, I would say, flattish. But if you look at EUR 3 billion, also there, if you look at the organic, it's up 5%. Book-to-bill half year also increasing from 1.3 to 1.6. And the operating results, if we go down there, up 13% on the first half year from EUR 354 million to EUR 399 million at 13.3% of net sales. So overall, a good quarter. And if you look at the order intake, it is certainly growing even on the service side organically and on net sales, the organic is up 5%.
Looking at our industry. So how is Marine developing? We still see a market sentiment that remain supportive of our key segments. Shipping markets remained resilient despite the macroeconomic headwinds caused by the Middle East conflict. If we look at the number of vessels ordered in Q2, it increased to 1,483 last -- same period last year, 644 (sic) [ 647 ]. So clear, we see there is activity clearly. The Middle East conflict has disrupted energy markets and supply chains, but shipping markets have remained resilient despite the disruption and the macroeconomic headwinds.
The market sentiment remains supportive and ordering also continue at a good level for our key segments for Wartsila key segments. The story that our core segments will grow faster than Marine in general, still holds true. In Marine, in general, we also observed that the contracting of -- is expected to remain in line with or above the average and for Wartsila's core segments, well above the 10-year average level. China introduced separate greenhouse gas targets for international shipping by requiring vessels to cut CO2 intensity by at least 15% by 2030 compared to the 2025 levels.
And this will drive demand for emission reduction solutions while on the negative side, adding to regulatory fragmentation. And that is also in line with the comments that we made after IMO, the postponement of the votes last autumn, it's likely that we will see also going forward a more fragmented landscape, different regions like Europe or countries like China, introducing their own regulation, and it doesn't make it easier for the marine industry, of course, to comply with all this regulation. For Wartsila still, it's about fuel flexibility and fuel efficiency, and that will be needed more than ever in this environment of fragmented regulation.
Now looking at January to June, 245 orders were for alternative fuel capable ships. So that's about 70% (sic) [ 17% ] of all contracted vessels and 24% of the capacity. And one might say that's fairly low percentage, but it's primarily driven by the mix of vessels. So it's not a kind of trend shift this percentage of alternative fuel. It will vary depending on what type of ships that are ordered.
Looking at the energy macro perspective, I mean, clearly, increased demand drives energy transition investments. The electricity demand growth and future projections have increased substantially, and that certainly creates market opportunities for equipment providers like Wartsila. And 2 key themes have stood out in the recent energy-related macroeconomic development. One is load growth. And the one is increased tariff-related uncertainty. And if we look at load growth, it is about electrifications of the world or industries in general to make them more energy efficient. It's about electrification of transport as an example. But it's also continued development of -- and growth of air conditioning. We have seen the world is getting warmer. It drives more use of air conditioning, it drives electricity. International Energy Agency predicts that the growth that we will see from air conditioning could actually be in the same or even bigger magnitude than data centers.
Let's see. Then we have U.S. aging infrastructure that needs to be upgraded. And then we have the balancing power narrative. It's all those factors combined that drives this, you could say, buoyant demand side. In engine power plants, market demand for equipment has been strong, and it continues to be strong. The baseload segment remains a consistent source of demand for thermal power plants, while our balancing demand also is expected to continue to develop favorably. After significant growth driven by solar up to the mid-2020s, renewable capacity addition are expected to decrease slightly in 2026. So that's a downtick. But if you look longer term, the growth prospects looks very solid. The speed of the data center build-out is creating unprecedented demand for off-grid data center where reliable on-site power is essential. And here, actually we are clearly playing a role. And we continue to see a strong demand for data centers with a very dynamic pipeline of opportunities.
And the resulting growth in our installed base, that, of course, will trigger and support a significant life cycle service potential in 2030 and beyond. It takes time until we get into those years where the installed base starts to generate significant service business. And we see here the predictions from the International Energy Agency on average annual electricity demand growth. They have basically upgraded their forecast for 2025 with 45%. It's a significant upgrade.
Now another external report that we like to highlight is the latest -- a very recent piece from Bloomberg New Energy Finance. And according to them, not -- well, they are reiterating what we have been saying. But of course, this is independent third party. So I guess it comes with some additional credibility when it comes to advocating reciprocating engines. And basically, they have concluded that reciprocating engines offer the strongest economics for data centers. If you look at the dollar per megawatt hour, engines comes out as currently as the most favorable solution. So recent analysis by Bloomberg has identified reciprocating engines as the most cost-competitive technology option for data centers.
The competitive life cycle economics support attractive long-term project returns. The benefits, low heat rate, efficient use of fuel and operating performance. Low site level emissions and negligible water consumption supports sustainability objectives. So engines are well positioned for the rapidly growing market where cost performance and resource efficiency are increasingly critical. And I think this is a long-term comment also. As the market dynamics is evolving, the engines delivers on the efficiency fundamentals and also on the fundamentals of not derating at high temperature and very little water consumption.
Now back to the numbers. So organic order increase -- sorry, organic order intake increased by 43%. The order intake, the reported, as we call it, increased by 33%. Marine order intake increased by 12%. Energy order intake increased by 82%. Equipment order intake increased by 61% and the organic equipment order intake growth was 74%. Service order intake, as we talked about before, the reported decreased by 4% due to portfolio business divestments and negative FX impact. So the organic service order intake growth was actually 1%. Marine and Energy combined service order book increased by 11%, ending up at an all-time high. So our service order backlog is at an all-time high.
Strong order book development. Rolling book-to-bill continues to be above 1. I think it's now the 21st consecutive quarter that we continue to have a book-to-bill above 1. And the order book has been growing despite the removal of the portfolio businesses. I mean, by now, we have divested 11 of them. So we have been able to fully compensate for this. Another trend that we talked about a lot is that, of course, we are capturing orders for deliveries further and further into the future. And we do see here that trend continuing. And we do continue to come back to these data points where the existing order book will generate sales that are distributed further into the future. And you can see how clearly on the order book end of June here, you see later deliveries, very significant growth. And that, of course, it's very important to take that into consideration when we translate the order intake to sales and EBIT. It will be further out in the future.
Organic net sales increased by 5%. The reported net sales remained stable. We saw that before. Marine net sales remained stable, whereas the energy net sales increased by 10%. Equipment net sales increased by 3% and the organic equipment net sales growth was 12%. Then service net sales decreased by 6% and the organic service net sales were stable at minus 1%. Profitability continued to improve. So with net sales that remained stable, the comparable operating results increased by 7%. And it's now the 12-month rolling comparable operating margin is now 13.5%, which is up from 11.6% last year.
Technology and partnership highlights. We continue to drive the decarbonization of our industry and work with our customers, both the existing ones and the new ones. So if we start with the data center narrative, we continue to expand our data center footprint with 2 new major orders announced in the second quarter. So we will supply an off-grid energy power solution for a new data center facility in Texas. It's a 790-megawatt power plant that will operate with 42, Wartsila 50SG engines running on natural gas. And you see we talked about our sweet spot being somewhere 20 to 500. But these days, we make or provide power plants well above that. And we provide thermal efficiency. Of course, you need the space to host our machines, but we have a very interesting power solution. So we do see this trend of bigger power plants continue.
Then we had the second one. It's a 412-megawatt engine power plant to support major new hyperscale data center project in Ohio and Texas, and it's built on 40, 34SG engines. So that was the first introduction of the 34SG. And both of these orders were booked as order intake in the second quarter.
Now coming back to one of the arguments, yes, data centers are important for us and for our growth, but we have multiple growth avenues. And balancing power, we talked about it for many years. It continues to be a major growth opportunity for us going forward. So in the second quarter, we booked more than 0.5 gigawatt of balancing power in various locations. And one of the orders that we had in the second quarter was Origem Energia in Brazil, so following the first contract we had with them in the first quarter. And it's the 185-megawatt power solution to support deliverable of reliable and flexible capacity to the Brazilian power grid. And it's follow as a consequence of the reserve capacity auction 2026. That was the largest capacity auction ever held in Brazil. And Origem has emerged as one of the auctions leading winners, and we are supporting them and they plan to start commercial operation in 2028 and 2029.
So energy growing in data centers, but also balancing power in several disciplines. Now on the technology side, we have 2 interesting items to report here. I mean, first, we had another Wartsila world's first -- it's the world's first large-scale 100% hydrogen engine tested at Wartsila's Bermeo laboratory and working on providing energy to the Spanish grid. So we have now successfully operated a new 100% hydrogen engine supplying power to Spain's national electricity grid in Bermeo. And this is the world's first demonstration of a large-scale hydrogen engine running on 100% pure hydrogen. And it's the Wartsila -- W31 that also can support energy-intensive sectors such as AI data center and industry in the future.
So that was hydrogen. But we also continue our journey on ammonia. In ammonia, we actually further because we are having commercial deliveries now. So we have 2 new gas carriers that want to stay ahead of environmental standards with a Wartsila 25 Ammonia engine. So we will supply Wartsila 25 Ammonia auxiliary engine together with NOx Reducer SCR and a gas valve unit for 2 new midsized LPG ammonia carrier vessels. And the ships are being built at the shipyard in Shanghai and will be owned by a joint venture between Navigator Gas and Amon Maritime Navigator Amon Shipping AS. And the order for the engines, the SCR and the GVU was booked by us in the second quarter of 2026. So we are certainly continuing to be a technology leader in future alternative fuels.
We also announced to expand our capacity as a result of the buoyant market that we see and the great opportunities that we see for the future. We are expanding our capacity. And basically, with the latest announcement we did in the quarter, by 2029, we will have increased our operational capacity 2.2x, so more than doubling our capacity compared to the 2025 operational levels. So during Q2, we announced investment of additional EUR 90 million to further expand our production capacity by 30% in STH in Vaasa. And that followed the earlier announcement by -- to expand by 35%. So once -- if you put that all together, by the first quarter of 2029, that actually means that we are expanding 2.2x compared to 2025. And that, of course, also is a proof point of our long-term favorable outlook of demand side in energy certainly, but also in Marine.
Now let's look quickly on Marine and Energy and what -- how those have developed. So Marine, all-time high quarterly order intake in Wartsila Marine in our history. And then order intake and comparable operating results both improved. So order intake up with 12%, net sales up with 2%. And if you look at the EBIT bridge from EUR 114 million to EUR 124 million, we benefit clearly from better operating leverage, but we also had lower service volumes in the second quarter, which is a bit of a drag. But of course, a continued journey and now at an LTM last 12-month result of 13.1%.
Services in Marine. Overall, the Marine service book-to-bill was above 1. And if you look at our Marine Service order book, it actually increased by 8% compared to a year ago. So we do see continued growth. You also -- by now, you know our different areas in services. And you can see that agreement came down a little bit on the book-to-bill side. Agreement came in -- order intake came from a relatively high comparison quarter last year. So that's one of the things. And then we have also seen on the service side because of high fuel prices and also because of some very favorable business, some of our customers, they are postponing some maintenance, but that's postponing, not canceling.
So we have a positive outlook there also for agreements going forward. And you see -- we talked about it many times on the project side, it can swing quite a lot. And now you saw a bit of an uptick. We have said, though, that the IMO decision not to make a decision has had some impact on the order intake on the retrofit side because people are postponing retrofits. But overall, you can see book-to-bill above 1, and we will continue to grow our Marine Service business.
Now Energy, all-time high quarterly order intake also for energy. And now since the start of 2025, the gross margin of our energy equipment order book has improved by plus 500 basis points. Order intake is up 82%. Net sales is up 10%. And then you see something very unique here. The only way is up 76% to 90%, driven by both better operating leverage and service net sales has increased. So really contributing to better operating results and an LTM EBIT of 15.5%.
Services on the energy side, also book-to-bill above 1 and the Energy Service order book increased by 16% compared to second quarter of 2025. And here, we see on the right side, how things can fluctuate. And here, for instance, if you look at the project business, yes, it went down deep in the red, but now it came back up in the green. And we will see the swings going forward. I think the important thing here is the thick black line, which is the sum of it all, and it's well above 1. We will continue to grow our service business also on the energy side.
Now that brings us to the bridge for the Q-on-Q bridge. So where we went basically from 12.7% to 14%. And it's good to see Marine going from 13.2% to 14.0% and energy going from 14.3% to 15.5%. Then we had a bit of a downtick in portfolio. But as I said, by the end of this quarter, we have divested all the portfolio business units. And our comparable operating results increased by 7%.
Now over to Arjen and other key financials.
Yes. Thank you, Hakan, and very happy to present positive other key financials. But before doing that, 2, let's say, structural items I would like to highlight. First of all, portfolio business. In Q2, we closed the divestment of Water and Waste, selling it to Solix as well as the closure of the divestment of Gas Solutions, selling it to Mutares. And this actually closes a journey of about 6 years in which we -- about 11 business units divested under the umbrella of portfolio business. With the completion of these last 2, Wartsila portfolio business will have no remaining business activities and basically, let's say, making Wartsila more focused company and also more profitable because these business units that we divested were typically dilutive to Wartsila result.
Second point I want to highlight here is energy storage joint venture. Not so long ago, 15th of June, we announced to establish a joint venture, 50-50 joint venture with RCT Solutions from Germany to strengthen its long-term competitiveness of the storage business. The closing, still the expectation to close in Q3, of course, subject to customary approvals and financing arrangements. And the joint venture is expected to have a EUR 40 million to EUR 50 million negative impact on Wartsila's 2026 operating results. And that is basically 50-50 between -- you will see it once the closing is done, you will see probably 50% of it on the line share of results in associated companies and 50% on the line items affecting comparability. And items affecting comparability is, of course, related to the transformation-related costs.
Then going to the numbers. First of all, cash flow. It was again an all-time high second quarter of all the second quarters that we could check historically, we never found a bigger one. So EUR 497 million is really an absolutely good number. And that's also, let's say, good to remind that it was a low number in Q1, only EUR 7 million. Now we are really, let's say, back on a big number. Support really coming from the profitability, but certainly also from the working capital. In the working capital, I would say, the main contribution came from customer payments, not just advances, but also, let's say, milestone payments. As you remember, in Q1, we talked a lot about, let's say, building, let's say, equipment actually for batch deliveries, many batch deliveries went out. you get the milestone payment at that point of time.
Also good to reflect here that, let's say, the capacity utilization of our factory is still at about maximum. So really, let's say, we are producing all we can. Net interest-bearing debt, of course, let's say, going further down, driven by, of course, a very good cash flow. Profitability, I think Hakan talked about that already a lot as well, and let's say, very happy to see positive trends here. Return on capital employed, good profitability, further negative working capital clearly contributing here. Gearing, not so much to comment. It's on a very deep negative level, which is, of course, extremely good. Solvency also bouncing back from Q1 because typically, in Q1, you booked the whole dividend against equity. And now that is, of course, now with the profitability improvement, less severe, you could say, or less impacting. And earnings per share clearly up from, let's say, last year, both on quarter and year-to-date. So all in all, I would say, very good, let's say, other key financials.
Looking at the trends. Cash flow from operating activities as well as working capital to net sales ratio, clearly trending in the right direction. If we look at working capital to sales ratio, the dotted line basically, blue dotted line around 4% over a 5-year average period. So really, let's say, good result. It's actually 3.8% to be precise. And it's actually all the quarters coming down. Last quarter, this was 2.4%. EUR 1.257 billion negative working capital is heavily supported by advances. And I think you can see that from the report as well. We have about EUR 1.8 billion advances. But if you strip it out, let's say, you would have a positive working capital of EUR 500 million, about EUR 0.5 billion. But also that has been improving a lot over the past 3 years.
If you look at, let's say, 3-year horizon, for example, on that number, so working capital, excluding advances, clearly several hundreds of millions down, while sales is actually going up. So we are really doing a real good effort on continuously working with working capital and make it better going forward. Final slide from my side is the financial targets. You don't see the energy storage anymore. They don't no longer apply after, let's say, booking it as asset held for sale and discontinued operations. Looking at the left side of the slide, first of all, growth on Marine and Energy combined 9%. Actually, if you break it down into what is Marine and what is energy, it's actually 9% on all. So very easy to remember. A key milestone I want to highlight here is the 14% that you see on the orange line.
Let's say, we are now on a rolling 12-month basis, operating result as a percentage of net sales at 14%, which is our financial target. So really happy with this milestone. It was 13.9% at the end of last quarter. Group gearing, I mentioned already, deeply negative, not too much to add. And also the dividend distribution basically in all the years, well above, let's say, the financial target of at least 50% of EPS. So really happy with what we can report here on the key financials.
Back to you, Hakan, on the outlook.
Yes. Thank you, Arjen. So on the outlook, for Marine, we expect the demand environment to be similar as in the comparison period. And for Energy, we also expect the demand environment for the next 12 months to be similar to the comparison period. But we also highlight the following because, of course, on energy, we have put it at similar now. But we -- this is actually a fairly -- it is a very solid demand situation that we see. So following 2 consecutive record order intake quarters in Energy and the record high order intake in Marine in the second quarter. The outlook reflects a continued strong demand environment, especially on the energy side. And the strong demand environment is clearly underscored by our decision also in the second quarter to further expand our capacity. So we are on a very good level, and we have a great opportunity going forward.
With that, we go to the questions and answers.
Thank you, Hakan. Thank you, Arjen. So now moving on to the Q&A. So I know that there are more than 10 analysts on the queue already. So we will take one question per analyst first. And so please leave the follow-up questions to the second round. There's also a possibility to ask questions by chat. Handing over to the operator, please.
[Operator Instructions]
The next question comes from Daniela Costa from Goldman Sachs.
2. Question Answer
I'll stick to the one per analyst. On the comment regarding sort of the energy equipment gross margin moving up 500 basis points, that's a very big number. And I just wondered if you could help us reconcile with the topic that we discuss frequently on this call about sort of like ASP and euro per megawatts and because the trend there seems the opposite, but maybe you can help us reconcile both and what has driven this big gross margin expansion.
And thank you, Daniela. And for those of us who follow us regularly, I would say this is what we have said all the time. We have said that there are good opportunities to expand prices, but we have also worked with operational efficiency, et cetera, et cetera. Now I know there has been a lot of focus on euro per kilowatt, but we have also been very clear that, that is not the right KPI to try to assess the margin content of the backlog. We have said that several times. I know some have listened and some have still clung under the euro per kilowatt. So we thought let's now give out this piece of information because we understand that we need to be a bit more clear than we have been in the past. So -- and you have been -- thank you for giving us that feedback. And this is where we are. So it's plus 500 basis points compared to the -- of the equipment order backlog in Energy comparing beginning of 2025 to going out of second quarter of 2026.
It's fair to say that it's mostly your execution then rather than the market pricing that is making the difference here.
It's a combination of pricing, execution, everything together.
The next question comes from Vivek Midha from Citi.
My one question is on the demand guidance, particularly in energy. Clearly, with the strong orders in Q2, the bar is higher, and I appreciate that you're still guiding for a strong level of demand. But I was wondering if you could expand, please, on how we should think about the scope for upside or downside to this guidance? Was this motivated by desire to be prudent given that you hit this new record? Or is there anything else that we should bear in mind?
Basically, let's say, it's based on -- first of all, let's say, the demand is very strong, as Hakan also explained earlier. We also in the coming quarters, see, let's say, strong activity. The pipeline is good. Let's say, the AI pipeline is also very strong, though volatile. But it's not just, let's say, the data center, it's also, let's say, the balancing power, which is really also getting a lot of traction. Going forward, of course, there is, at some point of time, a bit of limitation because your capacity is limited. Let's say, you can sell and sell until a certain point. And as you can see from the order intake, we booked record order intakes right now.
Let's say, there is a big jump, so you book really long forward. At some point of time, this will level out. It doesn't mean that the activity in the market is less. It's just that our limitations are getting into the capacity range basically. That's also why we, for example, expanded our capacity. We made, again, a decision now in Q2 to further expand the capacity to facilitate that. Will we do more? Let's see. But this is the trajectory that we see. But the main message is the market is still very strong. There's lots of opportunities, and we are doing really well.
And as we try to give a bit more meat in our guidance. I mean do note that we are making significant investments in basically more than doubling our manufacturing capacity. But of course, that kicks in only in the beginning of 2029. But that is a clear evidence fact point that we believe in long-term growth.
The next question comes from Max Yates from Morgan Stanley.
So I just wanted to pick up on the 500 or more than 500 basis points of gross margin expansion in the backlog. So I guess the first part of the question is, would you be able to kind of share with us how much of the total order backlog was Energy New equipment at the start of 2025 and how much it is today? And then I guess the second sort of part of this question is, how would you best suggest we actually use that number? Would you think of it in terms of if we take your new equipment margin today, we should sort of add that on and that comes through by 2028, I guess, actually, what's coming into the backlog is probably even higher than 500 basis points. So now that you've kind of helpfully disclosed that, how would you best suggest we as analysts, so we don't get into kind of confusion around price per megawatt? How do we use that number in your view?
So I mean, first of all, we also communicated that we have more than doubled Energy's order backlog, I mean, from 2025, beginning of 2025 until second quarter of 2026. So that gives you kind of a feeling for the magnitude of the increase of the total order backlog. Then for the new build upgrade of plus 500 basis points, I mean, we know it will take time for that to translate into EBIT and because of '28 and beyond. Definitely '28 and beyond. So because -- and to -- we have a certain delivery time and there is a certain delay. So that's another fact. It will take time for this order backlog to translate both to sales and EBIT and it's 2028 and beyond.
Then another thing, and it's also based on questions that we have received from the analysts, okay, but your mix of new build and services, the new build will grow faster than services. And we all know that the margins in general are lower on new build and services. That still holds true. But the other message here is that the net effect of this will still imply that the EBIT -- total EBIT of energy will continue to develop positively. So those are the additional cues we can give.
The next question comes from Vaspaan Avari from Barclays.
It's [ Lotz ] from Barclays. On the demand outlook for energy, you now see it stable in the next 12 months. Is it stable versus extraordinary strong Q2 or stable versus average level over the past 12 months? The reason I ask is that order intake in megawatts in Q2 was about 100% higher than an average order intake over the past 12 months. So getting the base for us right is very important here.
I would say you need to aggregate the megawatts or gigawatts over 12-month period and compare it with the aggregate for the coming 12.
It's the forward 12 months versus the past 12 months.
Aggregate.
Aggregated, correct.
The next question comes from Akash Gupta from JPMorgan.
I have a question on ASP, and it's more of a conceptual question for us to understand, given the debate on this number that often looks to me as a tip of an iceberg. So I mean, can you elaborate on some of the factors that are driving this significant volatility in quarter-on-quarter average selling price in energy? I think previously, you highlighted scope as a big effect. But then outside of scope, when we look at different types of engines, how does the ASP compare? Like is there any thumb rule that we should be aware of that if you announce certain types of engine orders, then we have to think about ASP in a different way? And also, if you can talk about geographical mix because covering some of the other equipment names, we have seen some variance in ASPs based on geographies. And then lastly, on the same topic, when you book an order in the U.S., I think you have said it's customers that pay the tariff. So I wanted to ask when it comes to your booking, what are the amount that you are booking and what you are not booking?
Do you want to?
I can start with the last one. Let's say, yes, tariff risk is passed on to customers. We are not paying for any tariffs. Yes, on certain cases, let's say, we might need to pay the tariffs, let's say, as we are the importing party, but then we charge it on to the customers. But now with the recent decision of the Supreme Court, basically, that has been reversed. So no impact. But of course, when you do tariffs, we typically use change orders for that. So let's say, it's a change order when the tariff is charged to us. We also send that invoice then to the customer, which is then actually, let's say, adding to the sales, but it's then reversed when we, let's say, pay it back. It's a credit basically.
And then when it comes to how should we think about profitability of different markets and different engine types, et cetera, et cetera. I'm sorry, there are no simple rules of thumbs. I mean we have good price realization in many areas. So in many application segments and in many geographies. So it's not that one segment or one market -- geographical market has a higher profitability than the other. It's actually a mix. It's much more catered to the situation and the customer.
So my question was more about the pricing in kilowatt hours per -- in euro term rather than margins as such.
Yes. I mean, as you -- I understand and I respect your question. But as you understand from our hesitation and our earlier discussions, frustrating as it is, we don't focus so much on that KPI, quite frankly, because it says very little about reality for the reasons that we have mentioned, so to say. I know it's frustrating, but that's a matter of fact.
The next question comes from Uma Samlin from Bank of America.
I just have a follow-up on the energy margins. I really appreciate I gave the 500 bps today. I was wondering, do you see any -- given you have a very strong pipeline on the data center side, do you see any further potential to increase beyond the 500 bps that you have given going forward?
Well, it's a very hot market and the demand side is very, very strong. And therefore, as we said before, there are good opportunities for price realization in, as I said before, in all different segments and in all different geographical markets. It's a hot market globally.
So do you mean that you will be able to continue to have some pricing potential beyond what you had achieved in the last year?
Yes.
The next question comes from John Kim from Deutsche Bank.
Congrats on the numbers. Just wanted to speak a little bit about supply-demand dynamics around baseload and data centers. You may have seen some competitors have gone public and spoke to adding capacity over the next 5 years. Do you have a sense on where engines as a category could stabilize as a percentage of market share demand. When you think about the positive aspects of engines over turbines, any sense on what percentage of applications or installs that would be applicable or attractive to? And could you comment at all on your market share within engines itself as it relates to DCs?
So if we start with the first one, our market share related to DCs, I would say we don't know it. I would argue that nobody knows what the market share is because there are so much secrecy. We talk about that in the industry. I mean you have noted before that some of the releases that we have made, we are not even allowed to mention the customer names, et cetera. So I know that there are attempts from independent players to compile market statistics. It's very, very challenging. So -- sorry, I wish I could tell you, but I can't. And the facts are simply not there because of the secrets in the market.
Coming to your other question, what's the potential market share of engine versus gas turbine. It's very, very hard to predict. I mean I have seen data points, but we struggle actually to compile them. The only thing we can see, we are growing.
And the Bloomberg New Energy.
And also coming to that Bloom Energy makes one point. I mean it's one piece of study, et cetera, but it shows that engines are for real in this segment, and it has some advantages. Now I would also argue that if you look at medium-speed engines, we are coming back to the fundamentals because to your point, there will be a lot of -- competition is adding capacity, the gas turbine competitors, but also the engine competitors. So of course, right now, the supply is a bit less than demand, but it will balance out at a certain stage. Now then it's going to be a focus. That's our hypothesis and be a focus on the fundamentals, fuel efficiency, no thermal derating, no water usage. And here, we come out in a very good way. Now our disadvantage, we are not the quick and dirty solution if you want to ship in a container and get power fast, which is really a strong focus now. But we are strong on the fundamentals.
And also, we talked about that in our data center call, if you stretch it out even further, what will happen? There will be transmission networks being built. There might be renewables. What do you want? You want flexible power generation that is energy efficient because then you can balance the renewables and you can also be a player on the network. And if you want to be a player on the network, you need to have fuel efficient, good heat rates basically. Otherwise, you won't be competitive. So that's why we are optimistic also about the long-term future because we have a good competitive technology.
The next question comes from Sven Weier from UBS.
Just a follow-up again on the 500 basis points. I was just wondering how much of the improvement is actually coming from your shift away from EPC, which I guess also happened during that time? And what have you actually seen happening to energy service margin given that it is obviously an important part of the energy sales?
Yes. So first of all, this is new build. So service is out. So this is the new build margins, just to clarify that. And then I would say the shift from EPC, very little impact because we have made this shift -- the major part of the shift has been made before 2025.
Correct.
So I would say the major driver is things like price realization, efficiency, et cetera. It's not the shift from EPC to EQ during this time.
On the service, that was clear that it's not part of it. That's why I was asking what happened to service. Was service stable in the last 1.5 years or...
I mean the order backlog for services is up significantly. It's up 18%. And the margin on services, they also developed favorably.
And can I just ask because you had this nice chart on the cost comparison between engines and turbines and fuel cells. I mean, why do you recognize -- I mean, it's no longer a lack of information in the market about the qualities of engines. Why do you think that those other technologies are still winning on turbines but also fuel cells increasingly? Why are people still placing orders for those then?
I mean right now, I would say, and this is -- if I take the U.S., it's so focused on lead time. I mean you can basically sell any technology if you have a short lead time. So that's why right now, everybody is selling. But as I said, longer term, as more capacity is added to the market, I think it will be more focused on the fundamentals. We talked about that before. And then another element, I would say, also in the U.S. context is, you could say, a bit of technical conservatism because to your point, Sven, I mean, the engine has been around for quite some time. But I can say that we -- I have dialogues with many U.S. customers. For them, it's still a new technology, it's something new. And that's a great opportunity for us.
And coming back to what I said before, when our new customers U.S. customers, they try our new candy, so to say, and they see that the heat rates working. I mean, they are good and they see that we are delivering on our core value proposition. They came back. So we have repeat customers coming back. And that's why I'm optimistic about the long-term future because people are -- more and more customers are seeing the benefit of engines. But seeing is believing. It's one thing to try to convince somebody with PowerPoints and logic, seeing is believing.
The next question comes from Antti Kansanen from SEB.
Another follow-up on the 500 basis point improvement. So if we look at kind of the deliveries, the energy equipment deliveries that you have done on the first half of this year, when were these orders booked? Just trying to get that is that kind of a run rate profitability that you are now achieving on the energy side? Is the 500 improvement potential? Is it a good proxy from the level where you are today on the P&L? Or has some of that improvement already been visible on first half of this year?
No, I don't think we have seen it in the first half of this year. Let's say, the orders that we delivered for energy in the first half of this year, I think they were booked a year plus ago, most of them.
And then maybe a follow-up on the phasing of it. If you look at kind of what you are selling now, have you already sold out the '28 capacity expansion and are now booking the '29, just on what you said that the capacity is a little bit constraining the demand outlook as well. So just like as a theoretical, if you would decide to further still expand your capacity, would you believe that, that would open up a more demand growth for you potentially?
So basically, I mean, 2028, we are sold out to your point. I mean there might be smaller things, but in general, we are sold out. And the orders that we are negotiating now is for 2029. And we have started to sell out. You remember the latest capacity expansion we talked about. We said that, that will come into operation in the beginning of 2029 and we are starting to sell that now. I mean we have already sold some of it, so to say. But we are booking orders in 2029 right now and also 2030.
Then I will take a couple of questions.
And I would also say, I mean, sometimes I get the question, can you expand even further? Yes, we can. But it's a step-by-step journey, and we have taken important steps, which underlines our positive outlook. Could we take further steps? Yes, but we take it step by step.
And the key thing is to keep the supply chain aligned.
Yes.
Then I will take one question from the chat. Can you explain in more detail how the Data Center segment sales of hardware will bring life cycle services cash flow after 2030?
Yes. So basically -- so what's the time frame here? So let's say we get a data center order. I would say it will -- it's about 2 years until it's up and running. And then, of course, you have some maintenance, et cetera, in the beginning. But it's approximately another 2 years until we have the real big service kicking in and then it runs. So that's why we talk about approximately a 4-year delay from new build order intake to until you start to see a significant impact on the service business.
Thank you, Hakan. Thank you, Arjen. Then we have one more slide related to our Capital Market Day. So please remember, we will host our Capital Market Day here in Helsinki online on November 3. And on October 27, we will publish our Q3 results. I hope you can enjoy a little bit summer in the coming weeks. I hope that at least we all will start a well-deserved holiday. Thank you.
Thank you, everybody. Have a nice summer.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Q2 2026 Earnings Call
Wärtsilä — Q2 2026 Earnings Call
Wärtsilä meldet Q2‑2026: Rekordaufträge, steigende Margen im Energiegeschäft, starke Cash‑Generierung, Umsetzung großer Kapazitätserweiterungen.
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Auftragseingang: EUR 2,8 Mrd. (+33% YoY; Allzeit‑Rekord; Energy ~EUR1,7 Mrd., Marine ~EUR1,2 Mrd.)
- Auftragsbestand: ~EUR 9 Mrd. (Allzeit‑Hoch)
- Nettoerlöse: EUR 1,56 Mrd. (reported flach, organisch +5%)
- Operatives Ergebnis: Comparable EBIT EUR 218 Mio. (14% Marge); reported EBIT EUR 209 Mio. (13,4%)
- Cashflow: Operativer Cashflow EUR 497 Mio.; ROCE attraktiv, Nettoverschuldung deutlich reduziert
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Margenaufbau Energy: Energie‑Equipment‑Backlog hat seit Anfang 2025 eine Verbesserung der Bruttomarge um >500 Basispunkte; Treiber laut Management: Preisrealisierung plus operative Effizienz.
- Kapazitätserweiterung: Investitionen angekündigt; bis Anfang 2029 operative Kapazität ~2,2× 2025‑Level (zusätzliche EUR 90 Mio. für Vaasa, weitere Projekte zuvor).
- Technologie & Markt: Weltweit erste Groß‑Wasserstoffmotor‑Demonstration; erste kommerzielle Ammoniak‑Motorlieferungen; starke Pipeline in Data‑Center‑ und Balancing‑Projekten.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Nachfrageerwartung: Für Marine und Energy wird die Nachfrage in den nächsten 12 Monaten als ähnlich zur Vergleichsperiode eingeschätzt; Energy aber besonders stark.
- Timing der Margenwirkung: Backlog‑Margin‑Verbesserung fließt verzögert in EBIT ein (Management verweist auf Wirkung vor allem ab 2028).
- Risiken: Kurzfristige Kapazitätsbegrenzungen, regulatorische Fragmentierung im Shipping, und ein erwarteter EUR 40–50 Mio. negativer Effekt 2026 durch die geplante Energy‑Storage‑JV (50/50).
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- 500 bps‑Rekord: Hauptfrage: Was treibt die +500 bp im Energy‑Backlog? Management: Mischung aus Preis, Execution und Effizienz; nicht allein Euro/kW (ASP) erklären.
- Timing & Nutzbarkeit: Wie Analysten das Backlog‑Margin‑Signal für Profitabilitätsprognosen verwenden sollen – Management: Wirkung kommt verzögert, nicht sofort in H1/2026.
- Kapazität & Upside: Diskussion über Verkaufskapazität für 2028/29; Company verkauft bereits weit ins Jahr 2029, weitere Expansion möglich, aber schrittweise und abhängig von Supply‑Chain.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Klar positive Botschaft für Aktionäre: deutlich gestiegenes Auftragspolster, verbesserte Margenprognose im Energiegeschäft, starke Quartals‑Cashflows und eine saubere Bilanzbasis. Wichtige Einschränkungen: Margenverbesserungen im Backlog brauchen Zeit bis zur Gewinnwirkung (vor allem ab 2028), Kapazitätsengpässe und die kurzfristigen Effekte aus Portfolio‑Bereinigungen/JV‑Kosten bleiben zu beobachten.
Wärtsilä — Special Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
1. Management Discussion
Okay. Hello, everyone, and welcome to Wartsila's Q2 pre-pilot Call. My name is Maija Hongas, and I'm from Wartsila's Investor Relations team, and I'll be hosting you today as Hanna-Maria is today on a well-deserved holiday. And today, our CFO, Arjen Berends, will start with some key messages, and we will also show you 2 slides, which are available on our IR website as well.
And after the key messages, we have reserved time for Q&A. [Operator Instructions] If you can send your question to me [email protected]@wartsila.com. [Operator Instructions] And after the first round, we can then continue with followups. [Operator Instructions] I think it's time to start. Please go ahead, Arjen.
Thank you, Maija, and hello to everybody. A few highlights to cover. Of course, first of all, order intake. I'm pretty happy with, let's say, order intake and how it develops both on Energy and Marine side, let's say, we have good traction.
Data center orders announced earlier, and I think you have seen also in the press releases. So not more to comment there. Pipeline is strong. Pipeline also continues to be on a good level, both actually for Energy and Marine. So looking good, let's say, at least the last couple of or it's actually 1 week to go in this quarter.
Then I think also good to highlight and remember once again or remind once again, let's say, the divestment that we have done and completed basically, first of all, what we have done last year. You can see it on this slide, ANCS, Automation Navigation Control Systems last year July and Marine Electrical System last year in October.
And it had a quite significant, let's say, correction in the order book, EUR 900 million about. And annual revenue in 2025 was about EUR 225 million. So quite good to keep in mind also for your own analytics. Then also now in '26, we have 2 more. Actually, the last one was out of portfolio business, Gas Solutions that was completed on 1st of June as well as Water and Waste also completed on 1st of June.
Annual revenue for both of them, let's say, 2025 Gas Solutions, EUR 390 million and Water & Waste about EUR 50 million. And order book expected to be adjusted with about EUR 650 million now in Q2 reporting. So as I said, with the final, let's say, 2 Gas Solutions and Water & Waste going out, basically, portfolio business have no remaining activities anymore after Q2.
If we move to the next slide, which is actually the other, let's say, highlight I want to make is, of course, the announcement that we did, let's say, not so long ago, 15th of June to start a joint venture with RCT Solutions from Germany for our energy storage business.
It will be a 50-50 joint ventures. Over time, let's say, we anticipate new investors to come in, and that would reduce ownership of the initial shareholders, both RCT as well as Wartsila. Peter Fath, which is the CEO of RCT Solutions will become the CEO of the joint venture after closing.
So then he's really, let's say, committed to this financial impact at closing, no material profit and loss impact at closing. And we transfer basically assets to the joint venture, which is less -- net assets actually, which is less than 5% of Wartsila total net assets, so it's not significant in that scale.
And we expect the joint venture after, let's say, all kind of transformation-related activities to be executed, but we expect, let's say, the joint venture to generate positive results towards the end of 2027.
While in '26, we anticipate the loss for Wartsila on Wartsila result and basically total to be in the range of EUR 40 million to EUR 50 million coming from this area. With respect to reporting and timing, we will not have any separate segment reporting anymore in Q2 financials.
We will also stop, let's say, the financial targets for this business and also not provide any demand guidance as I would believe it's also quite obvious that, that will disappear. We expect the closing to happen in Q3, depending on regulatory and other customary conditions and approvals as well as arranging, let's say, financing package.
And until that, it will be reported as discontinued operations and asset held for sale. From closing onwards, the joint venture will, as any other joint venture that we have, be reported under other business activities and as share of results in associated companies.
Not all of our joint ventures are other business activities, this one will be, but all joint ventures are reported as share of results in associated companies. So one single line consolidation, which is part of, let's say, operating result. This year still next year due to IFRS 18 joint venture results will move out of operating result and we will move to results from investing activities.
Just on the size, energy storage business has been a smaller segment in Wartsila, about 480 employees globally. Net sales of about EUR 700 million in 2025 and an operating result of EUR 23 million in 2025, 2.8% of Wartsila total. So very small contributor, small positive contributor. These were my short introduction words, and I would open up for questions.
Thank you very much, Arjen. And, let's start with the Q&A. And the first question comes from John Kim.
2. Question Answer
I'm wondering if we could start off with Marine. Can you give us a bit of compare and contrast on how disruptions both on equipment yards and perhaps service looks like in Q2 versus Q1? What I'm trying to unpack is kind of time in place impact from Middle East conflict removes versus perhaps ongoing constraints in various parts of the supply chain, if there are any?
So far, we have not had any, let's say, immediate impact or direct impact. We have been already for some time, let's say, stocking a little bit extra also because we saw that the factory utilization and capacity clearly goes up.
So I don't know of any immediate urgent case that some parts are stuck in the Strait of Hormuz, not at all. It's in a way, also a bit of a dead and street. So it's more for, let's say, transport of oil and stuff than from our supply chain.
Now supply chain is typically not in that region. Most of our supply chain critical at least comes from Europe and some parts from Asia, but they don't typically go through the Strait of Hormuz. Then from a service perspective, of course, there are ships in the Strait of Hormuz sailing that we can service.
Good to remind that it's mainly merchant fleet where the main engine is a 2-stroke engine, which is not so much, let's say, impacting us because okay also on the main -- on the 2-stroke engine, let's say, the main market share is Everllence, basically 2-stroke.
And we are servicing more than, let's say, call it, the WinGD brand. So also there, let's say, I would not say the Strait of Hormuz has a significant impact either. So altogether, no major impact, I would say, not a material change compared to Q1.
Having said that, I think with unrest in the world, of course, and the longer it takes, people or businesses and shipowners and operators are also getting a little bit, let's say, nervous, let's say, how long will it take? What does it mean to fuel prices, et cetera.
So yes, there are probably new considerations coming. Should we, let's say, go for a more fuel-efficient solution in the future, do a retrofit or not, stuff like that, so but let's say, no concrete big scale impact.
I would say it's more discussions than anything else at this point of time. Of course, this can change. But at this point of time, I don't see Q2 being very different than Q1.
Next question comes from Sven Weier.
My first question is on orders. I was just wondering, you didn't have any announced orders since the 800-megawatt data center order.
I mean, should we assume that you will stop reporting every data center order now that it has become a bit more normal part of the business? Or how should we think about unannounced orders in general? Should they be at a normal level, average level in Q2?
No, let's say that our policy is to basically report as many orders as we possibly can. But of course, you need the permission of the customer to announce an order.
Then sometimes and it depends a bit on the scale, let's say, for big orders, it's more relevant than for, let's say, smaller orders.
Yes, we try then to report even anonymously as you have also seen earlier from us that, let's say, we don't mention the customer name, sometimes even not the location, but still saying that, okay, there is a big order coming.
But our policy or policy is not really a policy. We try to report as much as possible the orders that we get, preferably with the name, but if not allowed and at least for the bigger ones, we want to go anonymous.
And is there any reason to assume that unannounced orders should be at a completely different level as in the quarters before or...
Yes. Now I cannot remember by heart, let's say, how much the unannounced part was versus for all the quarters before. I would say it's a normal business, business as usual.
And sorry, can I have a follow-up? Or are we limited to one, Maija, just guide me.
Yes, please. Let's have the question a bit later.
Yes, then I follow up later.
Next question comes from Sebastian Kuenne.
I have a question on deals related to AI or energy security in Europe. I mean Europe wants to become independent ideally from U.S. AI systems and one would expect also primary power issues here.
But we haven't seen much from Wartsila in the sense that you get allocated deals for data center power here in Europe. Could you give us maybe a little update here? And also on the countrywide energy tenders that you are involved in? I think one was in Brazil a couple of weeks ago. Maybe another update there where there are big tenders that we should be aware of?
Good question. Let's say, data centers in Europe, I think Europe is late to the game. I think it will be challenged for them. At least I'm not aware of, let's say, huge data center orders in Europe on the scale of, let's say, size and scale, I would say, in number of orders.
I mean, as we see in the U.S. For sure, there is pipeline. Also we have pipeline in Europe, but nothing big has been so far, let's say, materializing. I would expect still something to happen this year, but timing with these orders is always very difficult.
What is the fact, and I think that is more and more also aware in the world among our customers is you need to be fast in decision-making because if you're not, you're without power because the capacity, not only our capacity, but also the capacity of our competitors is being sold very, very, very fast.
So decision-making is key. But it's also very difficult. And I think in Europe, it's even more difficult than in U.S., for example, to get permits and get, let's say, all your -- and then if you buy an engine without permits, yes, should you do that or not? So it's more complicated, I think, to push orders forward in Europe than it is in the U.S.
Then on your question on the Brazil, yes, the tender took place. Let's say, the award was done, what is it now, 2, 1.5 or so months ago. I think the ones that offered the Wartsila equipment, there were quite a few. We also announced, let's say, at least 2 of them.
We are negotiating with a few more, but I think time starts to run out. Let's say, if they are not concluding within weeks, I would say, the slots are gone. At least the slots are gone for the time that they require it. So then they need to find alternatives.
And other countries, other big...
Okay, not like Brazil, but let's say, we have quite good activities ongoing in Malaysia, Indonesia, Australia, also in Europe, a few locations and of course, also in the U.S., but also South America. Actually, it's quite active all over the place. I think also more and more customers realize that if we are not making decisions, we will need to wait, let's say, a couple of years before there is any capacity available, not only from us but also from others.
So I think the awareness starts to grow, which also means that pipeline and activity starts to go up or is up actually.
I have another question, but I go back...
And next question comes from Vivek Midha.
My question is actually also on Brazil. I saw from your release that you described it as an equipment supply contract. Now historically, you've obviously indicated your strategy to move away from EPC towards EEQ. Brazil historically has been quite an EPC market. I'm just curious, long term, as you think about your more emerging-market focused, emerging market-focused customers, how are you approaching those kinds of negotiations? And should we expect that, for example, if you do book Brazil orders in Q3, for example, that they will also be very equipment focused as well?
I would say it's a good question. And let's say, our first focus when we sell new equipment in energy is equipment delivery. And that's where we start with typically. Typically, let's say, we go to the customer with an equipment delivery and a life cycle offer, often in combination because that's how we believe we can generate more value for customers.
If the customer wants EPC, we are not ruling out EPC. We have always said that, okay, we are not ruling out EPC. But we take on extra risk with EPC. So that also means that we need to get premium price and get paid for the extra risk that we take on.
If the customer is not willing to do that, then there will not be an EPC contract, then it's just equipment. But that's the approach. So let's say, we are not ruling out EPC, but we need to get extra paid because we take extra risk.
Next question comes from Johan Eliason.
Just on equipment deliveries, can you sort of give us any guidance over the year, how that looks like now when you only have the energy and the marine business to worry about?
How does it look like? Let's say, the fact that we are increasing capacity says a lot of how it looks like. And in particular, I would say, energy. Energy is really, let's say, booming business and majority of the capacity expansion will go to energy by far.
Having said that, we also see good opportunities in Marine. Let's say, the ship age has been as old as it's ever been. Yards capacity is ramping up much faster than what we thought even 1 year ago and I think also something big is coming in Marine.
And we see also, let's say, good outlook for that. It's, of course, always segment based. So let's say, not all ship segments move in the same pace. And it depends on age as well. Let's say, for example, I have mentioned many times, I think ferries are very old. So there needs to be a new build cycle at some point of time. It's amazing how long it takes actually before it kicks off, but we see more and more activity. So yes, I'm very positive about Energy. I'm also actually very positive about Marine. But if you put it in perspective, more positive about Energy.
Yes. But that was sort of more thinking of your backlog delivery pace over this year. Would we have higher equipment deliveries every quarter now and then until you...
That's difficult to say, Johan, because, let's say, timing, let's say now, let's say, equipment delivery is you take revenues and delivery.
And let's say, if it slips in, let's say, in the last week of a month to the next quarter, it's certainly a totally different picture in the next quarter. But I would say, over the coming time with a fast ramp-up of capacity, and I would say, in particular, 2028 onwards when the new capacity becomes available, I think then we will see more shift towards, let's say, higher on the equipment side pro rata...
But, I mean, you actually...
We also believe in growth of services, but can it keep the same pace? That's a bit questionable. It depends very much on, in particular, I would say, retrofit projects and how is the retrofit cycle.
Yes. But you mentioned that you had 75% capacity utilization in the main [indiscernible] plant last year. And I guess you must be filling that up now this year already, I suppose.
Yes, that has an impact already. But I would say the more significant impact is later in '27 towards '28.
And the next question comes from [indiscernible] .
[indiscernible] Is it any better or not really?
No. But if you switch off the camera, it might...
Yes. Let's try that. I think we will take the next question and let's try again [indiscernible] a bit later if the connection would be better. But please, Antti, go ahead.
Can you guys hear me? I'll try with that. I think I'll try to let video as well. I have a little bit of a bad connection. But my question was on the capacity announcement that you made in May. So my question is that why did you not announce of the full capacity expansion in February when you made the original kind of '28 expansion? Why the 2-step approach, why the 2-separate announcements? And what are you actually doing in the second phase of the capacity expansion, your own factory versus your suppliers, please?
It's actually the main reason is the supply chain. Let's say, I think in the first capacity expansion, I would say the majority dependency, I would say, was very much on our own facilities.
Of course, also the supply chain, we need to make sure that, let's say, the supply chain can follow what we have in mind, let's say, to do, let's say, locally in Vaasa.
I would say, we could not say more, let's say, because at that point of time in February, we have not secured, let's say, the, call it, the next capacity expansion phase from a supply chain point of view.
So that's the main reason. And let's say, what's different, I would say that in the second one, I think you have more investments related to supply chain, machining capacity either in or, let's say, at supplier sites or in our own facility in let's say, extra machining efforts, but also, let's say, investments supporting, let's say, the supply chain itself.
So with a certain volume commitment or what have you. So there is lots of work to be done. We are not in totally safe waters. But I would say we are comfortable, let's say, that we can make this capacity come to life by the time that we have estimated it, Q1 '28 and Q1 '29.
But the main driver is something that we could in February, not have the full commitment of the supply chain.
Okay. Clear enough. And maybe referring to the comment that you earlier said about the Brazilian clients that you are kind of running out of production slots for them, what is kind of time frame that they are asking for your deliveries?
I think the majority is, let's say, '28, '29.
Okay. But you should have ample capacity for '29, if I understand correctly, the expansion plans?
Yes. Let's say, it depends a bit on the customers and then of course, what they have promised, let's say, from a capacity point of view, let's say, there are big customers and there are smaller customers.
But '28 is pretty much, let's say, locked and committed, and I would say, let's say, either booked or locked through, let's say, valid, let's say, customer quotes. '29 starts to be also, let's say, more and more committed through customer quotes.
But there we have space. But again, let's say, it's not only Brazilian customers that are looking for capacity. I think there's a lot of other customers in different places, like I mentioned, Australia, Indonesia, Malaysia, et cetera, that also, let's say, want to lock. So yes, first come, first serve. That's more or less what it is today.
Thank you, Antti. For me, it seems that [ Glad's ] picture is still frozen. So let's try to have another one. So next question comes from Daniela Costa.
My line has been on and off, so apologies if this has already been asked, but I wanted to ask sort of a 2-part question regarding how should we think about modeling advances from here.
So from one side, has your orders get bigger and bigger in the megawatts, does the rule of thumb like 20% to 25% of advances still applies? Or does it change with size? And then from another side, I guess, you've added capacity, several peers are adding capacity for those outer years that are being bid now. Is the customer acceptance of the type of levels of advance has that stayed put? Or do we see sort of the customers negotiating maybe that more actively?
No. Let's say, our aim is always to be, let's say, cash positive throughout the project. That's and I must say we have very successful in that overall.
Of course, you have here and there, you have exceptions. But overall, I would say we are very successful in that. Then, okay, is it, let's say, 10% down or 20% down or sometimes even more percent down? Yes, it varies by order. Let's say, you might have, let's say, 10% down and let's say, 30% mid-delivery.
You might also have, let's say, 20% down and 10% mid-delivery. At the end of the day, what is, for me, most important is that the down payment is at least more than 10% and that we have a cash positive, let's say, flow throughout the project and preferably the majority of the cash in the house at delivery and on your question, is it changing? No, I would not say it's changing.
Next question comes from Sven Weier.
The first one is on you obviously have a few data center orders now in the backlog, and we're hearing a lot about potential construction delays and that.
I mean, can you track the progress on these projects, whether they start in time, whether there are delays, whether there are permitting issues? Is that possible for you or also difficult for you?
Okay. It varies by case. Some are more transparent than others. In general, I think we are pretty much on top of, let's say, if there is a delay, basically, often they come to us and say, okay, we cannot have the engines right now because, let's say, if you ship, let's say, 10, 20 engines to a site, it takes a lot of space.
And if they are delayed with the building construction, they cannot have it. So often, we get pretty much early warnings if that happens. So far, I have not heard of any, let's say, major delays on, for example, the data centers, as you mentioned. So far not.
And are you -- when you pitch for the projects, I mean, compared to the one you won in July last year, the first one, are you running into more engine competitors or fuel cell competitors now when you pitch for the projects? Or is it unchanged?
At least I've not heard of any major changes. No, I would say it's the same.
And are you thinking about developing an even bigger engine because of the megawatts increase of the projects? Or are you at a physical limit where you are.
Let's say, developing a new engine takes a lot of time and effort. And by the time you have it probably mature, the market is probably totally different or not, difficult to say. We used to have a long time ago, I still remember it, and I think we have a few of them still operational, a vessel of 64.
But that is 20 years ago, I think, about. But yes, I don't think it makes a lot of sense to pull those drawings out and cover and start producing it. No.
So that wouldn't...
I don't see it realistic. It's too much work and testing and what have you to get it up and running quickly because you also need to make sure that the whole stocking supply chain, everything is geared up again. And I don't think that will happen on short notice.
That wouldn't change the project decision if you had a bigger engine even that...
No, no. Let's say, it's even now today that, let's say, for some projects, probably the large bore engine was a better fit, but simply because it was not available, they went for medium bore. That's how desperate, let's say, the market is at the moment. I need power and I need it quick.
Next question comes from Tomas Skogman.
You talk about expansion in percentages, but I think it would make a lot of sense for you then to tell what is the share of engine in marine equipment because otherwise, we might end up putting too large growth estimates for you.
No. I think we stick with what we have said earlier. The majority of the capacity expansion goes to Energy. And I think that's what you need to use in your simulations.
But then you say you will have basically 30% and 35% more capacity that is on engines and then in marine equipment, you have a lot of other products. So you cannot just add that capacity basically to that. So I mean that's why I'm thinking this would be quite crucial just to -- it's not business sensitive in any way, just to avoid that estimates are wrong in the market basically.
True and perhaps we will do that in the future. But so far, we have not, let's say, decided to do so.
Yes. Then future reporting, so is it so that you will have 2 divisions? Or are you considering to report in some different way than you no longer have the portfolio and the storage businesses?
No, it will be, let's say, 2 segments. We have a dual segment reporting, Marine and Energy and the rest is other business activities.
Yes. And this storage loss, is that booked on the discontinued line or is it day 1 on the associated line? So it's on the discontinued line, you should have the loss in the...
Until, let's say, closing, it's on the discontinued line and then after it will be share of results in associated companies.
This big one-off loss [indiscernible] the write-down.
That will be likely on share of results in associated companies when the joint venture is established.
Okay. And then finally, I would just like to -- I get so much different information about energy efficiency and so on. So is your view that mid-speed engines are always more fuel efficient than high-speed engines independent of size? And why is that?
You asked me a very technical question, Tom.
You have highlighted that the [indiscernible] percentage points better...
The answer is yes. But let's say, what's the main driver? I think it's probably, let's say, power per megawatt steel.
I would assume, let's say, I don't know the exact technical reason why a high-speed engine is less efficient than a medium-speed engine, but it has to do with power per fuel density, the fuel consumption versus power output.
Is your view then that this order boom for high-speed engines to data centers, that's because they have a supply chain that is just more easy to ramp up as they might use, let's say, components from the truck industry or so.
I think, let's say, it's the desperation for, let's say, power. Let's say, if you need one, let's say, 500-megawatt power plant and you put it with high-speed engines, you're desperate because you need power. Let's say, first of all, let's say, engines, let's say, high-speed engines, they last much less long than the medium-speed engine. Medium-speed engine can take 30 years.
We have engines running in the field for 40 years, even higher than that. But typically, high-speed engines, I think it's 15, 20 years max, and they are worn out. You need to, let's say, replace them. And also from a space point of view, it's by far not the most optimal solution. So 400, 500 megawatt, I definitely would never go with high-speed engine unless you're really desperate because there are so much disadvantages with it.
Next question comes from Sebastian Kuenne.
My first is relating your investments and developments in carbon capture, hydrogen engines, ammonia engines. Now we have this delay with the IMO with U.S. blocking further enforcement of certain rules.
And the question is then should we prepare for some capitalized R&D having to be written down? Is there any smaller business where you have put like 30, 50, 100 people that develop certain engines and that you cannot now commercialize. So is there any shift or any risk that certain units are underutilized because we have delays in this in our transition?
No, I don't think so. I don't see any reason. Let's say, if you take carbon capture as an example, it's not a dead market. Let's say, there are activities happening.
We are still selling also scrubbers, let's say, that are carbon capture enabled. And I'm pretty sure it will come. But it will take a little bit longer time than we originally had anticipated. No, I don't see any, let's say, accelerated write-downs on that area, not at all.
Very good. And then my last question is the Everllence sale by Volkswagen.
The latest news I have is that there are 3 interested parties. None of them is Wartsila. I was wondering if you are in talks with Volkswagen or with any of the buyers or if you've heard that Everllence is being broken up into pieces where you could get some of it. I mean, what can you share with us on that topic?
Actually, let's say, there is not so much known to us, let's say. But I think the case starts to be less and less appealing. Let's say, first of all, let's say, Volkswagen wants to maintain a quite big ownership, at least to our understanding, what is it 45 or something percent, just minority basically.
Then I would say that at least the price that they have in mind, at least to what we have heard is quite high. There is lots of complication with, let's say, splitting 4-stroke and 2-stroke. To be honest, I don't think it will end in our favor.
Is there other options you see in the market to complement your current portfolio? Not to, but just if there would be someone.
No, let's say, 2-stroke would be an excellent add-on, especially when you can acquire basically a market leader in that space, which is Everllence clearly on the 2-stroke side.
But let's say, there is no, let's say, second 2-stroke player except for WinGD and Mitsubishi, but those doors are, let's say, market share-wise, so small, it wouldn't make sense in my view.
Next question comes from Mikael Doepel.
Hope you can hear me. So just one question on the data center-related pipeline. Maybe you could talk a bit about that. I mean, you have previously said that you have a sweet spot there, 50 to 400 megawatts.
We are seeing quite big deals recently. So just wondering if you could talk a bit about that, what you see out there in the market and how you're positioned on that front?
No, it has not really changed. Let's say, the pipeline is still, let's say, strong and good size-wise, yes, I think our sweet spot is the [ 50 ] to 400.
I think when if you compare all the parameters, let's say, water consumption, fuel efficiency, what have you, I think we typically come out best, I think, in most of the cases.
If you go beyond, yes, we can still come our best, let's say, if you need a 1 gigawatt or 800 megawatt, whatever, let's say, power plant, but you're in an area where water consumption is a big issue or water is scarce, probably it's not so good to go with a turbine because that needs a lot more water than, let's say, what the engine is.
So there are different parameters that make or break, let's say, a decision upon equipment for a customer in different locations.
So yes, I would still say the sweet spot is what it is, 50 to 400. But certainly, let's say, we have also clear options or, let's say, good opportunities, I would say, on the bigger scale.
Okay. No, that's clear. And just as a follow-up there, I mean, how would you describe the -- where in the negotiations are you currently? Are you close to finalizing some deals? Or should -- I mean, just thinking about managing the expectations here in the market, everybody can see the boom out there.
Just wondering if you could say anything about that.
No, we have, let's say, in the whole pipeline, you have orders that are, let's say, in final stages of negotiation, you have orders that just are opportunities that just come in and that's a bit of a constant flow.
And sometimes, let's say, one that is very close to conclusion just disappears for whatever reason, they didn't get a permit or some other reason. But let's say, immediately, some other customer jumps into the slot. And basically, sometimes we have even cases that within, let's say, 4 to 6 weeks, you conclude something which is also possible.
So it's a very volatile pipeline, as we have also said before. It can change very quickly. But yes, different projects in different stages. And we have always projects in, I would say, any stage of the opportunity pipeline.
And the next question comes from Johan Eliason.
I was just wondering, you have announced the details of the CapEx for this expansion. How should we think about the total CapEx over this period until 2028? Is this sort of your normal 2% to 3% of sales and then this comes on top? Or how should we model it?
I would say it's a good question. I would say this is largely on top, you could say, because you have always, let's say, the normal, let's say, CapEx flow of replacement of workshop equipment and what have you. I would say the majority of this, I would calculate on top.
Good. And just thinking about your balance sheet, while we are at the topic, you decided to go for this extra dividend, but versus your gearing target is still very far away. Obviously, you have to have a strong balance sheet now when you are doing these investments, but still priority going forward, M&A or continuous shareholder returns. Have you communicated anything about that go?
No, we have not, let's say, communicated, let's say, shareholder returns, that's typically, let's say, Board decision at the end of the year when we talk about that. So far, no conclusion. Let's say, last year, we did an extraordinary dividend, eventually paying 100% of EPS out in dividends. Partly regular, partly extraordinary.
Will that happen again? No, there are no guarantees for that. It's a case-by-case decision. It depends on, let's say, the situation at that point of time. But from other priorities, yes, clearly, let's say, we need to spend more money on the CapEx. R&D spend will stay on a higher level, let's say, not the 3% historically, but let's say, 4% plus clearly.
And of course, with growing sales, 4% plus of sales is also an increasing absolute amount. M&A, yes, we are looking out, let's say, I don't think, like I just said, Everllence is going to happen. Will there be something else? At least no big tickets that I can see. It will be more, let's say, small bolt-ons.
And otherwise, I think it's also not a bad situation to have in a time when there is lots of things happening also geopolitically to have a solid balance sheet. So better be safe than sorry.
Yes, absolutely. And then finally, just to detail about this JV with the storage business. You talked about this EUR 40 million to EUR 50 million charge, but you mentioned it will be taken when it's part of the JV. So it's EUR 40 million to EUR 50 million, half of this charge as you own half of the JV?
Let's say our share is 50%. Of course, not all that result is from that time. Let's say, we have said that if we are not booking orders, let's say, in last quarter, we said if we are not booking order, we will be loss-making.
So okay, we start to be at the tipping point, you could say that as the orders have not yet really come in, we start to generate losses probably between now and closing. And then on top, you have, let's say, the result of the joint venture later on, and it is a joint venture. That's 50%, correct.
The next question comes from Sven Weier.
Yes. A few follow-ups left, please. First one is come back on M&A and fuel cells. I know we discussed this last time a few years ago, maybe that I think you guys ruled out to get involved. But we're seeing these guys making good progress on the data center side, for example, could be also on shipping. Do you still rule that out to kind of organically or inorganically get involved in fuel cells?
Let's say, in the past, we used to have, let's say, also a fuel cell business. I remember some, what is it, 10, 15 years ago. It was too small to survive.
So I think it was also pretty early in the time of fuel cells. I think the fuel cell technology has evolved quite well. I would not rule it out completely. I think it's definitely an area we should keep an eye on. And let's see.
Good. The other question I had was just, I mean, as you know, in the last couple of quarters, there was a great focus on this euro per megawatt number in Energy.
And I think you've explained it a few times that there is a big influence from scope, right? I mean when you look at the orders that you had in Q2, is there any reason to assume a much different scope in Q2 from Q1 so that we are prepared for another fluctuation here?
Okay, let's say, [indiscernible] difficult to say because I am not 100% having in my mind clear, let's say, what's the scope of every order that we take.
I would say, in general, the mix is pretty equal. But it makes a big difference, let's say, how much axillary equipment is freight included or not included. If you need a 300-megawatt power plant, whether we sell it with, let's say, large bore engines or medium bore engines, that's already, let's say, what is it, 10%, 15% price difference.
So there is lots of, let's say, different elements that play a role in Europe per kilowatt. But I would say, is it radically changing because of one factor? No, I don't think so.
But it can still be volatile, I assume, right?
Yes I think it will remain volatile that I'm pretty sure.
But you're not going to change the definition of it just to look at maybe the core euro per megawatt so that we have really a like-for-like number in the future.
No, that's not...
It would be too detailed, I guess, yes.
That's also very difficult to do.
The next question comes from Panu Laitinmaki.
I just wanted to clarify on the reporting of the energy storage business. So will it be in discontinued operations in the Q2 report already?
Most likely, yes.
Most likely.
And then next question comes from Tomas Skogman.
Yes, I just noticed that Hakan has said you get repeat orders in data centers. So I mean, is that customers are happy, of course. But I just wonder about customer concentration.
I mean could you open up a bit about this as you have very large single orders and if some of them go to the same customers, it would be relevant to know about that kind of a risk, I guess.
No, I will not open that up, sorry.
But it's not in any way. I mean, you have -- is it 2 or 3 orders from the same customer?
I will not tell.
Okay. And then the deliveries in the second quarter, I mean, do you want to say anything? I mean, you have a great order backlog, but we know that deliveries -- sales is booked of deliveries, but you still had a very big jump in energy equipment sales in the first quarter, of course.
But is there anything we should take into account modeling the second quarter sales estimates?
No, I think, let's say, looking at the sales volumes in particular, I think the majority of our sales volumes are actually in the second half of the year.
I think Q2 is a good quarter. I wouldn't say it's a bad quarter, but I think the majority of sales will happen in the second half of the year when you think about, let's say, energy equipment.
Next question comes from Johan Eliason.
Just coming back to your comment about R&D. I can't remember how it is in your case. Do you capitalize R&D or do you just expense it directly?
No, partly capitalized, yes. If we do a new engine platform development and also expanding it to the different cylinder configurations, that's typically capitalized R&D.
And the next question comes from Antti Kansanen.
I wanted to come back to the potential Brazilian orders and what you mentioned that they should be placing them very shortly if they want to keep kind of the delivery time.
So how does this work? I would assume that when they are quoting kind of for the auction, they already have some type of a net pricing agreement with you in order to kind of calculate how much the cost is and some type of a financing agreement as well to be included in the auction. So what is then driving this kind of a potential delay in orders?
It's a bit different than that. We have even, let's say, parties that have offered with vessel equipment that we were not even aware that they offered with vessel equipment. So yes, it varies a lot by customer.
And yes, we have typically made calls. We have also with some, we have even made commitments if you make a decision up to, let's say, this moment. But there are also clearly customers quoting with Wartsila equipment that they have not even contact with us, or very little contact with us.
So it's a mixed bag of things. But again, let's say, as I said earlier, if you have a commitment from Wartsila that, okay, you can have these slots, but you need to decide by this time, we will honor that. If you don't decide by that time, the slot is gone. And for many, the slot has gone.
And kind of the remaining opportunities, are these largely parties that you have interacted with or largely parties that...
It's, of course, always better to, let's say, sit down with Wartsila and discuss and be open about, let's say, what you need when you need it and what you want. That, of course, gives you the best possibility to get engines.
But again, let's say, it's with a fixed time. So if you don't decide, we will not keep your slots available for you forever.
Okay. Fair enough. Then I had a kind of a detailed follow-up on the R&D write-down related to the storage JV. And I mean, I would assume that that's quite a sizable portion of the EUR 40 million to EUR 50 million that you're guiding for the full year. But wouldn't 100% of that be for Wartsila? I mean isn't it Wartsila who is doing that write-down, R&D capitalization write-down rather than the JV. So could you maybe walk us through how would that kind of play in your reporting?
No, we will likely do that in the joint venture. Why would we do it in Wartsila?
Okay. So you will move kind of the balance sheet into the joint venture [indiscernible] joint venture will do it.
Maintenance for the net asset value to the joint venture and then they will take the necessary actions. These actions, okay, they are largely worked out, but let's say, all the details need to be tuned. So that's also why we give a range.
And in no cases, this will be visible on your adjusted EBIT that you report. It will be either discontinued or...
Discontinued or share of result and associated companies, correct.
Okay. And is there anything you want to kind of give more clarity on the cash impact of the JV? I mean, you will move net assets into it, which will have some advanced payments, if there is money moving to the other direction?
Which is, let's say -- which is absolutely correct. And let's say, that's the cash outflow that we will have.
And I think considering, let's say, the size of advances that we have received in this business, it's more cash going out than coming in. Because let's say, when we say, okay, the P&L impact at closing is more or less 0.
So you get compensated for the net asset value that you transfer, but the net asset value includes, let's say, the cash from advances, and that's quite sizable amount actually.
So the impact on group net cash position will be minor negative.
Altogether, it will be negative, yes.
And the next question comes from John Kim.
Arjen, I was wondering if you could help us think through factory loads as you expand capacity. I'm trying to square the circle here. You have a number of customers who are quite eager to get delivery as soon as possible. There's probably an optimal level of load in the factory itself.
But there's also, I think, conceptually the option of paying over time to deliver potentially at a rate above that optimal level. Just trying to think how you and the management team are thinking through this and how that might kind of sequence over the next 2 or 3 years. Is there a period where you're going to have extraordinarily high load because of what appears to be a fairly super normal demand? Or are you looking to load balance that and provide more of a consistent cadence on load and profit?
I think at the moment, and I think that will still stay for quite some time, we are running the factory at maximum capacity. Utilizations, you can basically say 100%. Of course, there is a little bit fluctuation. It's never flat, let's say, 100%. But in general, I would say it's 100%. And as long as I would say that given the fact that, okay, we have extra capacity coming available in 2028, most of 2028 slots have already been either sold or committed.
We are pretty confident that, let's say, at least until the end of '28 and if not longer, I think it will even be longer, we will run the factory at 100% capacity. It will not...
Understood. And how could we think about need to hire in the back of this? So you've talked about nameplate capacity, but can you help me?
Hiring new people for this extra capacity. I don't think we need a lot, actually, to be honest. Let's say, we have a factory that is capable of running 100%. So we don't need a lot of, let's say, new resources. Where we do need the resources in the future is, of course, when all these installations get installed and you need to do operation and maintenance, you run the power plant on behalf of customers. So in many places where we have sold, let's say, power plants, we are hiring people to make sure that we can run the power plant once it's commissioned.
And it seems that we don't have any more questions, and I haven't received any questions to e-mail. So I think it's time to wrap up. Our half year financial report will be published on July 21.
So hopefully, we will meet in connection with that. Many thanks, Arjen, and thanks for all the participants for a very lively discussion.
Thank you, team.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Special Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
Wärtsilä — Special Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
Starke Nachfrage im Energiesegment, JV für Energiespeicher angekündigt – kurzfristige Ergebnisbelastung, langfristig Fokus auf Kapazitätsaufbau und Service.
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Orderbuch: Bereinigung durch Verkäufe (ANCS & Marine Electrical Systems zuvor) ~EUR 900 Mio. plus weitere Anpassung ~EUR 650 Mio. in Q2 → Gesamtbereinigungswirkung ≈ EUR 1,55 Mrd.
- Storage (2025): Umsatz ~EUR 700 Mio., operatives Ergebnis EUR 23 Mio. (≈2,8% des Konzerns)
- JV‑Effekt 2026: Erwartete Belastung für Wärtsilä-Ergebnis in der Größenordnung EUR 40–50 Mio. (durch Umstrukturierung/Übergang zur JV)
- Auslastung: Produktionsauslastung derzeit sehr hoch (nahe 100%); Kapazitätserweiterungen geplant, Hauptwirkung 2028/29
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Storage‑JV: 50:50 JV mit RCT Solutions; Übertragung von Assets (<5% der Nettovermögenswerte) zur Risikoteilung; keine wesentliche P&L‑Auswirkung beim Closing, positives Ergebnis erwartet gegen Ende 2027
- Reportingänderung: Storage bis Closing als discontinued operations/asset held for sale; danach Anteils‑Ergebnis (share of results); ab 2024/IFRS‑Änderung Verschiebung in Finanzierungsergebnis möglich
- Go‑to‑market: Fokus auf Equipment plus Lifecycle‑Services (EEQ); EPC nur bei Kompensation des zusätzlichen Risikos
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Closing‑Zeitplan: JV‑Schluss erwartet in Q3, abhängig von Genehmigungen und Finanzierungsvereinbarungen
- Finanziell: 2026 Belastung EUR 40–50 Mio.; Nettoeffekt auf Gruppencash leicht negativ durch Übertragung von Anzahlungsbeständen
- Investitionen: KapEx für Kapazitätserweiterung kommt zusätzlich zur normalen Erneuerungs‑CapEx; R&D‑Aufwand bleibt erhöht (~4%+ vom Umsatz)
- Nachfrage: Pipeline robust, Data‑Center‑Nachfrage stark in den USA; Europa langsamer wegen Genehmigungen; Brazil‑Tenders zeitkritisch
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Geopolitik & Lieferketten: Kein unmittelbarer Q2‑Effekt durch Unruhen im Nahen Osten; kritische Teile kommen überwiegend aus Europa/Asien
- Data Center & Pipeline: Pipeline volatil; US‑Deals realisieren sich schneller, Europa langsamer; Berichterstattung von Orders bleibt möglich, wenn Kunde zustimmt
- Kapazität & Timing: Zweistufige Ausbauankündigung wegen Lieferkettenabsicherungen; viele 2028‑Slots bereits gebucht, Fabriken kurzfristig voll ausgelastet
⚡ Bottom Line
- Für Aktionäre: Starke Nachfragelage in Energy stützt mittelfristiges Wachstum; kurzfristig reduzieren Portfolio‑Verkäufe und die Umstrukturierung des Storage‑Geschäfts ausgewiesene Kennzahlen und erzeugen eine einmalige Ergebnisbelastung (EUR 40–50 Mio.). Wichtige Beobachtungspunkte: erfolgreicher Closing‑Prozess der JV, Umsetzung der Kapazitätserweiterungen und Cash‑Management während der Investitionsphase.
Wärtsilä — Special Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
1. Management Discussion
Welcome to this news conference. I'm Hanna-Maria Heikkinen, and I'm in charge of Investor Relations. Wartsila announced today the plan to establish a joint venture for our global Energy Storage business with RCT Solutions and discontinue Energy Storage as a separate reporting segment.
Today, our CEO, Hakan Agnevall, will discuss the highlights of the plan. And after Hakan's key messages, there's a possibility to ask questions. As a reminder, we will host a pre-silent call next week on June 23, together with our CFO, Arjen Berends. So let's leave questions related to recent trading and detailed financials to that call. [Operator Instructions]
Please, Hakan, time to start.
Thank you, Hanna-Maria. And it's not only me today, it's also -- Arjen is also here as our CFO. So for the Q&A session. But let's first summarize our news release here this morning. So as Hanna-Maria pointed out, we are about to establish a joint venture for a global energy storage operation with RCT Solutions. And also on the reporting side, discontinued energy storage as a separate reporting segment.
So today, we are announcing this plan to establish a joint venture together with RCT Solutions, GmbH for our storage business. We are in the JV, we are partnering with RCT, who is an experienced player with strong capabilities in operating in an energy integrated energy storage business under challenging market conditions. And this is certainly what we are facing right now. RCT brings strong market know-how, execution capability, knowledge of the global supply chain as well as also a separate opportunity for vertical integration through an existing integrated battery storage manufacturing initiative in the U.S., which are evolving here near term.
RCT has the aim to develop into globally vertically integrated battery energy storage system players. And as a result of forming the JV in second quarter, Energy Storage will cease to be a separate reporting segment. So I mean, as you know, those of you who follow us, our storage business, which is now transferred to the JV is facing headwinds on the order intake side due to changing market dynamics. I mean it started with increased U.S. tariffs, also regulatory changes and also downstream expansion or upstream expansion of battery cell manufacturers, which now starts to compete directly with us as a system integrator.
And so the competitive dynamics, and we have talked consistently about this now for a time, the competitive dynamics have put significant pressures on profitability and order intake. And we have -- during over time here, we've been looking at measures to improve the competitiveness of our energy storage business and competitors also to drive the long-term profitability. So if we look at the JV that we are forming now, we expect it to be loss-making this year in 2026, driven both by the recent lower order intake and also the transformation actions that we plan.
And basically, if you look at the transformation act, one big financial is the write-off of capitalized R&D. And the impact for Wartsila for the full year of 2026 on our operating results, it's estimated to be negative EUR 40 million to negative EUR 50 million, depending on the exact timing of the closing of this transaction. So teaming up with RCT, it offers an excellent opportunity for storage to strengthen its competitiveness. And the JV is expected to generate positive results towards the end of 2027 based on those actions that is planned or being planned.
Energy Storage, I mean, just as a reference, it's our smallest reporting segment. It's 480 employees globally. Last year, it was a net sales of EUR 694 million, which is about 10% of Wartsila's overall net sales. Operating results was EUR 23 million, which is 2.8% of Wartsila's total operating results for 2025. So it's clearly the smallest or the smaller piece of Wartsila overall we're talking about here.
So the plan is that the JV will generate positive operating results towards 2027. And -- but we stopped the separate reporting of energy storage already in the second quarter now in 2026. Now the ownership structure, it's 50% RCT Solutions and 50% Wartsila. Now we also make it clear already from the beginning that we might have new investors joining later. And if and when they come in, we will -- the original owner, we will decrease our shareholding. Now Peter Fath, who is the CEO of RCT Solutions, he will become and focus 100% of his time on the being the CEO of the new joint venture, and he will also relocate to the U.S.
If we look at the financial impacts for Wartsila, there is no material profit and loss impact at closing expected. We will transfer net assets representing less than 5% of Wartsila total net assets into the joint venture. The JV is expected to generate positive results towards end of '27. It will be loss-making in 2026 with an estimated negative EUR 40 million to negative EUR 50 million for the full year on the -- the Wartsila -- impact on the Wartsila's P&L, so to say.
And the spend that depends on the timing of the closing. The separate reporting will end in the second quarter of 2026. And energy storage financial targets will no longer apply and its demand guidance will also be suspended. Then we expect the closing in the third quarter in 2026, and that is subject to regulatory and other customary condition and approvals as well as arranging a financing package for the independent JV.
And until then, it will be reported as discontinued operations and assets held for sale. And then from closing and onwards, the JV will be reported under other business activities as a share of result in associated companies. That was the news of today. I mean, this is an important milestone for our energy storage business. It's been a long journey, making the acquisitions from Greensmith, growing it, going into strategic review, ending the strategic review, keeping it. But after that, also facing the changing market dynamics, U.S. tariffs, vertical integration by cell manufacturers significantly increasing competition. And now it's the next step of the journey. We formed the JV with RCT. They bring in strong competencies in the sourcing side and also establishing battery manufacturing.
And they have a separate opportunity for cell -- battery cell manufacturing in the U.S. in development. So -- and this also means for Wartsila, we will become even more focused as a group, focusing on marine and energy, our thermal energy business. And I think this also goes in tandem with we have now, as you know, closed the final divestments in our portfolio business.
So over 5, 6 years, we have divested 11 business units. And now we also formed a JV with storage. So coming out of this, we will be a more focused group going forward and well set up, and that's a discussion for another day. But as we have been talking about when we look at marine and energy combined, strong demand side and also an exciting growth and profitable growth journey going forward. So with that, I suggest we open up for questions.
Thank you, Hakan. So we will start the questions.
[Operator Instructions]
The first question is coming from Antti.
2. Question Answer
A couple of questions from me, if I may. I'll start with the GEMS software business that you have in the storage. How does this divestment impact any potential for the GEMS on your traditional power plant business? Or does it kind of relate to that at all?
So GEMS as a software and the people around it is included -- will be included in the JV. But our energy business has the right to use the software. So from that perspective, we still have the GEMS software for our thermal energy business going forward.
And then a couple of technical questions relating to the transaction. Could you comment anything on the impacts on your net cash position, taking into account any kind of working capital or kind of funding needs that the JV will have from start of the transaction?
I can answer that. Let's say the transaction is expected to have no material impact on the P&L. In practice, that basically means that you get compensated for the net asset value that we transfer to the joint venture. And the net asset value in this case includes, let's say, the cash, which is mainly coming from the advances because they need that for being successful in their operations. So yes, they will go cash out. We will quantify it because that is, of course, varying over time. And for sure, the amount today is a different one than the amount at closed.
And I think you can also talk through the EUR 40 million to EUR 50 million negative impact, the cash portion of that.
That's the operating result and the majority is related to R&D depreciation, capitalized R&D. So that is noncash. The rest is, I would say, cash.
And my last question was exactly on that item. Will you do the write-down already on Q2 when you kind of put it on a discontinued item or after...
That will happen in the joint venture most likely.
And then just a clarification, going forward, the cash flow from this JV into Wartsila will be annual dividends and then you will book kind of the annual results share of that in your EPS.
Single-line consolidation, correct. But remember that in the future, after 1st of January 2027, it will not be part of operating results because IFRS 18 will change the structure of the P&L. So it will be result from investing activities instead. That goes for all companies. Everybody needs to comply to IFRS 18. So there's no difference for us.
That's a separate topic to have going forward. IFRS 18 and its impact on how P&L will be reported. But it's good that Arjen highlights this already now for storage.
The next question comes from Akash Gupta.
Yes. I have a couple of questions as well. The first one is on treatment for putting this business in discontinued ops because I think in the past, you sold 3, 4 businesses in portfolio and you kept reporting figures for that until you close the deal. And here, you are putting it into discontinued ops straight away.
So I wanted to understand the technicalities behind why this is going straight away in discontinued ops and why you kept reporting other businesses until the deal was closed. The second one is on this EUR 40 million to EUR 50 million figure that you are giving. Is this what we should expect impact on comparable operating profit for the year depending on when you close the deal?
So -- or is it maybe a different number? And then the third one is on RCT Solutions. I quickly had a look at their website and they do a PV solution partner and partner of PV manufacturing, photovoltaic. So is this the company, the whole of their company, you will own 50% JV with your storage or it will be 50% in their storage and your storage business together. So just to understand which RCT Solutions, GmbH and what assets we are talking about here?
Maybe easier if we take one question at time. Arjen has an excellent memory, but anyhow.
Let's say the second one I lost already. The discontinued operations is the way we chose for this one. And I think we have done it also in the past with portfolio businesses, at least on certain occasions.
This is, of course, stopping a segment reporting completely. And between now and closing, we don't anticipate to be too long time. We expect this to happen in Q3 basically. And as we stopped the segment reporting, we thought that this is the best way forward because it would not make sense to give another, let's say, demand guidance, et cetera, as a normal segment would require.
And let's take the second question.
The second one I don't remember. Can you repeat it, please?
Yes, it was this EUR 40 million to EUR 50 million loss that you are guiding for the year depending on exact time of closing. So I can see consensus has EUR 9 million positive for the whole year in comparable operating result. So does that number needs to go to somewhere between EUR 40 million to EUR 50 million? Is that the message?
That's the comparable number, yes, correct.
And on RCT...
The one was on RCT.
Yes, RCT Solutions. So they are taking a 50% ownership in this JV. We are not taking any ownership in RCT Solutions, just to clarify that. But maybe I misunderstood your question.
In the JV, it will be your battery storage business and their battery storage business, not the whole of the company?
No. So it will be our battery storage business only. They will not bring their battery storage business. So RCT Solutions, the major portion of that, it's, you could say, engineering firm and their specialty is to set up factories for -- both for solar manufacturing, but also for battery manufacturing. And they have done 40 factories all over the world. So they know clearly the battery industry very well. They know the supply chain very well, but they are not moving any battery business into the JV.
The JV will be the Wartsila battery business. So what RCT is bringing is the knowledge and then in addition, they have a separate parallel initiative, which we are not investing in as Wartsila. It's not included in the JV. So RCT Solutions has a separate initiative where they are currently in the role of financing and setting up battery module and later battery cell manufacturing in the U.S. that will our understanding will be compliant.
So that is a separate business and you won't be required to put any money for CapEx in that...
It's completely separate business. Then, of course, there are plans of cooperation and offtake, et cetera. But from a legal perspective, it's a separate business. We will not invest in that separate business. We will put our ESP into the JV. This is how we contribute to the JV.
The next question comes from Sebastian Kuenne.
Can you hear me?
Yes, we can hear you.
Yes. One question is regarding the operations that you give to the joint venture. I would assume that there might be some staff reductions needed or some other restructuring. And I was wondering if this is already included in the losses, EUR 40 million to EUR 50 million losses that you predict for this year or whether there could be more one-off charges further down the line that the JV has to bear itself and that will ultimately go into your EPS? That would be my first question.
No, all the transitional activities as we've foreseen them to happen, they are included in the numbers presented in the EUR 40 million to EUR 50 million.
So, by year-end, this is a lean business basically?
Should be, yes.
And then secondly, I just try to understand the incentive for RCT to go into this joint venture. Is there any contractual agreement between Wartsila and the joint venture further down the line that basically guarantees business that is done between the 2 companies? Or is there any funding guarantees further down the line that the JV could basically execute and where Wartsila is a liability partner in that deal. So I just try to understand whether this is a very clean cut without any future guarantees on business or whether there's further liabilities.
The guarantees on the existing order book, they will stay with Wartsila. So that's clear. And for any new business that the joint venture enters into, they need to take care of their own, let's say, guarantee facilities.
Can you explain it a little bit more in detail, the guarantees that stay with Wartsila for the existing order book?
Let's say, for example, you have a parent company guarantee, let's say, that is not transferable. I would think that customers don't -- preferably don't like that. Now this is very customary in energy storage business to have parent company guarantees to secure the performance. We have done it for years. We have never got any claims, but these are typically staying with Wartsila. And for new, let's say, business, they need to provide similar guarantees themselves.
Same for, let's say, advanced payment guarantees for, let's say -- sorry, guarantees for advanced payments or bank guarantees for advanced payments, same story. For existing business, it stays with Wartsila until it's out of the books basically. For new activities, they need to take care of it themselves.
And you also signed service contracts for the existing installed batteries, I would assume. The liabilities out of these service contracts that can run for more than 10 years, is this also still staying with Wartsila?
Yes, but the risk is very, very, very small.
The next question comes from Vlad Sergievskii.
I'm just trying to understand how did you arrive to 50-50 split in the JV ownership structure. I assume some valuation of assets should have happened. Would you be able to disclose what were your internal valuation of your energy storage business for this transaction?
And maybe how did you value the contribution of RCT? Is it just the knowledge they are bringing? And is it the case then this knowledge is worth at least a few hundred million euros? That's the question.
No. I mean in terms of how we value and the different parties value the business, we will not go into those details. I mean -- but it's very clear that what RCT is bringing in is competence, execution capabilities, sourcing capabilities and also the parallel opportunities for vertical integration.
Then next question comes from Panu Laitinmaki.
I just wanted to clarify on the EUR 40 million to EUR 50 million loss. So do you expect to make EUR 40 million to EUR 50 million loss on a reported basis? So it consists of whatever the operational EBIT is and then the write-down of R&D? Or do you expect to do that on a comparable EBIT basis?
No, it's the operating results, so not a comparable one.
The next question comes from Antti Kansanen.
I just wanted to follow up a little bit on the kind of the guarantees for the JVs. Let's -- because I understand that the advanced payment portion of the cash is moved to the JV, but let's assume that '27 would be still a very challenging year and they are not themselves cash positive.
So do you have some kind of commitments to fund the JV further, inject cash flow into it, assuming kind of they are not self-sufficient in terms of cash generation going forward?
No, we believe that we don't need to do any, let's say, further capital actions. Of course, one of the pre-closing conditions is the financing package. So that needs to be, let's say, worked out. But so far, we see it doable. So for now, we don't see any need for that.
But do you want to provide any further comment on how much cash you will insert into the JV from Wartsila's balance sheet, excluding the working capital advanced payment side of things?
No.
The next question comes from Uma Samlin.
So just 2 questions from me. I was wondering, given you guided that this business unit will likely to turn more profitable in 2027, what gives you that confidence? Is that backed by the current order backlog? How do you see that market evolving?
No. So the comeback to profitability that is hinging on one side on continuing to drive down the cost and work with supply management and new initiatives there. And the other element is, of course, this possibility for vertical integration. I mean the team is executing on the current order backlog in a good way. And you've seen Q1 5% EBIT. The challenge is that we are not taking an order. So we need to rebuild the order backlog to be successful.
Then I don't see any hands up. [Operator Instructions]
Eliason, please go ahead.
Can you hear me?
Yes. Johan, please go ahead.
Let's try. Technology works better today for me. Just you mentioned the financial targets. You have targets for energy and marine. Will you sort of automatically take those as group targets? Or will you announce some new group financial targets now in Q2 or at the Capital Markets Day?
No. So what we said there is no new financial targets coming in Q2. I mean at CMD, we for sure, we will discuss the financial targets. And I'm not saying we're going to revise them or whatever, you have to wait until then. But I mean, we will not revise the marine combined, energy combined financial targets for Q2, certainly not. They are still relevant.
The next question comes from Daniela Costa.
Just following up, I think, on some of the things you mentioned yesterday, but to make sure I understood. In terms of sort of like -- I guess we are hearing more and more about storage and data centers and the opportunity there while you're doing this and potentially even getting other investors into the JV. So I guess, diluting your potential stake and the ability that you use that future for commercial links.
So just wondering sort of like what was really the trigger there, given you have done a strategic review not so long ago and you had concluded to not. Was it initiated by RCT and you saw an opportunity there? Or really you just took an assessment of the technology and thought this wouldn't be really something good to complement your -- offer a more integrated solution in terms of what you can offer for data centers, for example, just on that.
Yes. So give a little bit of the history there. I know you know it, Daniela, but for the benefit of everybody. So I mean, we grew the business to breakeven at EUR 1 billion, and then we initiated the strategic review, which we ran quite some time.
And we also said very explicitly that during that time, we also looked at different ownership alternatives. I mean the logic was that this is a growth business, but it's clearly dilutive to group margins. Now -- so we ended the strategic review. We basically -- when we assessed all the alternatives, we said that the best way to create shareholder value is to keep the business.
Now after that conclusion, 2 things happened that has impacted the competitive situation quite significantly. One is the Liberation Day and the tariffs in the U.S., which has highly impacted the U.S. market. And two is this -- which I would say it's a consequence of EV sales not developing. There is a lot of capacity for battery cell manufacturing on the market, and they are looking into new industries and clearly identifying energy as one and where you basically have suppliers -- battery cell suppliers starting to compete.
So it's for both of those reasons, it's becoming a more competitive space, and that happened after the strategic review. So we have now been working on this. The team has been executing and done it in a good way. And -- but of course, still, if we were to achieve the group margins of 5% as we put in the financial targets, it's still dilutive, and it's getting more and more challenging space to work in. So I think these have been the major drivers behind, so to say. Then with RCT, they came up as a potential player and now we are launching the JV together with them.
And sorry, I might have missed this on one of the questions. I think you addressed it on one of the questions earlier, but I didn't fully get it. But you will not keep a direct commercial link -- or how can you leverage this somewhat for competing for like future data center tenders, for example, which might be integrated between your balancing and storage?
We can, of course, cooperate, but we will not have a strong commercial link in type of approaching, for instance, data centers. No, we do not have that. I mean both of these technologies, both our engine technologies and battery technologies, they need to be competitive on their own merits. Otherwise, we start to dilute the group margins.
They have also never been contracted in one go. So it's all separate contracts and negotiations.
Thank you, Daniela. Then I do not see any hands. Just double checking whether anybody who is calling in by mobile phone does. If you have a question, you raise it now. Please go ahead.
Hanna, can you hear me? It's Sven Weier from UBS.
Is it Sven?
Yes, can you hear me?
Yes.
I couldn't dial in using Teams. Questions I have is just on the accounting treatment again because I'm a little bit puzzled here because when you call something discontinued operations, does it mean that you're aiming for 100% exit eventually? And also where you put this into the P&L because the other companies I cover that normally lands at the net profit line and not in the associate results. So could you help me understand the accounting treatment first?
[ It's ] put as discontinued operation between, let's say, signing today basically and closing. After that, it will move and then it will, let's say, in discontinued operation, of course, it will have the full P&L impact for the time it takes.
And after closing, it will move to share of results in associated companies on single line consolidation.
And to the other question -- sorry, if there's a follow-up on that. No, I mean, to the other question, as we declared also, we will entertain and we are entertaining others investors to come into the JV. And if that happens, we will reduce our ownerships. And we see this as a journey from Wartsila side as a journey over several years, but we could contemplate to reduce our ownership.
And did you mention this on the back of interest that you've already seen? So is that why you're mentioning it? Or is that something that needs to happen from here?
Sorry, can you clarify your question, Sven? I'm not sure I got the question.
In terms of additional parties to the joint venture, did you mention this that you're happy to entertain more investors because you already had interest from others? Or is that something that needs to happen from here?
We have had -- we are having and have had discussions with several different parties.
And so -- and they would be interested also to invest into the JV?
That's correct. I mean that's the type of interest we are discussing. But it's not hinging -- the closing -- Sven, just to clarify, the closing is not hinging on additional parties coming in. We will certainly close with the parties we have already. But if there are more coming in, there might potentially be more coming in.
That's understood. And just coming back on the U.S. tax credit point because as you said, the power unit of the company is already doing battery storage. I was just wondering where I'm not so sure, are they engineering this for other battery storage companies? Or do they have an own manufacturing business for battery storage in the U.S.?
They are primarily an engineering house. I mean, basically designing battery cell factories and then helping investors also to execute the projects. So they know battery -- but it's an engineering house primarily.
And is the idea that this sister company sets up U.S. manufacturing for your business so that you can benefit from the tax credits? Is that the plan then?
It has nothing to do as far as I know with tax credit. It's just it will be a sister company in a completely different legal entity, but -- where there is possibilities to enter into partnership for offtake. And as you know, with the current focus on FEOC, Foreign Entity of Concern, compliance there are not so many fully FEOC compliant battery cell manufacturers in the U.S. and the intention that this will be one of them.
Thank you, Sven. I do not see any thumbs up, but if somebody else calling in by mobile has a question, now it's a good time to raise the question. And also if anybody wants to have a follow-up question, please now it's the time. I have not received any questions by e-mail either. So it looks like that you can conclude it.
So to sum up, I mean, important step for our storage business, it's been a long journey. We know that from initial acquisition to strategic review to some tough times, but good execution and now we found the JV. I think it's good for our team in the storage business. I think it's also good for Wartsila.
We are creating a more and more focused group. We have now also concluded portfolio. So now it's really about marine and energy combined. And you know we have a very favorable market situation, and we continue to expand our capacity. So our narrative will now be even more focused on marine and energy combined, and it's a positive narrative.
Thank you, Hakan. So as a reminder, next week on June 23, we will host a pre-silent call together with our CFO, Arjen Berends, and then Q2 results will be published on July 21.
Thank you.
Thank you.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Special Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
1. Management Discussion
Good morning. Can you hear me?
Yes, we can hear you. So welcome to Wartsila's CEO Strategy Call. I'm Hanna-Maria Heikkinen, and I'm in charge of Investor Relations. Today, our CEO, Hakan Agnevall, will discuss some of our key long-term opportunities. And after Hakan's key messages, there's a possibility to ask questions.
As a reminder, we will host pre-silent call in 2 weeks on June 23, together with our CFO, Arjen Berends. So let's leave the questions related to recent trading and detailed financials to that call.
[Operator Instructions]
Hakan, please time to start.
Yes. In my time, it's good morning. I'm in the U.S. I can't tell you where because I might be doing data centers, as you know, they are secret. And as you see behind me, we go deep and we fly high. I mean this is from the big [ Technical Difficulty ] our recent safety initiative. We have that rolling all the time. And now we have a theme of data care, basically having the courage to tell your colleague that maybe you're doing something here that you should think more than twice before you do it.
And of course, we have our underwater service business, as you can see behind us the divers there. And in diving, if you dive, you know the value check, and that's the analogy we use there. And then some of you are immediately thinking of diving, is that a profitable business? It is. If you combine it with engineering, it's profitable. So it's accretive to the EBIT margin of that segment.
All right. Let's start like I normally do with a short summary on the state of the nation and the market, et cetera, from our perspective, and then let's move into the Q&A. And if we start on the demand side, I think we still see the consistency in the demand side. Strong demand, if we start on energy. Yes, we talk a lot about data centers. I'm sure you will have questions on that. It's still the same dynamic market, buoyant, but dynamic projects come and go depending on permitting and -- but we are well positioned. We will continue to grow.
But our energy storage, as I highlighted before, it's not only about data centers. It's this broader narrative. I mean, general electrification, transport industry, air conditioning, we talk about that Southeast Asia, IEA, International Energy Agency, keep on referring to their report, they actually predict that air conditioning could be even bigger growth driver than data centers going forward.
Let's see. But it's going to -- it's only a driver. Then we have the aging power generation infrastructure in the U.S. As you know, U.S. market was deregulated around 2000. And 26 years later, there is updates to be made, upgrades and replacements to be made.
There's a bit of that in Europe as well. And then the balancing narrative, as you know, it's -- we advocated this for a long time. And now it really happens. I mean, as the share of renewables is growing, I would say, in most parts of the world, you need balancing to keep the system stable. And we continue to see strong demand for balancing power in the U.S., but also Australia.
Australia is the recent example. I think I talked about that before. I was there a couple of weeks back. And Australia is moving away from coal gradually and putting in a lot of renewables, but they have clearly understood now the value of balancing, not only in batteries, it's one of our biggest battery storage market, but now also there are several tenders for thermal balancing with engines, it's engines RFP. They've seen the light. So that's on the energy side.
So it's a broad growth narrative. On the marine, and as you know, we guided 12 months going forward better than the previous one. On the marine side, it's also a good demand situation. Our core segments, cruise, ferries holding up. Yes, cruise is filling up, so to say, the shipyards, but there are still orders awarded further out in the future.
And it's not only that you see offshore coming back, a bit of awakening there. and LNG carriers probably come back, et cetera, et cetera. And then we have the decarb story, and that continues to play a role certainly as well. Yes, MEPC, the vote was postponed, but owners have a 30-year time horizon and fuel flexibility and fuel efficiency is certainly very high on the agenda.
And we are the technology leader in that area. So it's generating growth. We have guided similar, but that -- I mean, on the demand side, but that is on a fairly high level. So for us, I would say it's rather positive. On the services side, we continue to move up the service value ladder. And you know the ladder from transactional spare part business, the different type of service agreements, retrofits and then the performance based, and we are moving customer up that service value ladder, and it's continuing to fuel our growth.
I mean one area where clearly the MEPC and the vote has had an impact is on the retrofit business on the marine side. There, it's slowing down a bit. But the other disciplines of services in Marine is still growing. So that's the general outlook.
Then what have we done lately? Well, you've seen that we concluded the divestments -- the 2 remaining divestments in our portfolio business, Water and Waste and Gas Solutions. So that's now closed. So now there are no additional assets in portfolio. I think we've divested 11 business units over 5, 6 years here. So that's ticking the box. Then what more have we done? We have, of course, announced our capacity expansion, our second -- our sequel, let's see if it's going to be like Star Wars. I don't know how many are there.
But we take them one by one. And you could see it as a proof point of our confidence in the future market, so to say. We are now -- if you compare to the 2025 baseline, so to say, production capacity, by 2029, we will have expanded it with 120%, so to say. So it's quite a big step. And of course, it's not only about our own production facilities, but it's also ramping up the supply chain.
But the team is on the board, and we are moving. And we are -- we are already sold out for '28 basic. I mean you're certainly looking at the lead time for 3 years if you want to contract with us. Another key point because I know that there is a lot, of course, and that is really exciting -- attention from the community on megawatts and order backlogs, et cetera, et cetera.
I think our approach is that we announced firm orders. We are not selling slots. We don't work with slot compensation contrary to some of our competitors. And I know there are some institutes that are compiling statistics. And at least from what we see, they try to do a good job, but there's a bit of mix of firm orders and potential orders and frame agreements, et cetera, et cetera. On our side, we will try to be consistent, and that is we only announce firm orders.
And sometimes, as you know, our customers won't even allow us to do that, so to say, but that's a different topic. Another important topic before I open up for Q&A is that we once again underline we have great order intake, but we are taking further and further out in the future.
So when you look at the sales conversion and the conversion from order intake to sales, it's stretching longer and longer out in the future. I think that's a really key message. And as you know, in our quarterly reporting, we've been trying to give some additional data around that to really underline that. All right. That's my summary. So handing over you to Hanna.
Thank you, Hakan. So now we are ready to take questions. [Operator Instructions]
Everything is super clear. That's fantastic.
Tom Skogman, thank you for the help. Luckily, there are some questions coming. Please, Tom, go ahead.
2. Question Answer
This is Tom Skogman from DNB Carnegie. I was just wondering when you talk about this capacity addition, I know you have some other marine products. So I think it would just help us to do the modeling to know how large share of the marine equipment business is really engines because otherwise, we get fool here basically.
No, we don't want to fool you. Then, I'm not sure we are giving out either, so to say. So I mean, clearly, the capacity expansion that we are doing now, it's in STH in Vaasa 100% related to engines. And then the majority of that expansion is for energy, but not the only thing because, as you know, we can do both engines for marine and energy in STH in Vaasa.
But Tom, to your point, we deliver other equipment as well. I mean, propulsion systems, gearboxes, et cetera, et cetera, for marine applications and after treatment systems, et cetera. But that is the clear minority of our sales, so to say. So the dominant portion is on the [ engine side ]. I don't know, Hanna, if we are giving what we have said in the past about the split.
Yes, we haven't disclosed the split. We have just communicated that engines are the biggest product of the new build in marine.
And it's also the area that is growing. We have growth in many areas actually, but engines is clearly the dominating growth driver right now.
And can you give your view on pros and cons with your engines and Jenbacher's engines, which are also gas...
Absolutely. I mean yes. So I have deepest respect. I think they've done a great job, and we all know the listing here. I think that's good. So there will be more comparables for us. Then, of course, our engines are a bit bigger. So we have an overlap somewhere in the 10-megawatt area. But when we go above 10, they are not there. So -- and I think they highlighted quite a lot the data center growth, which makes a lot of sense. I mean, 2 years ago, you know that Tom, we've been talking about that about 2 years ago, we were not in data centers because as we know, data centers were smaller and it was the off-grid, et cetera.
I think in, they have been much longer a viable player in data centers than we have. So -- and if you look at some of the data, it's a significant portion. So I mean, they make good gas engines, so do we. Ours are a bit bigger. And as you know, the size of the data centers are growing, and we are talking about hundreds of megawatts. And I've been saying and I'm consistent with that, that the sweet spot is -- I mean, the market is moving into our sweet spot. So I think we will see some competition in the lower end of it. But as the data centers are growing, I think I'm smiling on behalf of us.
But perhaps a bit more on manufacturing footprint and sales is how it's organized and energy efficiency in engines?
So I think they have a different -- as far as I understand it, they have somewhat different sales models because they use a distributor or middleman in between at least for some of the business, you should ask them. But we only have a direct sales model, so to say.
So there is a bit of a difference there. I mean, we are not shy on our fuel efficiency clearly. And for us, it's still about the total life cycle cost. So yes, that's basically -- manufacturing footprint, I think they are more diversified than we are.
And they have announced scaling up as far as I know, and you know it better in various geographies. We focus a bit more in Vaasa, and that is because of the supply chain, and we talked about that. I mean many -- our machines are bigger. So they have somewhat different or quite a different supply chain. And that's why we are concentrating more to one place, so to say.
So them growing very quickly is not a problem in your own supply chain basically that you would share a lot of suppliers.
No, it's not a supply chain issue for us.
The next question comes from Sven Weier.
I'm sorry, I could only join a bit later because I had some teams issues. So apologies if you mentioned that already. The first question I had is just in terms of the capacity to follow-up. Maybe to ask Tom's question a little bit differently. I mean when you think about the total capacity increase that you put in now until 2029, I mean, do you allocate this equally between the 2 segments? Or are you going to allocate the vast majority of the capacity increase then to energy?
So I think the majority will go to energy. I don't know if [indiscernible] you heard it then. But if you look at our manufacturing system, it's rather flexible. We can do both -- manufacture both marine -- and we do. We manufacture both marine and energy engines in the same plant, so to say. So we have a big flexibility. But if you look on the growth and the capacity expansion, the clear majority will go to energy.
Because I remember in the past, you also said, of course, we need to do justice to the other energy applications. We need to do justice to marine. So I'd imagine if you now kind of sold out for 2028, that's because of energy. If you sold out for 2029, it's going to be of energy. I just wonder how much flexibility then you still have for any shorter lead time marine orders [indiscernible] some segments are still doing well.
Yes. No, no. So I mean what we -- when we talk about our kind of strategy for how we serve our customer and customer base. I've said it before, we're going to diversify. We will not put all our eggs in the data center basket, so to say, because we think long term, it's more viable.
And I guess as an analyst, you would agree, it's good to diversify. So we will do that. So that also means that we have long-term strategic customers that we will continue to work with both on the marine and the conventional energy side, if I may say so. And of course, we will work with the data center customers.
There is not one fixed formula. I mean this is -- of course, it's -- this is a leadership call how we allocate, but we're going to diversify. And we're not going to, all of a sudden, say to our core marine customers that engines are not available. However, with the dialogue that we are having and that we are having both with energy and marine customers that it is a very buoyant market, and it's -- the lead times for placing orders is stretching out.
And you need to take that -- as a customer, you need to take that in consideration when you plan your projects. And then we suggest let's have an open dialogue because lead times are stretching out regardless of the industry. There is, of course, a spillover effect clearly.
The next question I had is just when you think about the market concerns about the engine makers in this whole data center topic, I think one of the things you regularly hear is that I think investors are afraid that when it comes to the outer years to 2029 and 2030, that the clients might reserve the place for turbines becoming available again or grid becoming available. And I think the narrative goes that the clients wouldn't place engine orders so far out because they would hope that something else becomes available again. Do you sense that...
Sorry, at least on my side, you're breaking up.
Can you hear me, Hakan?
I can hear you at least.
I don't know. Is it on my side or...
I can hear Sven. Maybe a little bit breaking.
I close my camera. So Sven, I heard part of what you said. So sorry, but if you can repeat the whole question again.
Of course. Of course, no problem. No, the question was when you talk about clients about deliveries more in the outer years '29, 2030. And the question is, do you see more reservation of clients to go with engines and kind of them banking the grid to become available again? Or do you say the same motivation clients going for engines also longer term?
Yes. So I also mentioned that before. I don't know if you're in the call, but we don't do slot reservations. We only do firm contracts. And I know it's a bit contrary to some of what competition is doing, but that's our business approach. So when we look '29, '30, we are talking about firm contracts.
And I don't see -- I mean, as you kind of alluded to that because we know gas turbines will come into the market, I mean, I don't see our customers are going away from us to some of our gas turbine competition.
Not so far, absolutely not. Because remember, it is this -- we talked about it before, when people try the new candy, they will like it. I mean the fuel efficiency is there. The flexibility is there. No need for water, don't derate at all. Those fundamentals, they are real. So -- and are we the best solution for all customers? No, obviously not, but we will grow.
Final question I had, if I may, is just on how you've seen the competitive environment evolving since you got the first order in July. I mean, have you seen -- I mean, obviously, we see also now the Asians, Weichai, Hyundai, a few others entering the scene. So that's part of the question. Have you seen this more engine competition in the meantime?
And the second part of the question is, I mean, why are the clients still buying high-speed engines? I mean, somehow I don't get it because if your engines are much more powerful, you need less of them, you need less space. So I'm kind of struggling to understand why these operators place more than 1 gigawatt orders with much smaller engines than you do. It doesn't really -- I don't get it, to be honest.
No. No. I mean it's a very good question. But I will try to explain it. I mean your fundamental kind of reservation, I support it, as you know. But okay, I mean, right now, we don't -- there is so much demand for energy generation. And the key parameter is lead time. That's lead time. Number two is lead time.
So if high-speed engines can deliver to a certain time schedule closer into the future, they absolutely -- they are selling. I mean, right now, if you're a little bit broad stroke, you could say if you can -- if you have some device that generates energy, you can sell it right now if you can deliver it on time.
So that's the key focus. Now my proposition, which I'm fully aligned with you, Sven, is that gravity will still pull through after a while, i.e., fuel consumption, fuel efficiency, complexity, the flexibility, all those core values, it will pull through. But right now, it continues to be such a buoyant market that anybody can sell.
Thank you, Sven. Then I have received a couple of questions by e-mail. Can I ask how the content in euro per vessel or euro per megawatt varies for offshore versus other segments in Marine? If we see this segment picking up near term, will it be margin accretive for the group, so offshore versus other segments in Marine?
Yes. No. So first of all, offshore, what we see is on FSRUs and similar type of special vessels, so to say, because this is where we participate and generate engines. I mean we are not so much on oil tankers, et cetera, because, of course, there you use 2-stroke tankers instead. But this type of oil handling vessels, special vessels, I think we are seeing a bit of a pickup there. And in general, oil and gas, it's accretive to our margins.
Then a follow-up by another e-mail question. How much dilution we will see in power margins, meaning the Energy segment margins from the next few years being more equipment driven as data center aftermarket is only coming in 4 to 5 years?
Yes. So I mean the logic is right in the sense that both new build and services are growing now, but new build is growing faster than service. And as you point out, service, and we talked about that before, kicks in, in a meaningful way, 4 to 5 years later.
We also underline that data centers is a really interesting service business because, of course, they run with high uptime reliability 24/7. Then we have not -- so you will have more new build, then services is growing. So there will be a bit of margin impact on that.
Then on the other side, the margin in our order backlog for new build is also going up. So we are not guiding on the net effect, so to say. So there are some driving it down. The mix is one, but then you have increasing profit margin in our backlog. So that goes the other way.
Thank you, Hakan. Then...
I mean, just -- and overall, we are saying that you could say we are very close to reaching our financial targets of 14% for Marine and Energy combined, but we are confident that we will get there. And then we will have a discussion on what the next goals will be.
Then I see a couple of hands raised. Those are from people who have been calling by mobile in who has the phone number, which is ending by 1917. Please go ahead. So the whole number is +44-207-425-1917. I think it's Max Yates.
Can you hear me now?
Yes, we can hear you now.
Yes, we can hear you.
So look, I guess maybe the first thing, and I know we've talked a lot about the kind of different scope of orders. I guess maybe just hopefully a simple question. On your data center orders since you have started taking them, how is the pricing on a like-for-like basis of the data center orders? I assume they're not sort of totally different, but just trying to get a sense of how that pricing has evolved since you started winning those orders just qualitatively on the data center business.
I think in general, in these market situations, margins are going up. I've talked about it before. We have good opportunities for margin realization. Then of course, there is always another balancing effect that it needs to make sense for our customers in the business case. But yes, we have good opportunities for price realization.
Maybe just a sort of second question just around service contracts. So what is your latest thinking on kind of when -- if or when you would sign service contracts alongside these data center orders? Because my understanding is you sort of haven't really yet. And I was just wondering, is that just a timing effect? Is that because they plan to service these differently? Just how your thinking has evolved kind of relative to that -- on that point?
No, it's more of a timing effect. You will certainly most likely, very high likelihood see service contracts signed by us for data center this year.
Third one -- I'm sorry, I've just got 2 more sort of quick ones. So energy storage, you talked about kind of needing to win kind of orders relatively quickly. We read a lot about kind of the market in the U.S. being relatively buoyant, but just wanted to understand, I know your business has become increasingly skewed outside of the U.S. So how is that market evolving from your perspective?
We are still struggling from an order intake perspective, so to say. I do agree that especially on the data center side, there is a market there, and we are still looking into it. But I would say that we are still -- the challenges that we have talked about before about order intake remains.
And just maybe sort of last question. When -- obviously, you referenced in your Vaasa facility, we know you produce both the marine and the data center engines. Obviously, you've got some of your other competitors, Hyundai, who are moving into the data center space. I guess what would your view be on the thesis that because demand for these engines, it's driving up capitalization for all of these engine types in these factories.
Does that actually give you the ability to charge your marine customers more for the same engines? Because ultimately, the marine customers are competing with the energy engine customers for the same capacity.
So just trying to understand sort of to what extent from a pricing and a margin perspective, are they isolated? Or actually does that sort of pull-through in demand into the energy space give you a margin uplift on the new engines in marine?
There is a bit of overhearing or whatever you would call it, because obviously, when capacity is running scarce, you get that type of effect. So it is a bit of it. Then there is another element, and I think Tom, you pointed that out also -- Tom Skogman, that there, of course, operational leverage also because our volumes are going up, and that benefits only energy, but also marine.
Then the next question comes also somebody calling by mobile from Sweden plus +46 -- it looks like that -- it's Johan Eliason.
I heard that Sven Weier had a follow-up question. So maybe Sven, let's continue with you.
Yes. Can you hear me?
Yes.
Yes. Maybe to follow up on energy storage. I was just wondering, we obviously had this announcement from Siemens, Fluence and NVIDIA as a reference design for the future architecture to design in their battery storage. I mean, could you see a similar opportunity? Are you working on something similar to have such a reference? Or do you think that was more specific to Fluence and their architecture?
I think it's a little bit more specific to them. I must say -- I must also say I don't understand all the details around that announcement. But of course, those are the questions you need to ask them. So I think this is specific to Fluence.
And if I remember correctly, I think you said last call that there should be an update on what you intend to do on battery storage before the Capital Markets Day. Is that still the most likely outcome? Or should we wait until the CMD?
Yes, absolutely.
So before, yes?
Correct.
And then second question from me is just, obviously, we had another IMO meeting, also discussions around decarbonization and still seems hard to go ahead. I was just wondering how this continues to impact maybe also on the service side, refurbishment business and those type of orders that had been a bit struggling in the last couple of quarters. Did that have any impact? Or doesn't this make any impact at all?
So overall, the narrative there, I mean, if you build a new vessel today, it's going to be around for 30 years. So you need to have a strategic review. I think it's fair -- many owners are assuming that things will evolve. I mean, regulations and fuel prices, et cetera.
So the whole topic of fuel flexibility and fuel efficiency is certainly there. And that is supporting our business. Now if you look on our service side, services is growing, but we talk about these 4 different areas in services and one of them is retrofits.
And that has been on the marine side, negatively impacted by the postponements of votes and decisions in IMO. And that the same message that we [indiscernible] before.
Have you also seen clients switching back from methanol to the normal dual fuel engines because we saw Pacific Basin canceling their methanol order and switching it back to conventional fuel because [indiscernible] really going ahead.
Yes. No, I would say that the clear focus now is on LNG and gas as a fuel. I think methanol, the pendulum has certainly swing back. I mean, among the Chinese operators is still strong. But for many other operators, the focus is these days on gas.
So -- and it's a little bit -- we foresee, as when we talk -- we take the 5- to 10-year perspective, this pendulum will swing a little bit back and forth as we go. That is, of course, part of our strategy. That's why we have the broad offering, so to say. So yes. So methanol will still be there. But right now, the pendulum is swinging back to gas.
Johan Eliason, please go ahead. Johan, for me, it looks like that you are still muted. You can also send the questions for me by e-mail. And everybody else, if you have to raise your hand functionality, please send questions by e-mail to me. I have received some questions already. So continuing by the e-mail questions. Did you mention that you are largely sold out for 2028? Does this mean that you expanded capacity in 2028 is already close to fully booked from capacity utilization point of view or that you are selling 2029 start-up due to other constraining factors?
So it's correct that we are -- we have already sold a big chunk of our 2028 capacity. We still have some, but we have sold quite a bit. And so we are still selling '28 and starting selling '29 as well.
Thank you. Capacity increases and step-by-step approach. What are you exactly investing in or growing in the most recent 2029 expansion? And are there any constraining factors around Vaasa factory that would limit opportunities for further step-by-step expansions? So even additional...
No, we can continue to expand if we want to in Vaasa. And I mean the investments are in -- I mean, the latest here, it's more related to the -- some extent to STH and the equipment that goes into STH, but also a large chunk is the supply chain where we buy certain machining and we put it with our suppliers. So these are the type of investments.
Then there's a request to talk a bit more about your data center-related pipeline. How has it evolved? What are your expectations in terms of conversions in near term?
Yes, near-term conversions, I mean, I can't talk about that. I mean it's the same. We have -- it's a buoyant market, strong demand side. We have a very active pipeline of opportunities, everything from early stage to very late stage where we are negotiating to close. So it's the same kind of structure as before. It's very active and dynamic. It's a positive market. And we will receive more orders for sure.
It's still, I think Johan Eliason, who has raised their hand. Johan, please go ahead. Please send me questions by e-mail. Maybe while we are still waiting for additional questions, maybe one question to Hakan. So first of all, now we have almost closed the portfolio. So all of those divestments have been done. So any thoughts about the capital allocation now?
No. I mean we do have a strong balance sheet, and we want to have a strong balance sheet. We are in a project business. We have received -- we are receiving down payments from our customers, but we need to deliver the projects. So we are well funded for R&D. I mean, 4.8% of net sales is R&D. And organic acquisition has been our focus. We haven't done that many. It's our strategy is really focusing on organic growth.
Of course, we have a radar with bigger ticket items, but it's a lot about timing. Yes, we are not involved in Netherlands, I can say. I mean, that's a normal question that comes. There are a number of PE players as we read about in media.
So our strategy is really focused on organic growth. What about dividends, et cetera, in the future? I mean that's a broad topic, so to say. And I mean, we do foresee that we will continue with the negative working capital that we've been talking about. I know that some got a little bit concerned after Q1 when it was not as strong, but this is a long-term trend with a strong working capital situation.
Johan Eliason, you can once again start.
Can you hear me now?
Yes, we can hear you. Fantastic.
Fantastic. Sorry, some technical issues on my side.
A lot of my questions have obviously been asked already, but I was just curious a little bit about the engine plant in Vaasa and the capacity expansions you talked about. You indicated you also invest with your subsuppliers. But you have these [indiscernible] engines JVs in China, in Shanghai. Isn't it possible to sort of move some capacity there? Or are they very dedicated to the local client base?
No, we can move marine and they are actually running at fairly high utilization right now. So there -- but there is some opportunities to move capacity there, clearly on the marine side.
Absolutely. But it's a smaller adjustments -- I mean, when you compare it with the steps we are taking in Vaasa. So that's -- we are not announcing all the smaller things we are doing. We are announcing the bigger things we are doing.
Excellent. And then just coming back a little bit, you obviously talked about there should be some sort of spillover effect on the marine margins as well when Vaasa capacity utilization goes up, et cetera. But will it also be obviously so that with scarce capacity that you will also be skimming the marine market and basically taking the engine orders on that side with good margins with obviously what you commented earlier that...
It's a mix. It's a mix, Johan. It certainly, for some, for some are more strategic -- so it's going to be a mix, I can say that. I mean the operational leverage is certainly there. When it comes to price realization and new build in the marine market, yes, there will be some spillover, but it's going to be a mix between different customer segments.
Good. And sorry, I also missed the first part of your presentation. Did you say anything about any segments in the marine that are looking positive right now? I think you talked about cruise and ferry for some time. Is there any other segments you highlighted earlier?
Yes. No, I talked about offshore FSRUs and similar type of vessels that we see some uptick in that, where we basically generate the energy for, you could say, the chemical plants. I mean, we are not in tankers. I mean, this is 2 stock applications. But those more special vessels in oil and gas, we see uptick in activities.
And just for everybody, so after this call, my colleague, Noora, she will send a recording of this and publish it on our website. So if somebody missed the beginning of the meeting, it will be very shortly available. But then Tom Skogman has raised his hand. Please go ahead.
Yes. This is Tom again. I would just like to understand a bit better this kind of industry habit of slot reservations. Is it so that you don't use anything like that? And what is kind of the money involved in slot reservations in this industry? Is it like one...
You will have to ask GE and Siemens and what -- how they do it and others. We don't do it. And why we don't do it, I think it's to have stability because it feels good to sell the slots, but there is always a dynamic, especially when the market turns.
So we've seen that also in the past. So that's the logic. I mean what is worth noting is that -- and this is public, you can see it that if you take GE and you look -- I don't know what term they use, but reserved or whatever capacity, it's almost 50-50 between firm orders and slot reservation. So I mean, we will be consistent on our side. We're only going to talk about firm orders.
And do you increase the advance payment anyway when delivery times stretch out further and further out into the future to make it even more vulnerable for customers to walk away?
Yes. I mean, I don't think that we have good payment terms. And even if deliveries are coming later, the down payments, which customers are paying, you still pay them at signing or shortly after signing. So that's -- even if deliveries happen later. I don't see us in a major way increasing the down payments.
But of course, once you sign a contract, if you don't take the deliveries, you have to cancel -- I mean, the customer need to cancel the contract. And of course, we have provisions in our contracts to provide -- to protect ourselves and our profitability.
And do you want to disclose any size of those compared to...
No, no. because they...
That matching what you promise to your suppliers then in that case? So how does it work?
That is too much internal, so I won't comment.
Thank you. Then one follow-up question by e-mail. Could you talk a bit more about how do you see data center opportunities within energy storage business?
I mean there is certainly -- it's a tool -- the battery storage is a tool in the toolbox that the data center builders will use in many cases, to deal with the high variability of the load. So for the really big ones, you will have -- you might have some CCGT -- I mean, closed cycle gas turbines, then you have some -- they should run completely evenly and then you will have some engines.
And then on top of that, you will have the battery storage. And because the batteries, they deal with shorter swings in the milliseconds and seconds area. There are a number of other -- those flexibility devices in that tranche, so to say, where you have the batteries. But batteries will be there, clearly. And from our side, we are looking on how and if and how we engage in this market segment for the batteries.
Still have 14 minutes time. So if somebody has a question, please use your functionality or you can also send e-mail to me. Maybe as a one more question, still waiting for the final question. So Hakan you have been meeting many of these U.S. customers who are repetitive customers for us. So what is the customer feedback typically from those?
No, I think that they appreciate our capability to deliver on the fundamentals, so to say, deliver on time and get the equipment working and the equipment is delivering on the performance that is expected. I think this is why repeat customers keeps coming back.
We are project companies, okay, we are very careful with terms and conditions. I think that some of our customers, they comment that sometimes we have to spend quite a lot of time negotiating with Wartsila. But yes, we've been around for 190 years. There's a reason for it. So -- but I think the repeat customers, they really see the value that we are providing.
And also good service network, as I have understood. That's something they appreciate.
No. Clearly, if we talk about our U.S. service setup, I mean, we have our headquarters in Houston. This is where we have a logistics center for the U.S. We have service crew all over the U.S., and we are expanding it in a very rapid pace.
I mean now we have taken and that has been announced before, our first operation and maintenance contracts in the U.S. So service -- if you go back a couple of years, and I've talked about that also, we didn't do too much service it was more the transactional.
So I mean it was the first step on the service value ladder. But now we really started to do. And I would say, yes, the last 3 or 4 years, we are clearly moving up the service value ladder with different type of agreements, sometimes even operations. And as I talked about before, the data centers, I mean, they haven't even started operating yet. But when they start to go in operation, they will also have present really good service opportunities in the U.S.
Thank you, Hakan. For me, it looks like that there are no further questions. So there seems to be -- there have been some technical challenges on this call. So like I said, my colleague, Noora, will send you shortly the recording of the whole call. And as a reminder, we will host a pre-silent call on June 23 together with our CFO, Arjen Berends. So looking forward to meet you there.
And then Q2 results will be published on July 21. So I hope you can enjoy also the summer a little bit before that. It's rainy and still quite cold in Finland. I hope that you can see the sun. But thank you for this call.
Thank you, everybody. Take care.
Bye.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
Wärtsilä skizziert stark wachsende Nachfrage (insb. Energie/Data centers), massive Kapazitätserweiterung für Motoren und betont: nur feste Aufträge, keine Slot-Verkäufe.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Markt: Breite, anhaltend starke Nachfrage in Energie (Data Centers, Energiespeicher, Netzstabilisierung) und stabiler Marine-Nachfrage (Cruise, Ferries, ausgewählte Offshore-Projekte).
- Strategie: Massive Kapazitätserweiterung für Motoren (Vaasa), Fokus auf Engines für Energie, Ausbau Service‑Value‑Ladder und organisches Wachstum.
- Ordnerkennung: Nur feste (firm) Aufträge werden berichtet; Slot‑Reservierungen werden nicht verwendet.
🚀 Strategische Highlights
- Kapazität: Produktion soll gegenüber 2025 bis 2029 um ~120% erweitert werden; Mehrheit der Erweiterung für Energieanwendungen.
- Service‑Fokus: Ziel, Data‑Center‑Serviceverträge in Kürze zu unterzeichnen; Services sollen mittelfristig nachziehen und höheren wiederkehrenden Umsatz bringen.
- Portfolio: Verkauf der letzten Portfolioeinheiten (Water & Waste, Gas Solutions) abgeschlossen; Bilanz bleibt stark, F&E ca. 4.8% des Umsatzes.
🔎 Neue Informationen
- Auslastung: Großteil der Kapazität für 2028 ist bereits verkauft; Verkäufe für 2029 laufen an.
- Batterien: Firma prüft Engagement im Batteriesegment; Update vor dem Capital Markets Day angekündigt.
- Termine: Pre‑silent Call mit CFO am 23. Juni; Q2‑Zahlen am 21. Juli.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Kapazitätsallokation: Mehrheit der zusätzlichen Kapazität geht in Energie; Werk in Vaasa bleibt Zentrum, begrenzte Verlagerung nach China möglich (vor allem Marine).
- Data‑Center‑Thema: Nachfrage und Pipeline aktiv; Preise und Margen verbessern sich grundsätzlich, Serviceverträge sehr wahrscheinlich noch dieses Jahr.
- Wettbewerb & Visibility: Nachfrage‑Leadtimes wachsen; Management betont keine Slot‑Verkäufe, liefert aber keine detaillierte Produkt‑Split‑Aufschlüsselung oder konkrete Anzahl zu Anzahlungsbedingungen.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Wärtsilä positioniert sich klar als Engine‑Player für die Energie‑Transformation mit aggressivem Kapazitätsausbau; das Wachstumspotenzial ist hoch, aber die Umsatzrealisierung verschiebt sich in die Ferne, was die Sichtbarkeit erhöht.
- Risiko/Chance: Kurzfristig mögliche Margenverschiebungen durch höheren New‑Build‑Anteil; mittelfristig Skaleneffekte, höhere Backlog‑Margen und Serviceumsatz sollten Profitabilität stützen. Anleger sollten Kapazitätsramp, Serviceverträge für Data‑Centers und das Batterie‑Update vor dem CMD beobachten.
Wärtsilä — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good morning, and welcome to this news conference for Wartsila Q1 2026 results. My name is Hanna-Maria Heikkinen, and I'm in charge of Investor Relations. Today, our CEO, Hakan Agnevall, will start with the group highlights. He will also go through business performance. And after that, our CFO, Arjen Berends, will continue with key financials. After the presentation, there is plenty of time for Q&A.
Hakan, please, time to start.
Thank you, Hanna-Maria, and a warm welcome to our Q1 report. I'm joining you today from Shanghai. So it's a pleasure to be here in China. As you know, China accounts for more than half of the world's shipbuilding capacity. So it's a highly relevant place for us to be as Wartsila. But if we start with the first quarter, I would say we have a strong start of the year, both in Marine and Energy. So we start good in 2026. So if we look at the summary, double-digit growth in order intake, all-time high order book and continuously improved operating results. So the total order intake increased by 10% to EUR 2.1 billion. And this quarter, we will also talk a lot about organic growth because you have seen or you will see that our -- both order intake and sales has been heavily affected by FX, by exchange rate and also the fact that we have divested assets in portfolio business. So some of these numbers are good, but they look even greater when you look at the organic side, so to say.
So order intake increased in Energy and Marine. Energy order intake increased by 56%. But if you exclude FX, organic growth is up 66%. Marine order intake increased by 9%. But once again, organic was even higher, 13% All-time high order book of EUR 8.9 billion and service, we know how important it is for Wartsila. So the order intake on organic side was up with 9%, strong number. Then, of course, we had FX impacts, and we also had impacts of our divestment, but organically up 9%. And that also leads to our -- that our service 12-month rolling book-to-bill continues to be above 1.
Net sales remained stable at about EUR 1.6 billion, and we continue to improve our profitability comparable operating to EUR 199 million, and that corresponds to 12.8% of net sales. Operating results increased by 18% to EUR 194 million, which is 12.5% of net sales. Cash flow from operating activities amounted to EUR 7 million. It's a bit lower than we normally see, but that's because we are building up basically engines for deliveries. So we -- and Arjen will talk more about cash flow going forward, but we remain calm, composed and optimistic also on the cash flow side going forward. And we continue to have, I would say, a very attractive return on capital employed at 64%.
So that's the highlight, strong performance, both on the Marine and Energy side. Let's dig a little bit further into the numbers. So order intake, up 10%, EUR 2.1 billion; of services, you see it's minus 1%. But once again, if you look on the organic growth, it's 9%. Equipment is up 23%, very strong on the energy side. And we have also seen that the start -- the first weeks of the second quarter has really started good for energy with 2 additional big data center orders in the U.S. Order book now is at a very good and solid level, EUR 8.9 billion. We continue to highlight the message that we are building up an order backlog for deliveries further and further into the future. And that is very important when you model the sales recognition.
Net sales, flat EUR 1.5 billion the whole theme of FX and divestments we have done. Services, EUR 800 million, down 9%. Equipment up 11% to EUR 750 million. Book-to-bill continuously well above 1, at 1.35. Comparable operating results increasing 16% to EUR 199 million, 12.8% mentioned before, and operating results up 18% to EUR 194 million at 12.5% of net sales. We also continue to follow Marine and Energy combined and Energy Storage. And you can see that if you look at Marine and Energy combined, the order intake and the sales metrics is even stronger. I mean, order intake up 28%. Organically, it's 34% up. And you could also see that the order book is up 27% in Marine and Energy combined to EUR 7.5 billion. Net sales, the organic growth, 7% and services is down, but equipment is up 22% to EUR 504 million.
Book-to-bill in Marine and Energy combined at 1.55 and comparable operating results also continue to improve clearly in Marine and Energy combined 7% up at EUR 175 million and at 13.6%. As you know, we have our financial targets for Marine and Energy combined at 14%. So we are not quite there yet, but we are on a solid path to reach our financial targets, I would say, as I have said many times before, and we have proven ourselves by step-by-step improving the financial results as well.
On storage, we have a challenge. There is no doubt. And the challenge is order intake. I mean we basically had no new order intake on the equipment side in storage. So that's why you see the minus 53% down is basically services. The sales is down 14% at EUR 110 million. The good thing, though, on the storage side, you've seen the EBIT here, 5%. The team is delivering the existing order backlog with a solid execution at 5%, which is on the higher end of the span of our financial targets. But clearly, we have a challenge on the order intake side, and we've also been very clear that we need immediate order intake. Otherwise, we will have a loss-making second half of the year in energy storage.
Okay. Then some industry perspective, starting with Marine. We do see in the first quarter, healthier demand and also earnings for our customers, supported by the market sentiment in the first quarter. The conflict in the Middle East has only had a minor impact on Wartsila in Q1. We have about 500 colleagues in the area there, safety, taking care about our people, so they can take care about our customers. And I think our team, our safety team working with our colleagues in the area has done a great work. So we continue to support customers in terms of revenues, et cetera, it has minor impact because -- as you know, our strengths, our focus is on 4 strokes. Many of the vessels, the majority are having 2 strokes. So the limited impact on Wartsila, short term so far on the financial side.
The number of vessels ordered in the review period increased to 549, so compared to 235 previous year. So 2026 is clearly stronger than 2025, which was, as we all know, a rather weak year. The market sentiment in Q1 was supported by healthy demand and earnings. But obviously, the start of the conflict in the Middle East caused disruption and uncertainty in the shipping markets. But once again, we have not -- I mean, our core segments, we have not been impacted so far in a major way. Ordering appetite also continued to be on a good level in our key segments. As you know, when we look at the graph to right here, our core segments, even in Clarksons are trending clearly higher than the 10-year average, and we do see that also going forward. Also good to note is that the shipyards order book are at the highest level since 2009 with shipbuilding capacity expanding primarily in China.
In January to March, 100 new orders for alternative fuel capable ships were reported. So that's about 26% of the capacity of the vessels. That's down from same period last year. And the major driver there for the decline is on the mix of vessels, tankers, more tankers means less alternative fuel. The underlying trend on decarb is clearly continuing, driven by the strategic approach by many of the shipowners and also by the fact these are long-time assets, 30 years, and you need to make sure that you have a fleet of vessels that you can be profitable with and operate in a relevant way the coming 30 years. And then you need the core proposition for Wartsila, fuel flexibility and fuel efficiency. So it's -- the narrative still holds.
Then on the energy side, we do see a buoyant market. There is an increased demand driven by energy transition investments. Electricity demand growth is certainly there. Future projections have increased substantially. And clearly, there are very strong and good market opportunities for equipment providers. Two key themes have stood out in the macroeconomic development, low growth and increased tariff-related uncertainty. In energy power plants, market demand for equipment and services has been strong, very strong. The baseload segment remains a consistent source of demand for thermal power and clearly, with further growth opportunities in data centers. And we continue our, I would say, successful journey in the U.S. data center market, still with a very active pipeline and with 2 important and big captures just at the beginning of the second quarter.
And also on the balancing side, we continue to see a very strong demand going forward. Before arriving here in Shanghai, I've spent a couple of days in Australia, clearly seeing the narrative playing out there. Australia over the years gradually moving from coal to renewables. And then you need the balancing power, battery storage, thermal generation and engines is a very -- is now getting in as one of the major technologies there. So it's happening in many places of the world, I would say.
In battery storage, the demand is closely linked to the increased share of intermittent renewable energy systems, clearly, which continues to progress in a good way. The U.S. market is clearly facing headwinds from tariffs and regulatory changes. Though many of the drivers, especially in the midsection of the U.S. remain solid. I mean, affordable power is always attractive. And then on top of this, we are now also for our storage team have data centers as a potential new opportunity that we are looking at, so to say. We haven't stepped in fully yet, but we are looking at it.
And if we look at renewables growth, I mean, after significant growth driven by solar in the mid-2020s, I think now the renewable capacity addition globally is expected to decrease a little bit in 2026. But I mean, we see long-term growth on the renewable side driving the need for balancing power. And there is more and more understanding and demand for balancing power because in many power systems, clearly, this narrative that we've been talking about for several years of needing more balancing power when the share of renewables is growing, it's definitely playing out. And here, you could see some of the International Energy Agency numbers, how they project the average -- I mean, the annual electricity demand growth in terawatt hours, and we can see the significant shift here. And there are plenty of drivers, electrification of industries, the need for cooling. I mean the world is getting warmer, certainly here in Asia. It's a big theme, data centers, but also aging energy infrastructure in the States and to a certain extent, also Europe. So there are several growth drivers, I would say, in the energy market.
Now let's get back to the numbers and let's look at the visualization. So organic order intake increased 22%, quite considerable. That's the organic. If we look on the nonorganic, so to say, the order intake increased by 10%. And if we look at Marine, it's up with 9%. Energy is up with 56%. Energy storage, though, is down significantly with 53%. If we look at equipment versus service, so equipment order intake increased by 23%. Service order intake remained stable. If we look at the order book, strong order book development, rolling book-to-bill continues to be above 1. I think now it's consecutive 24 consecutive that we have remained with a book-to-bill -- larger than 1.
And also well worth noting is that the order book is growing despite that we have eliminated close to EUR 900 million related to divestments. So it is a strong achievement. And -- but we also note, we really highlight this now as you could see, we have a very attractive order intake. We are taking orders for deliveries further into the future. And we have also talked about the fact that we do less of EPC, which has percentage of completion normally as revenue recognition to more equipment of EEQ, which means that the sales recognition also comes a little bit later when we deliver the engine basically. And we try to help you also by -- and I think we introduced this slide last quarter to get a little bit more concrete numbers on how the order backlog is developing over time. And it's clearly so that the order back -- order book will generate sales distributed further into the future. And you see particularly here in energy, how the order backlog is building up for sales and deliveries further ahead, I mean, beyond 2026.
Organic net sales increased by 8%. Net sales, if we take the nonorganic, the complete, so to say, the whole, it was stable. Marine net sales remained stable. Energy net sales increased by 12%. Energy Storage net sales decreased by 14%. Equipment service or equipment net sales increased by 11% and service net sales decreased by 9%. Profitability continued to improve in a positive way step-by-step on our goal to -- on our path to reach our financial targets. So under the backdrop of a stable net sales, the comparable operating results increased by 16% and comparable operating margin on 12-month rolling is also up from 10.9% to 12.4%.
Hanna, I need help. Arjen, can you flip to the next page because I can't see it.
Which page should we flip to? You cannot -- we are now looking at the Marine overall service book-to-bill above 1. Do you see the same, Hakan?
No, I don't see anything right now. If you see it, maybe you can continue, Arjen, where I left off.
All right. Which slide should we start then with?
The one that I left off, yes.
Yes. You don't see the slides now, Hakan, right?
No, I don't see the slide.
All right. I will take over. So order intake and comparable operating result in Marine. So order intake in Marine, let's say, had a good growth, 9%. Net sales was down, let's say, minus 1%. But as Hakan mentioned, let's say, organically, it was still up. Comparable operating results, better operating leverage, clearly, let's say, contributing positively. One could ask, okay, why with more or less equal sales. It's operating leverage better. We are running our STH facility at close to maximum technical capacity. And that, of course, generates, let's say, operating leverage in the absorption of hours, while the deliveries take place later on, turning it into sales.
On the negative side, let's say, lower service volumes that we clearly could see comparing quarter-on-quarter and increased R&D cost. Comparable operating result continues to trend upwards. Overall, Marine service book-to-bill above 1. Good development. You can see also the lines on retrofits and upgrades as well as, let's say, service agreements turning to the upper direction again, which has been going down for some quarters. So that's good. All together, I would say, a good development ongoing here and also 7% CAGR year-on-year is a good number.
If we look at Energy, Order intake, first of all, plus 56%. So really a strong step-up actually in sales also, I would say 12% is also a strong step-up in sales. If we look at the result, also here, better operating leverage, let's say, factory also contributes to energy. So it's the same equation here. And also on energy, we had lower service volumes and increased R&D cost as the, call it, the negative impact on the profitability. All together, let's say, it went up. Comparable operating result, slight dip down on a rolling 12-month basis, but we are confident on this going forward.
And if I continue on the services side, so a favorite topic of mine. The overall energy service book-to-bill continued above 1. So strong growth in service agreements and retrofits and upgrades. We see a 2% CAGR on the net sales. And you know that we like to talk about the different components of our service business. And here, you see a couple of things that are really interesting. You see the strong continued book-to-bill on agreements, and it's really, really good. You also see and you want to say field service is down, so it's less than 1.0. But I think that's development, it will go a little bit over time. I don't -- I'm not concerned about that as a trend.
We see spare parts is down, but we should know that when agreements go up, there is, of course, spare parts under the agreement header as well. It's classified in the agreements business. So overall, I would say the strong growth of agreements is really, really good. And it's clearly in line with our strategy of moving up the service value ladder as we've been talking about many times.
Then on the retrofit side, I think here, you see the -- clearly what we've been talking about in the past because it went down quite deep in the red, but now it's coming back, still not crossing the 1 again, but this is a project business. And therefore, it is -- can be very lumpy. And so we have had some good progress here in the first quarter. And I've said before that I think the retrofit business will certainly be there and will be interesting. I think on the Marine side, you could also see that the retrofit business is still down. And there, we have a little bit of a challenge because certain projects get postponed for the moment, so to say. But also on the Marine side, I think we will see a positive outlook on service growth in general going forward.
Now on storage, I think that if we should start with the first thing. And today, we also announced that Tamara de Gruyter, who is leading storage, she will be leaving Wartsila after a long and very successful career, 30 years in the company. She has found a great new challenge outside of Wartsila and we congratulate her to that. We are very sad of seeing her leaving. She's done a great job with storage, which is, of course, in a very challenging situation as we've been talking about, but she will still be with us and lead the business to end of August, and we have started the recruitment for a successor. So thank you for Tamara for all your years in Wartsila. And you will still be with us for months here going forward. So we will have a planned transition.
The challenge on storage is, of course, the order intake, which was very weak. So basically zero on the newbuild side. Order intake down minus 53%. Net sales also down. The positive side, if you see on the EBIT going into positive and a solid 5% EBIT margin with solid project execution and also we are taking -- have taken measures to reduce our cost to increase our competitiveness. But clearly, the lower equipment volumes is a challenge to the whole business. And we need -- we do need orders -- order intake in the near future. Otherwise, we will be loss-making for the second half of 2026 in storage.
So here, you have the waterfall on the Q-on-Q development on the EBIT side. So we go from 11% to 12.8% in our continuous journey. And Marine is going up from 12% to 13%. Energy, a bit down from 15.2% to 14.7%. Energy storage, as I said, significant improvement. And portfolio also a significant improvement from 6.9% to 11.4%. So the comparable operating results increased with 16%.
Now other key financials. Over to you, Arjen.
Thank you, Hakan. If we look at the other key financials, first of all, cash flow, it was mentioned already by Hakan, let's say, EUR 7 million in the quarter 1, which is fairly low compared to 1 year ago. But again, let's say, we are mainly -- the main underlying reason is working capital and the main underlying reason of that is the increased project execution activity. This is not something that is unexpected. This is something that we have foreseen. As said, STH runs at close to technical capacity. We need to produce engines now already for delivery in batches later on. So that's the consequence of that. At the same time, let's say, we have payables, of course, going down. Let's say, we buy components from suppliers. That's also clearly impacting and also receivables went up because we have invoiced customers for something that is not due yet, but still to be paid. At the same time, also in Q1, we saw a lower level of advances received than what we had in, for example, the previous quarter, that was a record high.
Net interest-bearing debt, let's say, still very strong, nothing to comment on EBITDA, very good compared to previous year. Return on capital employed, ROCE, a very strong level, still going very strong, and that keeps going also for a while, I would definitely believe. And gearing also, let's say, nothing to comment on. We have a gearing target of positive, below minus 0.5%, and we are clearly in the negative. Solvency went a little bit, let's say, worse now in Q1, and that's happening every year in Q1. At the end of last year, we had 40.5%. Now we have 35%. Every year in Q1, you book the -- sorry, the dividend against equity, and that has an impact on the solvency ratio. Earnings per share, much better than previous year at the same quarter.
If we look at the trend lines, cash flow and operating working capital, as you can see, and I don't want to repeat myself, but let's say, the working capital is the main driver for the reversal trend also in the cash flow. Reasons are known. This is not unexpected. So nothing to further comment on that. If we look at the financial targets, First of all, Marine and Energy combined, left top graph, organic growth, 13%. Marine was 12% actually on this horizon and Energy was 14%. We are also approaching closer and closer, let's say, our 14% target. Now we are at a rolling 12-month basis at 13.9%, which was a notch up basically from end of last year, and then it was 13.8%.
If you look at Energy storage, of course, organic growth is a challenge. Let's say, Hakan has commented that also already. But profitability is very strong. We have a good margin in order book, and we have a good execution, very good execution actually. So on a rolling 12-month basis, this is now 4.8% on the upper range of the financial target versus 3.3% at the end of last year. Gearing, I mentioned already, not much to comment on deeply negative -- and also actually, the same goes for dividend distribution. It's very well in line with our policy of paying 50% out of EPS a dividend. Last year, it was 100% if you take the regular dividend and the extraordinary dividend together.
With these words, I give it back to you, Hakan, on the guidance. Can you hear us, Hakan?
Thank you. So on the Marine side, we expect the demand environment for the next 12 months to be similar to that of the comparison period. And I would say we are still trending on a high level, but it's going to be similar. On the energy side, we expect the demand environment for the coming 12 months to be better than in the comparison period. In storage, we also expect the demand situation to be better than the coming 12 months. But we also underline specifically in storage that the current geopolitical uncertainty particularly impact this business and may certainly affect the growth.
And in general, we have a geopolitical situation, which -- where we underline that the current high external uncertainties makes forward-looking statements challenging. Due to this high geopolitical uncertainty, the changing landscape for global trade and the lack of clarity related to tariffs, we have seen that they have very dynamic these days in the U.S. There are risks of postponements in investment decisions and also of global economic activity slowing down.
So that's our presentation and summary of the first quarter, a strong quarter for Marine and Energy. We are moving forward towards our financial targets. And we have a challenge in order intake clearly in storage, but the team is executing in a very good way, but we need to address the challenge on the order intake. Overall, a good quarter. Thank you.
So Hanna-Maria, let's go over to the Q&A.
Thank you, Hakan. Thank you, Arjen. Now continuing with the Q&A. So handing over to the operator.
[Operator Instructions]
The next question comes from Daniela Costa.
2. Question Answer
I just wanted to ask 2 related questions regarding the energy. So I think this was debated a bit last quarter, but I think when we look at sort of equipment order intake per megawatt, we haven't sort of seen the increasing evolution like we see in some of the turbine players. Can you maybe comment on why that is the case? And now that you sort of pass the reporting period have got some really large data center orders, will we start to see that accretion coming through on order per megawatt and also sort of on margin from data center orders? And maybe just linking to that, you mentioned that you still have some capacity available from here to '29. How many large orders like the one you took last week, do you think you still have capacity to take?
So if I start with the latter part, how many orders, et cetera, we will not go into those details because that is highly, you could say, confidential information in the current market situation. So I won't go and disclose that. I mean, I would say that it's not a lot of capacity. It clearly depends on the type of energy and the size of the order, et cetera. So -- but I don't want to make more explicit statements because of the competitiveness in the market. Then coming back to your questions on this famous, I would say, oversimplistic metric of just dividing U.S. dollar per kilowatt.
As we talked about before, it's the scope of our deliveries actually varies. And it varies with the engine is in the core, but it's also how much of auxiliaries, where do you transport in the world. U.S. is a pretty big country with different transport costs, et cetera, et cetera. So I've said it in the past, and I'm saying it before, we have good price realization on data centers. We will -- I mean, from a sales perspective, we will start to see that kicking in at the end of this -- I mean, during Q4 this year, and then it will gradually build up over the years to come. I don't know, Arjen, do you want to comment?
No, I think that's exactly what it is. Let's say, if you look at the order intake, energy for Q1, it's basically all EEQ, and it's very geographically spread as well. And there are different scopes, as you rightfully say, let's say, you have basic EEQ, you have extended EEQ. And if transport is part of your scope or not your scope because there are also differences, it makes a big difference in the euro per kilowatt. So I think it is a matrix, but I would not use it too much. We have good realization of margins. That's what we are focused on.
The next question comes from Vivek Midha from Citi.
My question is on working capital. Thank you for the color on the quarter. We've had very healthy order intake and book-to-bill in the quarter, but nonetheless, your working capital was a drag. And given your announcement, the second quarter is likely to be another good quarter on the order intake. But nonetheless, you mentioned that the fourth quarter level on working capital was exceptional. Would you be able to give us some color as to how you expect the working capital to evolve over the coming quarter and over the coming year?
We will not guide on cash flow and not on working capital either. I'm expecting, let's say, negative working capital to sustain. And yes, you will have fluctuations. Imagine if you have to deliver, let's say, 20 engines in one batch, let's say, 3, 4 months from now. You need to buy the components now. You need to do the assembly. You need to put them in front of the test beds, and they need to go one by one through the test beds. So it's obvious that you need to, let's say, pre-produce, make cost upfront before you can deliver the batch, which will generate the sales later on. Yes, then you have, of course, the new orders. They have typically advanced payments, always have advanced payments, I would say, down payments as well. Timing of that is always difficult to say. And okay, like I said, in Q1, it was on the lower end of, let's say, advances, but that can change certainly, let's say, in Q2. That timing is very difficult to predict. But I expect, let's say, negative working capital to sustain.
Okay. So just to be clear, so we shouldn't read your comments about the exceptional working capital mean that you see a return to that level from Q4 is unlikely in the coming quarters?
No, I would say that was a really extraordinary level in Q4, and that was also driven by really high advances received. So that I would not expect it to go back to that level. But it will stay, let's say, good negative, let's put it that way.
The next question comes from Sebastian Kuenne from RBC Capital Markets.
My first relates to energy storage. I'm wondering what needs to happen for [indiscernible] besides that you need a strategic decision for the energy storage business. So you mentioned you immediately need order intake now to prevent it from being loss-making. But at the same time, it's a low-margin business as is. Chinese competition is not decreasing going forward. So what needs to happen for you to make the decision there.
So as we all know, we did a strategic review, which was quite extensive, and we concluded that, yes, a little bit more than a year ago. And we made the conclusion before the liberation date tariffs and also before, I would say the -- you could say, the slowdown of the electric car industry really impacted the battery cell market. So you could say that there has been some macro shifts after we made our strategic review. I mean, we have also said also when we concluded the strategic review that we will continuously evaluate all business units in Wartsila based on how they contribute to the group. And from that perspective, I mean, we will evaluate storage like we evaluate other parts of our business. Right now, our focus is really to get orders in. I think there are some opportunities in some of our core markets and also to work with cost. That is our focus right here right now.
Understood. I have one question regarding capacity for your engine production as well. In your chart, you show that the end markets -- marine end markets that are relevant for Wartsila, you expect some 30%, 40%, 50% growth in contracting going forward. So really strong marine demand. At the same time, you indicate a good pipeline also for the data center baseload power business. So I'm wondering the plans that you have to increase your capacity, I think it was 35%. Do you already now look beyond that and think, okay, actually, if end markets evolve as we think they will in the next 2, 3 years, we need further expansion of capacity. Are you already now like planning or discussing further expansion? Or do you think this is still too early and it's more like, let's see how business evolves and then go from there?
So a highly relevant question. Just so we get the numbers right. We talked about that you're fully right, we said that by beginning of 2028, we have expanded our technical capacity with 35%. However, just to put it in contrast, in 2025, we were at 75% of our technical capacity. So if you look at the increase of our manufacturing capability, it's going from 75% to 135%. That's an expansion with 80%. Now we need to be cautious just to translate that to sales immediately because manufacturing engines does not translate to sales immediately. But -- so just to calibrate the magnitude of the increase that we are doing. Then coming back to your core question, can we expand further and we can certainly expand further.
We need to grow in tandem with our supply chain. So it's not -- it's, of course, our own manufacturing and testing capability, but it's also our capability to ramp up our supply chain. There is a structure of work ongoing. In Q4 last year, we announced this -- just to give an example, we announced our strategic partner with Siempelkamp, who is a key supplier of big castings. So to your question, can we expand further? Yes, we can expand further, but let's take it step by step. We do see a very strong demand situation going forward.
The next question comes from Antti Kansanen from SEB.
I have 2 and I'll start with the kind of the capacity or situation on the power plant side. And when you talk with your clients, obviously, especially the U.S. data center ones, but generally as well, do you think that your ability to deliver is aligned with the overall kind of project time lines in the sense that there are other bottlenecks as well on building the power plants, the permitting stuff and the EPC components and so on. So do you think kind of the ability to, let's say, deliver '28, '29, 2030 commissioning is not actually a bottleneck in terms of your engines that the bottlenecks are elsewhere?
In my view, there are 2 major bottlenecks. One is data ships and the other one is power. So if we had the capability to deliver with shorter delivery times or with more capacity, we could sell more. So we are part of the -- it's not only one bottleneck, but we are certainly part of being a bottleneck.
And then the second question is a little bit about the phasing of capacity or free capacity and revenue recognition in a sense that now looking at Q2, 2 very sizable data center deals with kind of the deliveries '28, '29 or commissioning '28, '29. Over kind of how long time period does this spread in your production? I mean, the 40-plus engines, hundreds of megawatts in a sense, but how kind of a long time will that kind of burden your capacity? And how should we model that one?
Arjen, do you want to comment on that?
Yes. Of course, you need to, let's say, do this in, let's say, also within such a big order, you deliver typically in batches. So it's not that all the 40-plus engines go in one go, you typically deliver in batches. And of course, you need to, let's say, plan that well in advance. If you need to deliver a batch of, let's say, 10 or 15, like I said already with my example on cash flow, you need to pre-produce and that needs to be planned. So you need probably for these orders to be delivered in '28 fully, I would assume that we already end of this year need to at least make sure that the supply chain delivers certain critical components that we are not short of that, and then it goes on into 2027.
And sorry, Antti, if I may add, I really would take a very careful look on the prioritization of our order backlog because we are clearly signaling that sales recognition will be further out in the future. We have a great order intake and -- but sales recognition will clearly go further into the future.
No, I appreciate that. And actually, the follow-up was on what Arjen, you mentioned that you're delivering batches, but would the revenue recognition still be tilted towards the commissioning of the plant, the earnings contribution.
No. In these bigger orders, it's the batches basically that drives it.
The next question comes from Max Yates from Morgan Stanley.
Can I just ask firstly about Section 232. We've obviously had some changes with tariffs. I think there were some adjustments to anything with sort of percentage of metal over 15%. There were some specifics around, obviously, gas engines up to certain sizes. So quite a lot of moving parts. Could you just give us your take on how this will affect your business potentially in terms of ordering and cost and whether we should think about any impact going forward?
So I would say we have done a careful analysis. It's a complex framework and dynamic framework. When we make the assessment of the overall situation, different rates, different custom codes, et cetera, et cetera, I think net-net, it has a very limited impact on the type of tariffs that our customers will pay. It will be approximately on the same level as before the change. So from a customer perspective, it's about the same.
Okay. And maybe just a quick follow-up on the -- so if I look at your orders this quarter, you had roughly gigawatts of energy orders, round numbers, I think the data center one was like 429 megawatts. So you had a much better quarter in terms of kind of non-data center orders. Could you just talk a little bit around what regions those were coming from? What was driving it and maybe kind of how the pipeline for those non-data center orders? I guess what I'm trying to understand is we know from the second quarter, there's going to be a lot of data center orders. How do we think about that non-data center order piece going forward? And is some of your kind of more cautious commentary around geopolitical headwinds, uncertainty, is that targeted maybe at these non-data center customers? So a little bit of color there would be great.
So I would say there is some in North America, some in South America, some in Asia, so to say. So it's -- to your point, it's not only data center orders.
Okay. Given that was quick, can I just ask one very quick sort of, I guess, conceptual question. So we've basically seen this morning your energy margins have gone down year-over-year because your share of energy new equipment has gone up. So your share of new equipment this morning in Q1 is about 41% of your Energy division. If I look at what's going to happen over the next 3 years, your energy share or your new equipment share of revenues is going to go from about 40% to about 60% of your overall division. And I guess what I'm trying to understand is we've all been used to for Wartsila when equipment goes up, margins tend to go down.
And I guess, is there a danger here that we all start looking at margins, I think many in the market would say your margins could go to 20% plus in energy. Is there a danger that actually as that mix increases, the revenues grow, the absolute EBIT grows, but actually the margin expansion stays relatively constant because of that mix. Just conceptually, how should we think about that so we don't get overexcited or so we don't get caught out as the energy share or the new equipment share of revenue grows over the next 2, 3 years?
So I think newbuild will grow, service will grow, but we are certainly in a time period where newbuild will grow faster. That's a high likelihood considering the buoyant market. I mean the profitability on newbuild is generally lower than services. However, I would say we talked about it, we have good price realization on the newbuild that we are taking in now. So -- and then -- and I know you're a long-term investor, there will be a fantastic service business generated by all that newbuild capacity that we are taking in now because the newbuild that we are taking in now, there is a lot we talked about that. It's a lot of 24/7 baseload operation.
The next question comes from Vladimir Sergievskii.
Could you talk about service order growth rates, including and excluding agreements? How much materially the difference is between the 2? Also, any particular reason for decline in service sales this quarter? And when realistically do you think we can expect service business for us to return to growth?
So I would argue, I mean, as I said, service is growing quite considerably on the organic side. So it's 9% for the whole group. But then we have had an FX impact that's primarily U.S. dollar to euro. And we also had an impact of the divestments. And I would say it's about 50-50 split on those 2 drivers. So we will see growth going forward. I'm not sure you need to help me here, but I'm not sure we are breaking down the growth percentages of each of the disciplines, so to say.
No, let's say, organic growth out of my head, I think for Marine was actually 9% and for service, 6%, if my memory serves me well here now. Q-on-Q. So let's say, yes, we are growing, and we are not breaking down, let's say, the growth ratio per revenue stream. Of course, let's say, it depends a bit on what type of agreement there is. There is a piece of parts in there as a piece of field service in there. So it's not just black and white parts versus agreements. There is also, let's say, mixes in particular on the agreement side.
Okay. And the question is on profitability as well. Your portfolio business was a clear highlight this quarter. Did you manage to improve the business by that much so that new owners will be getting a double-digit profitability business going forward from here? Or there were something specific coinciding in this quarter to support double-digit profitability in portfolio?
Sorry, I missed the first part of the question.
I heard it a little bit. Sorry, Vlad, can you repeat because we -- I think both me and I and we are sitting in different parts of the world, we didn't hear you quite.
No problem at all, if I can try to do it again. So your portfolio business has delivered an exceptionally strong margin in Q1. The question is, is that you've been able to improve this portfolio business so much that this double-digit margin will be maintained for the customers who are vital for this new owners of this business? Or there was something specific in this quarter that drove margin to that high level?
No, I can answer that. It's purely, let's say, commercially driven. So yes, let's say, you might remember, let's say, a long time ago when the current 2 business units that we still have there Gas Solutions and Water & Waste were put into this portfolio business unit, they were loss-making. And we have been able to convert that to a profit-making in order to be able to, let's say, also divest them in a better way. And this is purely, let's say, commercial work, commercially driven, let's put it that way. There is no special items in Q1.
And to add to that, and also Vlad, we continue to have the same message that like before that we are planning to close Gas Solutions in Q2 and Water and Waste latest in Q3.
The next question comes from Sven Weier from UBS.
First one is to follow up on the Texas order, which obviously is quite a bit above your sweet spot range that you mentioned before. I mean, if you consider also the capacity that you have left to be booked, I mean, is this order going to remain like an exception? Or do you see yourself even getting closer to the gigawatt range? And what was the kind of maybe the market feedback from you winning that order? Did it resonate very well with other projects that haven't made a decision yet?
Yes. So to give a little bit more color, we talk about that we have a pipeline, a data center pipeline. We talked about that it's buoyant and it's growing. If I look in that -- and we also talked about that it's very dynamic. We have clearly seen -- looking at the last -- now you could see the 5 orders that in the U.S. that they are getting bigger and bigger. I wouldn't say that each new order in data centers related to the U.S. will be of the same size. That will be smaller, but there will be big ones as well. I mean there are gigawatt potential orders in that very dynamic pipeline that comes and goes. So I mean, it's not completely off the wall of getting gigawatt even within our engines. But we will have a mix of big ones and smaller ones. But if you look on the average, I would say the trend is slowly increasing in the U.S.
And what is your expectation on the Brazil pipeline in terms of the power auction we had? I mean, should we see those orders in Q2 already or later?
So the auction has taken place. I think we -- and I cannot comment because we are sitting and having talks with customers as we speak, but there are clear opportunities, yes.
And then just finally, if I may, just coming back on the situation on marine retrofits and regulation. I was just wondering what your clients tell you on the methanol engine order book because we just recently saw Pacific Basin canceling a methanol order and converting it into conventional fuel, and they basically cited regulatory uncertainty, but also the like 15% cost saving on the overall vessel order. I mean that's probably on the 2-stroke side. I mean, are you seeing similar thoughts among your clients to make a change?
So far, we sold about 350. I mean, we have orders for about 350 methanol engines. We haven't had any cancellations that I'm aware of so far. I mean, also, of course, we have our dual fuel approach. So many -- I would say, clear vast majority there of those that we have delivered out of the 350, all the 350 has not been delivered yet. But of the ones that have been delivered, the vast majority is running on traditional fuels. And because the challenges that customers have faced is to find the methanol. It's not readily available. But because of this multi-fuel capability, we haven't had any cancellations so far.
The content per vessel you have on the methanol think it's bigger than if you just have kind of traditional dual fuel?
Well, I would say that methanol-enabled dual fuel engine is the technology diffusion curve. We have better price realization on new technology than our standard traditional technology. But I mean, the methanol -- so just clarify, the methanol engines that we have delivered, they are dual fuel. They are not single fuel engine.
The next question comes from Uma Samlin from Bank of America.
So my first one is a follow-up on the energy margin. So you talked about we will start to see the price realization of the newbuild and also the service potential to kick in to help your margin going forward. So just looking at your -- already the existing order, will we start to see that coming into the margins?
I think if you look at data center deliveries, they are starting to ramp up in Q4 and then well into 2027. So that's the time frame.
Yes. And for service?
Service, I would say, in general, it takes 4 to 5 years. So because you need to -- you install, you operate under warranty and you go in. So I mean, the good thing -- the great thing today, we sign service agreements very almost when we contract -- when we have the newbuild, we normally contract services as well, either at the same time or just a couple of months later. But then, of course, when the revenues kicks in and therefore starts to generate top line and EBIT, that's normally a 4- to 5-year time frame. So that's why I'm saying also commenting on Max, you will see the major impact on the service side with a 4- to 5-year time line.
Unless we agree an operational maintenance contract because then it starts at commissioning.
That's correct.
That's super helpful. So on the -- so just on that point, for the data center order you book, for example, the Texas order you booked, when will we expect to see the service contract kicking in? Is that like just in like a couple of months already?
So I can't go into that because we are in negotiation with customers. So I will have to come back on that.
And just last one for me. We have seen the order from Hyundai Heavy refill to supply data centers. Just wondering, is there any change in competitive landscape on the data center engine side? Also, do you see any pricing potential perhaps outside the data center space like spilling into the marine service, marine engine supply chain?
I haven't seen that so far. I think right now, it's a very buoyant market. And as I said, we have good price realization both in Energy and Marine. I mean we are an established supplier. We have years and years of references. We have the industry-leading service network, both on the energy and marine. In the U.S., we've been for decades. I think we have a very strong brand. And we have proven that we can execute and that our plants are running with very high uptime and reliability. So we have a strong market position. And I'd rather talk about that this is an opportunity for engine technology to actually, over time, expand its market share because there are some intrinsic benefits with the engine technology compared to the gas turbines. And especially when we talk about derivatives and industrial, better fuel efficiency, no water consumption. Water is a big topic in the U.S. and also for -- in the future for potential balancing better at handling fluctuating loads. So I see that much more of an important competitive dynamic than that we have new entrants coming in on the engine.
Thank you. Before closing this news conference, I would like to remind you that Capital Markets Day invitation has been published today. So the event will take place on November 3 in Helsinki or via live webcast. And on the following day on November 4, there's also a great opportunity to visit our sustainable technology hub in Vaasa. Before Capital Market Day, we will also host many smaller events, including CEO Strategy call on June 9; CFO pre-silent call on June 23, and then Q2 report will be published on July 21. Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
Wärtsilä — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
Starkes Q1: Allzeithoch im Auftragsbestand und verbesserte Margen, aber Energiespeicher bleibt kurzfristiges Risiko.
Kurzfassung der Q1‑Präsentation und der wichtigsten Q&A‑Punkte.
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Auftragseingang: EUR 2,1 Mrd. (+10% YoY; Management hebt organisch +22% hervor).
- Auftragsbestand: EUR 8,9 Mrd. (Allzeithoch); Group book‑to‑bill 1,35; Marine+Energy 1,55.
- Umsatz: ~EUR 1,6 Mrd. (stabil); organischer Umsatz +8%.
- Ergebnis: Comparable operating profit EUR 199 Mio. (12,8%); Operatives Ergebnis EUR 194 Mio. (12,5%); operativer Cashflow EUR 7 Mio.
- Segmente: Energy OE +56% (organisch +66%); Storage Auftragseingang −53%, EBIT‑Marge 5% — ohne neue Orders Risiko für verlustreiche H2.
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Backlog‑Fokus: Management baut gezielt Auftragsbestand für Lieferungen weiter in die Zukunft auf; Shift von EPC zu Equipment (EEQ) verschiebt Umsatz‑Erkennung.
- Kapazität: Ausbau der technischen Fertigungskapazität (plus ~35% Ziel bis Anfang 2028); weitere Erhöhung möglich, abhängig von Supply‑Chain‑Ramp.
- Marktpriorität: Starkes Vorstoßen in US‑Datacenter‑Markt (aktive Pipeline, große Aufträge Anfang Q2); Services sollen langfristig aus neuen Builds zusätzlichen Ertrag erzeugen.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Nachfrage: Marine: ähnlich wie Vergleichsperiode; Energy: besser als Vergleichsperiode; Storage: erwartet besser, jedoch geprägt von geopolitischen und tarifbedingten Unsicherheiten.
- Prognose‑haltung: Management betont hohe externe Unsicherheit und gibt kein detailliertes Cash‑/Working‑Capital‑Guidance.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Datacenter: Fragen zu Kapazitätsgrenze, Margen und Zeitpunkt der Margenwirkung — Management: Preiserfolge erwartet, marginale Wirkung ab Q4 2026, Aufbau in 2027; Services realisieren sich eher in 4–5 Jahren.
- Working Capital: Vorproduktion treibt negatives WC; Management erwartet Schwankungen und kein Rückkehr‑Guidance auf Q4‑Niveau.
- Storage‑Strategie: Bedarf an sofortigen Orders; strategische Bewertung/Review läuft weiter — ohne Bestellungen droht Verlust in H2 2026.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Fundament strong: steigender Auftragsbestand und verbesserte Profitabilität stützen mittelfristiges Wachstum; kurzfristig sind Cash‑Conversion und Energiespeicher die Schlüsselrisiken — Investoren sollten Order‑Eingang, Auslieferungs‑Execution und Working‑Capital‑Entwicklung eng verfolgen.
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
1. Management Discussion
Hi all, and welcome to Wartsila Q1 Pre-silent Call and greetings from Helsinki. We have some signs of spring here. My name is Hanna-Maria Heikkinen, and I'm in charge of Investor Relations.
Today, our CFO, Arjen Berends, will start with key messages. We will also show 2 slides, which are already available on our IR website. After the key messages we have time for Q&A. [Operator Instructions] Please, Arjen time to start.
Thank you, Anna Maria.
And life is always more fun when the sun shines. So nice weather here. Let's start, first of all, with 2 slides. First of all, let's say, about order book and portfolio. So if we start with portfolio business, let's say, we -- as you know and remember, but just to mention it once more as a refresher, we have basically sold all businesses under portfolio business.
There are 2 businesses still there to be closed in the coming months, you could say, or quarters, which is Gas Solutions. We expect that to be completed in Q2 and water and waste, we expect that to be completed in Q3. So from Q4 onwards, there will be no businesses anymore left in portfolio business, just as a reminder.
If we go to the next slide, which is about order book. Order book, if you look at Wartsila's order book 2026, at the start versus, let's say, 1 year ago in 2025, it was a little bit lower. There are clear reasons for that. I would say, first of all, keep in mind that order book has been reduced for the divestments done.
ANCS, Automation, Navigation and Control Systems as well as Marine Electrical Systems was divested in 2025, and that took about, let's say, EUR 900 million out of the order book. So clearly, let's say, having an impact on -- if you make a year-on-year comparison on order book level.
Secondly, it's good to remember that, let's say, the order book is more longer in time, as you can also clearly see from this graph that we showed for the first time at the end of last quarter and which we will show every quarter going forward. The distribution of our order book gets longer.
Thirdly, as you can see on the left -- sorry, right side of this slide, Energy Storage has been lower on order intake, which has clearly an impact on the order book. I will come back to that later on. And finally, let's say, also good to remember that one reason for a lower order book is also our shift over time from EPC to EEQ. But keep a good eye on this order book development. I'm looking positive to order book in general, not for Energy Storage at the moment, but let's say, for Energy and Marine, it looks good.
If we then look at, let's say, some other comments that I want to make. First of all, the impact of the Middle East conflict and the closure of the Strait of Hormuz. If you look at the direct impact, so far, it's limited. But of course, let's say, it will be impacting our customers, let's say, ships might not be able to sail and in particular, let's say, the ships that are, let's say, of our customers in the region.
So far, as I said, no major impact to Wartsila. But of course, if the conflicts last longer, I would believe everybody will see the impact through cost inflation. Fuel consumption, also what we have on test beds, so far, we are fine. But let's say, of course, with a longer conflict, prices will go up and also, let's say, for components most likely. But we have long-term agreements with suppliers. So short term and midterm, even I would not be too concerned about it.
Let's hope this worries soon, but it's not good to anybody. If we look at the market and the outlook in general, we have guided, let's say, our demand environment, meaning 12 months forward versus 12 months back, better for Energy and Energy Storage and then Marine is expected to be on a similar level. If we look a little bit deeper into Marine, our key segments, they are doing very well.
And then also, if you look at, let's say, the estimated CAGR by Clarksons between now and 2030 on our key segments, it's 6%. So that's a good level. In addition, let's say, I think we have a lot of opportunities on the service side as well. Decarbonization despite IMO decision in October will continue. We clearly see it in our customers', let's say, discussions and decision-making as well because the decarbonization will happen in the lifetime of a vessel that you order today. So you need to be ready to convert, when so needed.
Like I said, opportunities in service remains good. Our service business correlates with running hours, running hours on many of the vessel types that we are serving is really good. Of course, there might be some issues with ships being stranded in the Strait of Hormuz. But also keep in mind that the majority of the ships there have a 2-stroke main engine, and that is not our business, and that's also not where we make the most service revenues on.
If we look at Energy, Energy consumption is anticipated to grow. And I think as time progresses, I think also the estimates of, let's say, how fast, let's say, growth in Energy will be or electrification, it's just going faster and faster, it seems. Electrification expands, industries expand and the need for data center capacity and electricity demand comes on top of that.
Also, renewables will continue, which require balancing power. I think 2025 was another record year. So really also good opportunities there. Data centers, clear opportunity for Wartsila. We saw in the last 6 months, a 50% growth in the pipeline. Having said that, it is good to remind and which we have said also before that it is a volatile pipeline.
Projects easily come and go. Let's say, typically, call it, classic before data centers, Energy projects between first contacts and discussions and final contract could be several years. Now it's more like months, and it can happen even in a few weeks. And that is unseen in all my time in Wartsila.
What is also good, let's say, now with the data center boom is that by, you could say, force, Wartsila gets more and more known. Let's say, we have been fighting the unknown, in particular in the U.S. People in the U.S. when they think power, they think GE and turbine as a standard option in the first thought.
But of course, now, let's say, first of all, being driven by, let's say, long delivery times of turbines, being forced to look around for other alternative technologies that we get very, very fast now. And that's good not only for the data center market and the opportunity that we have here, but also definitely for example, imbalancing power in the U.S.
Also an increased number of customers understand our intrinsic benefits of the engines, let's say, not just the modularity and the high efficiency, but also clearly, let's say, low water consumption, less derating in humid and high altitudes. So really well recognized. Sweet spot, we have said before is between 50 and 400 megawatt. That's not an exact sweet spot, but it's, I would say, indicative.
As you might have seen and known and remember, let's say, many of the projects that we have announced in the megawatt-wise are more in the direction of 500. So yes, we can also do bigger. But it depends very much case by case, what does the customer value.
Energy storage, the market is still challenging, and that has not changed in Q1. Let's say it's a very disruptive market. After liberation day with the tariffs, let's say, came to a standstill in the U.S., let's say, all active players moved to the more active markets.
Later also the battery cell producers entered the market because they had produced a lot of batteries for EVs, which did not accelerate as originally anticipated. So this was another way for them to get rid of the batteries. So yes, this whole disruptive market caused that in the first 3 quarters of last year, we had basically 0 order intake. It was a good, let's say, Q4.
Let's see how Q1 ends, but let's say, the market is still disrupted. So I'm not so hopeful there at the short term. So far, we are not running losses, but it's clear that we need more orders to cover the cost for this year. Of course, the situation is carefully monitored, and we will definitely take, as Wartsila always has done, necessary actions if so required. It will remain for a while, an area of concern and focus.
I think that -- sorry, one more comment I would like to make. Decision to expand the capacity in STH, the investment decision that we announced a couple of months ago, well on track. That's the capacity should be available in the beginning of 2028. And so far, no obstacles that we cannot overcome. So we are moving well forward there. That's it from my side.
Thank you, Arjen. Then we will continue with the Q&A. [Operator Instructions] First question comes from Akash Gupta.
2. Question Answer
My one question is on phasing of OE backlog in Energy business. If you look at last year, we had a big volatility between the quarter with Q1 and Q3 were very weak. Q2 was good and Q4 was very strong. So when we look at this year, anything that you would like to flag on seasonality in new equipment?
I will not open that up, but let's say, fact is that, let's say, things can change quite a bit. Let's say, when you book an order, typically, let's say, with -- let's say, now we book an Energy order with delivery, let's say, '28, for example '27, yes, you estimate at this point of time, it will be in that quarter. But typically, when you are then at that time in '27 or '28, it might have changed already over time.
Often, it's also at the request of the customer, let's say, that the construction is not already yet in the state that it is, let's say, good to receive basically our equipment. So there is still, let's say, volatility and shifts between quarters. Typically, if your delivery time is in, let's say, the mid-month of a quarter, May, yes, it doesn't move out of the quarter. But if it is a June delivery, yes, it can jump to July and then you have it in another quarter. So volatility per quarter, I don't think that will ever, let's say, really change. It's driven by customer requirement as we originally agreed to contract with.
Next question comes from Vivek Midha.
Hope you can hear me well. I had a follow-up question regarding cost inflation. Just wanting to get an update here. Thanks for your comments so far. So in 2022, this has been, I guess, quite challenging for many companies, including yourself. There are several things which have changed. You've reduced your exposure to EPC, that's reduced some risk. You've also reduced some of the gaps between your supply chain management and the sales.
Demand is in a better place, but also at the same time, your lead times have been increasing. So could you just walk us through what sort of hedging or cost pass-through mechanisms you have, how extensive the coverage is? And maybe if you could quantify, if possible, what proportion of your cost of goods sold are covered by those long-term supply agreements you mentioned earlier, that would be really helpful.
Yes. I cannot answer all the questions in detail, but I'll try my best. You're fully right, Vivek, that in 2022, we got hardly hit. And then where you got mostly hit is actually on the EPC part or on businesses, where you have a lot of integration, where you basically an integrator.
For example, Gas Solutions is a good example. Let's say, we got quite some hits on Gas Solutions because we basically buy everything and it's in big pieces, and we don't have a factory to assemble it. If you think about engines, let's say, it's thousands of components in an engine. And actually, also in 2022, 2023, yes, we got some cost inflation, but by far not to the extent that we saw in the other parts, let's say, the integration business as well as, let's say, the EPC part. So that is much better in control. We have also, let's say, for all the components, long-term agreements.
Of course, I cannot give you one answer that, okay, this is covered for 3 years out or 4 years out, et cetera, because simply, let's say, it's not all the same, let's say, validity dates for all these agreements, and they are all the time renewed. What is really good, and that is clearly, let's say, a learning from, call it, the previous cost inflation cycle is that the connections between our supply management organization and the, call it, quoting department that makes all the quotes and the tenders and what have you is really, really short.
So if somebody in supply management, the category management or strategic sourcer smells that, hey, this component might, let's say, in '27 or '28, see more cost inflation than what we normally standardly assume, immediately, let's say, that's being adjusted in pricing. So the lines are much shorter. And I would say that really mitigates as best as we possibly can.
I'm not so concerned about, let's say, the engines and the components. Of course, there are, let's say, clearly Energy-intensive components like blocks, castings, et cetera, forgings that we clearly, let's say, have a bit more attention in these days than the other components. But I would say, overall, so far, so good.
The next question comes from Sven Weier.
Also regarding the topic just discussed more from a supplier perspective because, I mean, as you just alluded to, castings, obviously very Energy-intensive part on the supply side. I mean you seem to be in a relatively good place, but how do you make sure that your suppliers can actually deliver and don't declare force majeure or something else on you because they get into trouble?
Yes, the best way to do that is -- which we are actually, let's say, in a very frequent contract with suppliers. We want to have partnerships, which means that you're open about issues and challenges as well as you want to, let's say, do business and make profit on both ends basically. Yes, that's the best way to help them. And let's say, the sooner, let's say, we get to know these things, the better we can also support them.
And I guess that was also an issue then 4 years ago, right, on the casting side?
Yes. I think then it was also, I think, more a surprise. I think now we are also from the learning, which is not so long ago from 2022. I think everybody is a lot wiser in what to do and what not to do.
But are you dependent on -- I mean, I think on the casting side, there's probably not so much choice between the suppliers. Is that right?
That's true. Let's say, there are -- let's say, for many components in an engine, there are not so many suppliers in the world. If you take turbochargers or big engine block castings, it's quite limited. So you need to make sure that your suppliers survive. You can squeeze them, but it's also risky. You need to find the right balance. And that's part of...
That was -- but that was basically not the issue 3 years ago, 4 years ago that suppliers couldn't deliver and we're getting into trouble.
No.
Next question comes from Antti Kansanen.
It is on the power plant demand and the Brazilian auction that we got the results last week. So Arjen, do you want to comment anything on the business opportunity regarding size, your position? Or how long does it typically take for you to kind of get orders after the auction results come in?
Let's say, first of all, I think it was a good outcome for Wartsila. Of course, let's say, this is towards, let's say, the ones that quoted with our equipment in the tender. In general, we can say, okay, we are happy with the outcome. Then, of course, it depends a bit on, yes, which one will negotiate how quick with us.
But I would not say this is more than a quarter out. I think in the coming quarter, we should see or might be a little bit, but I think in this coming quarter, I think we should see something of it. I will not quantify it.
And then next question comes from Daniela Costa.
Hope that works. I just wanted to ask a little bit more color on the JVs you have in Asia, sort of to what extent -- when you talk about like 75% of the technical capacity that was mentioned at the Q4 call that you were working on and then the 30% increase going forward. Can you help us contextualize how you use the Asian JVs? Are they in that 75%? And when you talk about capacity or how much flexibility do you have to ramp up and down capacity from those JVs if you need to supply to higher demand in the -- before the 2028 expansion?
Thank you, Daniela for the question. And let's say the 75% is always related to STH. So that's our [indiscernible]. We are not considering the joint venture because we are not the only party that decides upon that. Let's say, it's also the joint venture partner, which has a say in there. I would say the joint venture actually at the moment are pretty loaded. I would not say they are less than STH, might be even a little bit higher loaded.
Flexibility-wise, yes, there is flexibility. Let's say, typically, only on the Marine side, I would say, practically. Of course, we can also make Energy engines in the joint venture, depends on engine type and configurations. But if you think about data center market serving them from a joint venture in China, I don't think that will fly in the U.S.
So typically, it's Marine engines being made. I don't know -- at least I don't recall any Energy engine ever being made there because one joint venture makes more of the smaller bore, one makes, let's say, medium and large bore and the smaller ones are definitely not used in Energy and the rest is only Marine. And basically, it's Marine engines for Asian market. In order to, let's have short transport routes.
We can, of course, lift over volume if the capacity in the joint ventures allows it so that you lift Marine volume to the JVs. Of course, you need the permission of the customer that, okay, instead of produced in Finland, it will be produced in China. But yes, technically, it's doable. But you need to plan it well in advance.
And just 2 things, I guess, on that. So how relevant for your Marine business is it? Are we talking it's like the majority of the business is run through the JVs? And then how does it work on the actual -- how do you the accounting on how you just book -- on how you book them?
No, it's a minority share of interest. So it's online P&L impact.
But they will do a full engine for you? And how do you do -- what percentage or what is just -- maybe if you can give the percentage and show us how relevant?
If I simplify, you make a P&L as you normally make a P&L. And our share of the P&L, let's say, profit comes to our P&L. There is this online consolidation. So we are not doing a full consolidation of the joint ventures because we have a minority share or a 50-50 joint venture. And you don't have a stake. Only if you have a controlling stake, you can fully consolidate.
Maybe I'll follow-up to not -- the call with questions on that.
The next question comes from Johan Eliason.
I just wanted to follow-up on this capacity, but maybe the numbers were put forward. So it's a 30% expansion you foresee in STH by 2028.
35%.
35%, okay. But you're actually running at 75% capacity. So it's sort of 40%, 45% from current levels. But would you ever run anything on 100%?
I think the fluctuations in your production schedules make that hard, let's say, to run exactly. It would, of course, from a production and efficiency point of view, be most optimal if you can just run it all the time on an equal level, being 95% or 90% or 100%. You can run 100. You can even run a little bit over. But it never comes linear. It's always, let's say, fluctuations up and down.
So yes, we try, of course, to optimize as much as possible, but it's the customers' delivery time that basically is the most decisive item when you produce unless you can produce in advance, then you can smoothen it out. For Marine engines, that's more difficult because engines are always classified. So components that you buy, box, crank shafts, [indiscernible] et cetera, also need to be classified.
For Energy, it's more easy because it's a standardized engine doesn't require classification and you can shift engines also between projects much easier. So for Energy, it's much easier to smooth and basically production volumes. For Marine, sorry, it's more complicated.
And the mix in STH today between Energy and Marine volumes?
Today, I don't know. I think -- I would not think it's far away from 50-50 now. But to be honest, the exact numbers.
Next question comes from Tom Skogman.
I would just like to ask a bit about data centers. I mean the size of them might grow to several gigawatts in the future. No one really knows. I mean I just wonder what your view is on this and whether there's a risk that your time in the sweet spot becomes very short as they grow on a bigger and bigger base.
Yes, it's a good question, Tom. And I don't think anybody has the crystal ball where this will go. Like I said, let's say, we can do a gigawatt. We can also do 2 gigawatts. It's just more engines. But let's say, is that the smartest solution for the customer. Let's say, if you do a 1 gigawatt power plant, and you have, for sure, seen our, let's say, nice table with all the colors, the traffic lights.
If you do 1 gigawatt data center, most likely the best option for you is a turbine. But if water consumption is a problem in the area or water availability is a problem in the area, you want to build your data center, don't go with the turbine because it will not run. You cannot cool it or if, let's say, the gas pressure in the pipe is not good or if it's high humidity or high temperatures, then an engine is a much better solution.
So it depends case by case on customers, let's say, what are they after and where are they situated and what is for them, the key features that are minimum to comply to. Of course, there are still data center operators or developers that I just want power and I don't care. But we have seen also many times like that, that they are very far in negotiations, but then suddenly they run into a problem with the permit or let's say, the offtake is not coming and then it disappears. That's what I mean with, let's say, the volatility of the pipeline. It comes and goes very fast. And yes, normally, what was done in years in, call it, classic Energy projects now is months and sometimes even weeks.
I saw in Brazil that in the auctions, I think there were like 19 gigawatts that were auctioned and it's for year '28 to '31 and comparing that with your orders of 2.6 gigawatts last year. It looks like a very large opportunity, especially as it's really about balancing power. But I guess we cannot get too excited about this.
I mean there must be some drawback that there's a lot of coal, hydro and other types of power plants. So can you give just some more numbers what you have seen, how large share was for Gas out of the 19 gigawatts, for instance?
No, I cannot and I will not. Like I said, let's say, I think the scoring of the ones that quoted with our equipment was good. So in that sense, I'm happy. I think we will see impact of that already in the coming months. Yes, that's what I can say. But I also believe, and you're right, Tom, that, let's say, it was a lot of gigawatts. I think at the end of the day, some will not happen because there is simply no equipment available.
But basically, they have made a commitment to generate this power basically or this capacity at least to have it available, if there's a drop in hydropower, et cetera.
And I think also some have gambled, let's say, to have equipment and they have not, let's say, confirmed that with the suppliers of the equipment. So then you have a challenge.
And can you give like you seem to have a lot of data, what is the split between engines and the turbines in the Gas market there?
I don't know. And let's say, it's also not a given, let's say, you need to provide power, Gas, if I take Gas as an example, you can have offered with engines or you can have offered with turbines. But then you cannot get the turbine, you go with the engines, but you have a commitment for the power or the other way around, it can also be. So it's impossible to say how much of each it will eventually be.
Then finally, when you raised the market outlook for Energy in Q4, of course, you have the strong data center market, and you have this Brazilian opportunity. But are there other markets that you also kind of referred to when you raised that? Are there other markets that are better this year than last?
No, let's say, we see quite good activities in many places. Brazil is one, let's say, Indonesia, Malaysia. So there are clearly, let's say, more countries than just, let's say, Brazil in addition. But we base our guidance on the total, of course, and data centers is a big piece. That alone, I think, would drive it already. But clearly, we see also activities in other places and good activity.
The next question comes from Akash Gupta.
I have 2 follow-ups, if I may. The first one is on -- a follow-up on data centers. So I think you announced in January, end of January, maybe early-Feb on this capacity expansion. And I was after, have you seen any increase incoming from customers in data centers after that announcement? I appreciate you commented on 6 months, 50% increase in pipeline.
But because I guess for a lot of customers, when they see your total power gen capacity and their need, probably you may fit well now with higher capacity than before. And then when you look at this increased talk with customers, what's the prospect of further increasing capacity beyond 35% that you have announced if you have a good pipeline with customers?
Of course, let's say, it's difficult to say. We see a growing pipeline, first of all, on data centers, but it's difficult to say, okay, is that growing pipeline now recently due to the fact that we announced, let's say, capacity extension or not, I cannot say.
It's just, let's say, overall, there is much more demand for power production basically. So anybody that can provide equipment to produce power, I think, has a good piece of the market or has a good opportunity in the market. So linking it to exactly this announcement, it's impossible for me to say. Now I lost the second part of your question.
I mean do you see any further capacity increasing further than 35%.
Yes. Yes, let's first -- let's say, our view is that, let's say, whatever we say, we need to be able to make happen. That's, I would say, very strong in Wartsila. If we do demand guidance, if we do financial targets, we believe we can do it. And the same goes for capacity expansion. We believe that we can do the announced capacity expansion by 2028. And I'm truly convinced we will make that happen.
What is critical in capacity expansion is your supply chain. We could have said, okay, let's go 50% up. Yes, we can build a factory for, let's say, 50%. But if the supply chain cannot follow, there is still not coming any more engines out of the factory. So it's useless. You overinvest basically. You spend a lot of money for -- which nobody can follow.
I'm pretty convinced that, let's say, if this market, let's say, continues to be what it is, I'm pretty sure which we all the time do, of course, with volume planning and long-term volume planning. We'll talk again about capacity.
And second one I have is on your first slide. So you said Gas Solution and Water and Waste, both of them will be out from Q4 '26 onwards. Can you give an indication on proceeds for both of them together or in any form so that it will help us to model because if we have to take out these businesses, then we also want to add in the model what could be approximate proceeds at a high level?
No, I will not give any input on that. We have never done that, and we will never do that.
Is this significant versus your market cap or not really significant versus market cap?
[indiscernible].
Next question comes from Sven Weier.
Just on battery storage. I mean, obviously, the market developed a bit differently from when you exited the strategic review and you broadened out. And now obviously, you already mentioned there's a few auto OEMs coming to the market. So it's getting more crowded. I mean, is there any way you could rewind the strategy to broaden out and focus again just on the niches? Or do you think long term, they are too small to justify a stand-alone business?
It's a good question. And like I said, it's clearly an area of concern. I say we need more orders. Again, let's say, we are not loss-making yet. But let's say, if we don't get orders, then at some point of time, you will suffer from it. So clearly, it's an area of concern.
We are looking at many different ways to mitigate being it, let's say, restructuring, which, in fact, we did already a small one, let's say, in January, reducing 50 people. So we are all the time, let's say, on the ball here, but it remains a very difficult situation. And near term, I don't see it rapidly changing either, definitely given, let's say, all the turmoil in the world actually.
And would you say, obviously, we all know that in the coming years, battery storage will play a greater role also in data centers. I mean, would you say that this could be one of the niches that this has higher barriers to entry? Or is it also more commoditized then?
I don't think nor we nor any of our battery, let's say, competitors have booked any data center-related orders, at least not to my knowledge. We have also, let's say, had talks with several parties, but I would not say it's very concrete yet. Let's say it's first talks. And of course, in the long-term future, I could see clearly, let's say, opportunities, but I think it's a bit more further out.
If you think about, let's say, longer-term future, now it's about power. And of course, these big data centers, nobody has one up and running yet. Data centers, okay, they never run probably 100% capacity or at least that's our assumption. So let's say, they run at 80%. But in AI, whatever, let's say, companies that use the data center do, sometimes the capacity needs to ramp up very fast, let's say, and you need response times in milliseconds. That's at least what the talks are about.
A turbine cannot do milliseconds response that takes half an hour to an hour. An engine can do minutes, but not milliseconds either. So I could see a future, but now I'm talking a couple of years out, where you do the millisecond response with batteries, you ramp up the engine until it's on the capacity required, you shut down the battery, run the engines, charge the battery again for the next cycle, something like this. I think that will be the longer-term future. But so far, it's only very, very early discussions, nothing concrete at least not to my knowledge.
Next question comes from Vivek Midha.
I just wanted to follow up on the data center pipeline. You reiterated you're seeing the 50% increase in the pipeline. I was curious if you'd be able to comment as to the sort of duration of those discussions in the pipeline, i.e., in your latest conversations with customers, are you already starting to see conversations about 2029 slots?
I obviously acknowledge that you're still selling in your order intake, say, even some 2027, a lot more 2028. But -- are you having conversations already about 2029, 2030? How far does it go out?
I would say any of those years, '27, '28 and '29 are currently being discussed. It's also good to remind that, let's say, many of the -- let's say, we have still unsold slots for '27, if I give you one example. But at the same time, you all the time make quotes. And what is -- again, back to what I said earlier, if Wartsila makes a commitment to something, they will hold the commitment.
So if there is a quote out to a certain customer, typically validity times a month, 6 weeks, perhaps, with a delivery in '27, during the validity of the quote, we hold your slot. If you don't decide, meaning decide, sign a contract and put a down payment in, the slot goes to the next one in the queue. So with that way of working, let's say, many slots are, let's say, locked from a quoting point of view, but they might open up again. So yes, we are discussing '27 deliveries, '28, but also '29, clearly.
No, I do not see any hands up. So we still have plenty of time. I do not see any questions by e-mail.
Yes. And there's a question online.
Sebastian Kuenne. Yes, you seem to be muted. He dropped. Facing some technical problems. Anybody else? Are there any further questions? Yes, now there's somebody else. Okay, that dropped also. Maybe let's wait for a moment. Yes, the same number. Unfortunately, I cannot see the name of the caller dropped once again. It seems like difficult to join. Johan Eliason, please go ahead.
Yes, I was just curious following up on the visit last Friday to this cruise ship, they said basically the shipyard for cruises are sold out to 2035. How far does your order backlog in that segment stretch?
Not to 2035, but I'm pretty sure. No, let's say there are probably a lot of option vessels already ordered at yards, but let's say, equipment orders still need to come. Let's say, definitely not to 2035. I would say I would even be surprised if we are beyond 2030 already.
Okay. And the reason is partly that, I mean, if something is going to be delivered by 2035, I guess there's a lot of technology development that has happened, I suppose.
That has always been a consideration, yes. And of course also market might change. Let's say, at that point of time, even let's say, cruise operators might say, okay, I'm not going to execute the option. Most likely, but yes.
Absolutely. And one other interesting conclusion. You talk about this fuel future basically, but they were pretty adamant that the thing they were going for until 2035, at least was LNG. Do you see any action in the other segments on the alternative fuels that you are making your engines ready for?
Let's say, methanol, as you know, has been quite hot in containers. So I would link that to mostly containers. For ammonia, let's say, we are just, let's say, out with a pilot on a retrofit opportunity and a pilot on -- which is Edesvik and then a pilot on a newbuild vessel, which is CAF both in Norway actually.
At least from what I hear, there is lots of, let's say, customers monitoring what happens there. As you know, the Marine market is a very conservative market for seed and believe, but everybody follows everybody. I think ammonia will be a longer-term game. Of course, first of all, it starts with us, technology providers. We need to make sure and show that, let's say, engines can run on these fuels, then the ecosystem needs to follow, meaning scaling the fuel production, bunkering facilities in ports, Insurance companies also need to chip in with making sure that it can be insured, et cetera, et cetera.
So yes, it's a good start. I'm very happy with, let's say, these 2 projects, both one on the retrofit and one on the newbuild side. There is clearly interest mainly so far, I would say, from Norway, Singapore, Japan when it comes to ammonia. Yes, let's see how it goes. But this will not be, let's say, a ramp-up like scrubbers in the past. It will be a long-term thing.
Good. And then I'm not fully on top of what's happening with Everllence. Is there a divestment still ongoing? And do you know anything what the progress is there?
Let's say there is lots of discussion ongoing. I cannot say where it is because I don't have that insight. I would be surprised if it would come to us, let's say, given, let's say, the rumors in the market that Volkswagen still wants to have a quite big ownership share.
Then, of course, you have also the, let's say, the price indications that float around, which I think is too high for Wartsila. So yes, let's see how it goes. I'm not hopeful, let's put it that way.
Next question comes from Tom Skogman.
Yes. I would just like to ask a bit about timing of deliveries. I know I've listened to your comment, I realize it's a sensitive object, but now when we have everybody on the lines. I mean the seasonality has been so extreme historically in some years with very low deliveries in Q1 and very exceptionally high in Q4.
So I just wish you could -- I mean, will it be like similar growth basically expected for Q1 in just in deliveries as for the other quarters? Or will there be any kind of exceptionals in the Q1 that we should take into account just to avoid kind of a really big miss or a massive beat or so?
Let's say, historically, I would say Q1 has always been one of the lowest and Q4 has always been one of the highest. And then, let's say, in between, it fluctuates quite much. It depends a bit year-on-year. I would say that's probably not changing that much.
Let's say, the fact that Q4 is always high, personally, I cannot prove it, but that's, let's say, my anticipation. I think it has a lot to do with the fact that, let's say, our customers work with percentage of completion. And they also want to do revenue recognition, which includes, of course, both sales and margin, shipyards, for example, or other.
So that's probably why many are in Q4. But yes, Q1, yes, on the service side, Q4 is also typically high in Q4. If you take coastal, Navy, et cetera, their budgets. They won't prefer to be not a cut in the next year. So let's use the budget. Otherwise, we get a cut next year. I don't know if that's a reasoning, but that's an assumption.
So typically, Q4 will always be higher than the rest. That would still be my take. I don't see that changing, which, of course, might also have an impact on Q1 because some of the projects that you originally had planned for Q1 are accelerated into the previous quarter. So Q1 lowest, Q4 highest, that's what I think will stay. In between, it's difficult to say.
But I guess then the order book is up so much, you could make a case that you have a better workload throughout the year to be able to deliver. But then you have this moving from percentage of completion to equipment deliveries as well.
Yes, correct. And of course, let's say, the more equipment deliveries, it is the more sensitivities to, for example, changes in the quarter because, let's say, if you have something planned for June on customer request to move to July, you have it in another quarter or the other way around, let's say, a customer wants it a little bit earlier. Is it possible Wartsila? Yes, it's possible in this case. So yes, then we do, then we facilitate. So it can go both way.
But how is it then you move to equipment deliveries? I mean the equipment has its own cost of goods sold and then the revenues and it's booked then when you deliver basically, right? Is it 100% delivery then?
Yes. Most of the time, it is, yes.
But what about the fixed overhead SG&A cost? Are they also booked when revenue is recognized? Or is things be booked below the gross profit basically stable, so...
No, it's only the part above the gross margin.
Exactly. So there's a margin hit on the EBIT level then from this basically.
Correct.
Thank you. Then I have received a couple of questions by e-mail. Could you update us on the business and tenders with naval vessels?
Yes. It's a good question. I would say there's more activity. But let's say, to conclude, let's say, basically from, let's say, an increased budget by a certain government, let's spend more on Navy, then you need to go through, let's say, what kind of vessels do we need.
That requires also, let's say, time, then you need to get on the makers list. And in order to get on the makers list, there are many, let's say, technical requirements, service requirements that you need to commit to. We are quite many years down the line actually. Yes, we see more quoting activity. But to really make it land in orders, I think it will take still a bit more time.
Another question. We discussed this already a little bit, but could you update us on the situation with MAN, meaning Everllence? Is there -- are there any thoughts with Volkswagen these days? Sorry, with Volkswagen.
No. This is the only one that we are, let's say, which we have said early and publicly that we are interested in. And I think it would still be a good fit. But given what I just said, Volkswagen willing to have a big ownership share prices that are floating around what this business would cost. I think with these conditions, I don't think it will end in...
Then Sven Weier has a question. Sven?
Yes. Final one for me. I was just wondering on the Energy side. I mean, when you pitch for the projects, I mean do you typically get to know how the projects are being financed by the customer? Because I just wonder the influence of Middle East investors in projects globally is obviously quite high, also sometimes on the data center side. I mean, is that something typically you become aware how these projects are financed or...
Sometimes we even know, but let's say, the details we often don't know, at least not to my knowledge. But of course, let's say, we concentrate on our own piece, let's say, we want to make sure that, let's say, we get paid for what we deliver. So we want, let's say, bank guarantees, LCs, let's say, trade finance instruments, let's say, when delivery is done.
And yes, some don't want to open it. That's fine for me as well. But then it's cash up front. Then I want the cash in the bank before the delivery takes place or at least a way big majority of it. There will always be, let's say, 5% or 10% at commissioning, but the rest should be in the bank. I don't want to run any risk on financing. And because that's -- and definitely the transfer of title has happened.
Yes, it's because it's a bit opaque, right, and as an aftermath of the current war, of course, there might be some new priorities on how to spend the cash.
Yes. The good thing is that in Energy, if something happens, okay, first of all, we have a big down payment. Typically, we -- also in the time of the financial crisis, we could keep many of these down payments. And the engines in Energy, they are, yes, quite common. They are standardized.
So if it's not used for one project, you can swap them to another project. It's different in Marine because the engines are classified, either DMV, Lloyds or what have you. And that's, of course, not the case in Energy. So it's much easier and much more flexible and the engine is standardized. It's typically V engines 31, 46, 50.
Yes. Remember, even after the financial crisis, there was some flexibility between Marine and Energy to a certain point of completion of the engine, right?
Correct.
Then we have received a quite detailed question. Are you willing to comment on pricing on Brazilian EPP orders versus U.S. data center orders? I think a little bit too specific question.
No, I will not answer that one.
But thank you for the question anyhow. And it looks like that there are no further questions. I will give 1 minute and then we need to close the call, but still 7 minutes to go. It seems like that there are no further questions. Uma Samlin.
Okay. Perfect. Just one question for me. So I guess when the gas prices are higher, I don't know, if you have seen any impact when it comes to the demand for Gas engines. Like can you help us to sort of what's the impact back in '22, '23? Is there any potential discussions from customers as such?
No. So far, we have not seen any discussions. Let's say, like I said in the beginning, direct impact of this whole war with Iran is so far limited. Of course, let's say, the more expensive Gas becomes, the more efficiency becomes an issue. And I think we are scoring very well on efficiency. So, so far, no impact on the running course.
I think now we are ready. I do not see any additional questions. So Q1 report will be published on April '28. Thank you for activity, and thank you, Arjen, for good answers.
Thank you very much.
Thank you.
Have a nice day.
Bye.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Orderbuch: Bereinigt niedriger vs. 2025 – rund EUR 900 Mio durch Verkauf von ANCS und Marine Electrical Systems aus dem Bestand entfernt; Laufzeit des Orderbuchs verlängert.
- Divestments: Gas Solutions erwartet Abschluss in Q2 2026, Water & Waste in Q3 2026; Portfolio soll ab Q4 2026 bereinigt sein.
- Data‑Center‑Pipeline: Pipeline +50% in den letzten 6 Monaten; Volatilität bleibt hoch.
- STH‑Kapazität: Ausbau um ~35% geplant, Kapazität ab Anfang 2028 verfügbar.
- Energy Storage: Auftragseingang weiterhin schwach; Geschäft noch nicht verlustreich, benötigt aber mehr Aufträge zur Kostendeckung.
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Strategie: Fortgesetzte Verschiebung von EPC zu Equipment‑/Service‑orientiertem Geschäft (EEQ) zur Risikoreduktion und Margenstabilisierung.
- Marktfokus: Priorität auf Energy und Marine; Services und Dekarbonisierung schaffen wiederkehrende Ertragschancen (Life‑time‑Conversion von Neubauten).
- Operatives: Engere Verzahnung von Einkauf und Angebotspreisbildung, langfristige Lieferverträge und Bereitschaft zu Anpassungen (auch Personalmaßnahmen im Storage‑Bereich).
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Nachfrageerwartung: Management sieht bessere Nachfrage 12M vorwärts für Energy; Marine stabil; Orderbuch‑Profil längerfristig verteilt.
- Risiken: Energy Storage bleibt kurzfristig herausfordernd; mögliche Kosteninflation durch geopolitische Spannungen wird überwacht, Lieferantenverträge mildern Risiko.
- Timing: Q1‑Bericht erscheint am 28. April 2026; STH‑Erweiterung on track für Anfang 2028.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Phasing/Seasonality: Analysten hoben starke Quartals‑Volatilität hervor; Management verweigerte detaillierte Quartalsprognosen, erklärt, dass Kunden‑Timing Lieferphasen verschiebt.
- Cost Inflation: Nachfrage nach Absicherungs‑/Pass‑through‑Mechanismen; Management nennt langfristige Lieferverträge und kürzere Eskalations‑Wege, quantifizierte Deckungsangaben wurden nicht geliefert.
- Data Center & Storage: Diskussionen zu Gigawatt‑Chancen, Produktionsflexibilität und Batterie‑Strategie; Management betont großes Potenzial für Engines, sieht Battery‑Geschäft aber als kurz‑ bis mittelfristige Sorge.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Call bestätigt strategischen Fokus auf Energy/Data Centers und Services sowie aktive Portfoliobereinigung. Operative Schritte (STH‑Ausbau, engere Supply‑Link) stärken Ausführungsfähigkeit. Hauptrisiko bleibt das schwache Energy‑Storage‑Geschäft; Anleger sollten Order Intake (insb. Storage und Data‑Center‑Konversionen) und Q1‑Report am 28.4. genau beobachten.
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
1. Management Discussion
Hi, all, and welcome to this theme call, which is focusing on Wartsila's data center opportunities. We will start in my presentation, which will be given by our CEO, Hakan Agnevall, and President of our Energy business, Anders Lindberg. The presentation has been published on our IR website. After the presentation, we have good time for Q&A. Let's start with 1 question with the analyst and then continue with the follow-up questions.
I would like to remind you that the purpose of this event is to focus on long-term business opportunities. And as a reminder, we will host pre-silent call on March 23, together with our CFO, RM Barents. So let's leave the questions related to detailed financials to that call. Hakan and Anders, Time to start, please.
Thank you, Hanna-Maria and a warm welcome, everybody. So today, we have me here Hakan and Anders. Anders -- he is President of our Energy business, so to say. And I will say click when we ship the pages. So if we can go back to where we started. I think the whole topic of today is, of course, our supply for data centers. And you could say that last year, we had a breakthrough in the U.S. data center market. We were actually in the European market before, but last year, we had a breakthrough in the U.S.
And we do see a significant opportunity for growth. both in new bill and later on in services, associated services have an opportunity right now the biggest opportunities in the U.S. We do see movements in Europe and Asia will soon become as well. So -- and we also have received a lot of questions in the past about our data center business and how we think about it. So we wanted to take this chance to spend some more time.
You will also see that we will provide some trends in graphs. I want to make a general disclaimer because this market is growing so rapidly. And it's also -- there is a high -- it's so dynamic that customers, they don't want to talk with their names, et cetera, et cetera. So the full visibility of growth numbers, et cetera, it's not there.
But we have been trying at least to give the trends and outlines here going forward. So if we look on today's agenda, we talk a little bit about the market development, and I will start there. Then Anders will take us through more on the technology side. Why in where our engine is the right choice going forward and why have we had a breakthrough in the U.S.?
And then also, where are we competitive and why are we competitive? And then we will open up for the Q&A. So I would envision our presentation will take maybe 45 minutes, something like that. And then we will have about 45 minutes for Q&A. So that's the time frame. And we will go through the presentation, and we take the questions after the presentation.
Okay. Click Nick. So basically, I mean we are a player in a rapidly evolving market. And we have entered this market for primary power production. And it's quite a recent development. I mean, 2 years ago, you could say that we -- as we actually -- we were not in data centers. And back in those days, the data centers were more focused on traditional storage applications. Storage are mobile photos, et cetera, et cetera.
And in those stages, the data centers, they were needing tens of megawatts and our engines, and they normally hooked up to a grid and they had some backup engines and our engines were not the right solution for that type of application. So you could say, roughly speaking, 2 years ago, we were not into data centers. Now what has happened? We all know it. AI is developing and as AI require a lot of compute, they also require much more energy.
And now we are talking of hundreds of megawatts of power meeting, sometimes gigawatts. And it's a challenge to get great access and can somebody term is off because it really is going to be the same thing. Sorry, we have some pop-up here coming all the time. So basically, a lot goes off grid because it's hard to get utility access. And this is also where we are coming in because the type of power of megawatts, sometimes gigawatts of power that we are talking about, are very well suited for our technical strengths and also shorter delivery times than some of the competitive technology.
Our solutions, they have some intrinsic benefits. They are energy efficient and modular and we compared to competing technologies, and we will talk more about that. They don't rate in hot climates, the world is getting warmer and they require basically 0 water and water access to water is a challenge in many areas in the U.S. and other parts of the world. Also, I mean, we also see on the time in connection to the balancing narrative that for those of you who have followed us, we have been talking about for quite some time.
But engines have this superior capability to operate in tandem with renewals, providing the balancing power of a robust power supply. And this also in combination, this property in combination with our development and sustainable fuel side, it supports the data center owners or even the hyperscalers long-term ambitions for decarbonization, so to say.
And then last year, we captured orders to total close to 800 megawatts to orders there. And now we started this year very strong with another 429 megawatts. Now that was a utility -- the 21st ones, they were, we could say, data center developments. This was the utility order, but it's a utility with this plant having a dedicated, I mean focused purpose for data centers. So this is the context, click. Now -- we talk about the data center market where we are. And now basically, a big chunk of the market is shifting into our sweet spot.
And it's certainly achieve, not all, but there is a strong shift into stand-alone baseload power driven by -- particularly in the U.S., but we see similar development in other parts of the world by the long lead time for grid connections. And if you look at historically, and I mentioned that before when we were talking about data centers, mainly focused on data storage, you were talking about power needs of 10, 20, even to 100-megawatt and the typical power supply was great connected and then you had some high-speed engines for backups.
And customer focus was, of course, on power rate, but also CapEx. Now when data centers are growing in size, accelerated by AI and the need of recruit -- the need for additional compute power, the energy consumption and for energy goes up and read interconnection in particularly in the U.S., it's -- for many instances, it's tough, and it takes time. I mean, 5, 7 years, 8 years.
And this is where the off-grid solutions grow in importance. And our sweet spot is -- and this is loosely defined, it's between 50 and 400 megawatts. But I would like to highlight our underlying it's lutein because as you've seen, we have taken orders also above 400 megawatts, and we can certainly do that in the future. There is no kind of electrical or mechanical limitation. It's basically a question about how much land you have because certainly, if you go to gigawatts, you will go with combined cycle gas turbines because the energy density for the CCGTs is better.
But -- so this sweet spot you should take -- it's not as distinct as we put it here. On the lower end of the spectrum, when we talked about that, our engines are probably too big. They are really -- they are higher than CapEx. They're really good in OpEx, but some of the customers, they will go for high expedience or other solutions set.
So above 400, this is certainly loosely defined. But in the high -- certainly on the gigawatt side, you would see a heavy duty gas to in the OCGTs and sensibilities. So this is the landscape that we are moving in. But as I said, we see a lot of need demand for grid power coming into this 5,400 loosely defined sweet spot lots. Click -- now this is the ecosystem, and this is also to clarify how are we interacting because we do work with our, you could say, traditional customer segments, but also with new one. And when we look at the ecosystem, we have the operators and end users to the far right. So there you have the hyperscale and colocation data centers.
And we don't deal directly with them because in between, we have the developers and the utilities. And we have that for decades with the utilities and IPPs, but now we also start to deal with the data center focused developer. So this segment, the developers and utilities, they engineer the data centers, the power and they build and often own it and they buy then the equipment, they buy equipment from us. They, of course, buy equipment from other suppliers, and they build these data centers, including the power.
So our customers are mainly the developer -- developers and the utilities. And they contract the developers and utilities, they contract with the hyperscaler. Click. Now there is another element also that I think is really, really important because sometimes we get this question, okay. I mean the power line is coming in 8 years' time, then there is no market. And we don't see that at work.
I mean our data solution meets the customer demand for quick access, but they are also very well suited for flexible power generation of the future. So now you can say basically is that now everybody is running for power and to be able to grow the data center need and the compute need. And I think what -- I mean, what we see happening a couple of years down the line, 6, 7, 8, depending there in many cases or in some cases, there is a power line coming in.
And what our customers are saying then because of the modularity of the solution, they might add a couple of modules, and then they start to cell grid -- sell power to the green as well. So they will still sell the data center, but they will also start exporting to the grid. And the key to manage that type of operation is flexibility. And -- for those of you who follow us, where we really stand now, this is flexibility.
And then if it's that 3 chronologically, but we also know the hyperscalers, they want a green power. And I think increasingly, they will be looking at bringing in power for wind and solar and wind and solar are great, but they are intermittent and this is where it becomes more of a balancing solution. And as you know, we are working a lot on the balancing power segment already today. So in all this kind of development aspect, our technology is a very interesting technology, and it has some competitive advantages in its flexibility.
Click. Now looking out over the globe. Right now, there's a lot of things happening in the U.S. It's developing rapidly and key customer segments of the data center developers and IPPs, but we certainly see the utilities as well as we've seen here in the beginning of the year. I mean the targeted applications include off-grid and behind the meter data centers. And we had our first 2 orders last year, close to 800 megawatts, and we started this year strong with another order of 430.
On the Europe side, we actually started in Europe as well as in data centers. And that was the partnership that we still have with ABK,and we have had 3 orders in Ireland. And then those projects are still ongoing. But I would say the development in Europe is slower currently than it is in the U.S., clearly. But it will come over time. And we provide the equipment and maintenance support. This is for us, both -- I mean, all over the world, it's primarily an EQ business and equipment business.
And we see opportunities in Spain, Germany and the U.K. So there are opportunities. But it takes longer time in the U.S. Then Middle East and Asia will also come, I think now the interest in data centers is clearly there. But then, of course, how much power can you take from the grid, how much power will you take from the grid when people land in that, how much additional power do you need and then that will likely translate into business opportunities for us. So this is also coming slower than in the U.S., but it might accelerate quicker than Europe. Let's see.
Click. Now the big question is, of course, that is on many people's mind. What's the size? What's the potential volume and gigawatt size of the market. And I think the short answer, I don't think anybody knows. And there is a lot of small people that have made estimates and try to look into the crystal ball and you can see some of the organizations, we have brought forward the numbers of FP, Goldman Sachs, McKinsey, EA, et cetera. And I think the conclusion here, if you look at the prediction, this is U.S. figures, but the spread, which is the key message would be the same for other geographies.
If you look at the spread, it's everything from 40 gigawatts to 110 gigawatt. So what's the right number? I don't think anybody knows. It will grow. That's for sure. And when we talk to our customers, I mean, basically, if I simplify the message, they say, okay, this is not about ChatGPT is exciting. But this -- when we see the real growth more over time, it's on corporate AI and what they mean with that is that companies like that or any industrial company, other banks, we start to use AI to drive our internal efficiency, but also to develop our customer offering. And as a, I can certainly relate to that. I see a lot of great things going in -- going on in Essel when it comes to how we run our business and also how we develop our customer base.
So these are the drivers. These are the predicted development. But as we all see that there is that's quite a span. Then also on top of that, of course, there is a funnel process. If there is a need of, let's say, just taking a figure of 113 gigawatts at the top of this range, that's the total DC power, then how much will proceed, how much will be gas powered because not everything will be gas powered. I think short term absolutely.
I think over time, gas power will have a significant share. But it will not be alone, clearly. And then how much will go into our sweet spot, loosely defined and how much is off-grid or behind the meter. So there is clearly a funnel process. before it reaches, you could say the addressable market, our sweet spot where we are competitive, we can grow. But still, all even considering this funnel process, I mean our conclusion, there are significant growth opportunities going forward.
Click. So we have a growing pipeline of data centers -- sorry, if we have a growing pipeline, both data center by a growing pipeline of data center opportunities with attractive life cycle margins. And we do see high activity in the off-grid data center segments with a continuously increasing pipeline. I mean we will not go into the gigawatts, et cetera. But I can say that our pipeline of everything we see has grown with about 50% in the last 6 months.
So there's clearly a lot of things happening. Now in that pipeline, the new things coming out, but there are also things going out. So it's a very dynamic development, but it's certainly growing. Data center customers a highly valued speed to power. And clearly, the market is short on equipment supply. Now if you look at -- if you consider our pipeline and how we -- the portion we would translate into business, we expect the revenue recognition to -- connected to the deliveries, it will pick up gradually here over 2026.
So it's doing in '26 ramping up towards the end of the 2026. And then the business -- the service business we can, but there is quite a lot of delay we see it's picking up around 2030. And that is, of course, you need to install there is a warranty time. You need to run the equipment for time. that will be a very interesting service business. But it takes time for that to translate into revenues and bottom line.
Click. So having said that, that's a kind of overview of the market, very exciting market. I think we are very well positioned, but it all starts with having a competitive technology and great people. But Anders?
Thanks. So let's go to the next page. Here, you can see some of the attributes where we are very strong with our engine technology. First of all, the full load efficiency, we have a good efficiency at full load. But engines also have the advantage that they also are good in Parkland efficiency. And we can also do unlimited starts and stops. -- which is also beneficial as not all engines on the running a full load positive time as load goes up and down. We also have a modular design, and I will show later on how we benefit from the modular design that we don't talk to big building blocks. The heat tolerance, which is, of course, only applicable where it's a very warm climate but we have very little derating with the temperature.
So up to 40 degrees senses, we have very, very little derated if we compare with competing technologies and also altitude tolerance, if that should be an issue. So at a higher altitude, we also derate much less than competing technologies. Of course, the efficiency also makes sure that we have low CO2 emissions. And we know since we had a winter storm in Texas some years ago, that we can also deal with lower gas pressure if the gas pressure should drop due to iStone or other things in the environment.
And also minimum water usage, which is, of course, very important where there is a dry climate, and there is a lack of water. But even I met with the customer yesterday, I pointed out that actually it's also important where you have water because of agriculture, interest and other interesting communities is not to use that water. So actually, water is important, not only in dry climate.
Go to next page. So here, we have looked how we are comparing with the medium-speed engine technology to the high-speed engines, but also the aeroderivative gas turbines and combined cycle gas turbines. So starting from the left, we look at the efficiency. And there, we have put in some rounded numbers of what the efficiency are for the different technologies. So you can see that, of course, the combined cycle gas turbine has the highest efficiency, but the medium-speed engines are following closely at 50%.
Then you have the ramp-up to full load where you can clearly see that the engine technologies, both the high speed and the medium speeds are doing better than the turbines and certainly than the combined cycle gas turbines. How many starts and stop you can do, clearly advantage for engine technology, modular design due to the size of the engine, clearly advantageous to engine technology and turban, key tolerance, also engine has an advantage attitude engine as an advantage. CO2 emissions there, of course, the most highest efficiency have the left, which means the combined cycle, but medium-speed engines are following and high-speed are derivatives are the ones with the highest CO2 emissions.
And then you have the gas pressure and the water usage. And the reason, of course, why the water usage is very low on engines is that we have closed loop system. So to the next page. Here, we are trying to take in -- if we look in the sweet spot of 550 to 400 megawatts, the trade-offs and we selected a efficiency, modularity and flexibility and compare the different technologies to the left. And then we have summarized that in the background to the right, where we can see then that the media speed engine technology is actually ranking the highest if you to take these 4 attributes together. Of course, I did mention also other attributes, and it depends, as I say, and decide what are the most important. But to point out, these are the 4 that we see as the most common attributes that customer valuation.
But as I mentioned before, water consumption heat tolerance could also play a big role, but they are not included in the diagram, but we should not forget that there are also other things that can determine what technology that is best to use in that specific site. We turn to the next slide and looking at the competitiveness of our technology versus some other technologies here, -- so I move to the next slide. So here, we have taken an example and said that, okay, let's look at a case where we have 300 megawatts off-grid data center in Texas. And then we have looked up with CCGTs, arrows and medium-speed engines, what -- how to come to 300 megawatts. So first of all, with the modularity, you have to see how can you scale this up to it to 300. And clearly, if you go with Cities and each CCGT have 72.8 megawatt then you need 5 of them to be above 300, so to say. And then you need the same thing you do with arrows that are 33.2%, then you need 11 units and then you come up to EUR 365 million. But what is then also important is that with the high 99.9% availability that you require from primary power source you then need to consider also the maintenance reserve.
And if we then add that on top of the basic requirements, so to say, then you end up with the engines based on our V34 engine at 358 megawatts installed while the are you have to go to 465 and the CCGTs to 510, which actually means that you have 210-megawatt extra capacity, so to say, to all the time be able to deliver that time and availability requirements that the customers have. And with Eros, it's 165 megawatts on top and for the engine, it's only 57-megawatt on top, which, of course, have an impact on the CapEx as we will see going to the next slide.
And Anders, also, if I may make a comment if you go back, I think it's also very important to highlight. This is, you could say, in Akita case and we try to just to clarify the value of molarity, but there is also a note. I think what we will see, especially on the big power plants, you will use a blend of different technologies. So there will be some CCGTs. There will be some engines to get the right equation here. Because to just go with CCGTs will be extremely costly.
Yes. And especially if you go up to 1 gigawatt scale. Yes, we go to next? Here, we have now tried to convert this into what it means in terms of CapEx, and we have looked at the fixed cost CapEx -- and then we have also looked at the OpEx as well. So we have both in here. And of course, as I mentioned on the previous slide, the CapEx is, of course, affected on how much installed power you have and then we have run basically a case here where we assumed USD 4.3 per MB fuel price.
And then, of course, the CCGT would have 30% higher LCE than the engine power plant. Of course, if you double that fuel price, the difference will decrease, but there will still be a 16% higher L3 than the engine power plant for the CCGT. And then we have the arrows, of course, that have even higher OpEx. And of course, that gets even worse if you double the fuel price. So this is what you can see in Europe per megawatt hour if you consider both the installation cost with the CapEx and also the OpEx, both in terms of maintenance and the fuel. Go to the next page.
We mentioned water consumption and just to highlight that. Of course, it depends on CCGT or ROS. But as you can see here, since we have a closed-loop coating system, we basically require a very, very little quarter consumption, so basically as to top up. And you can see that CCGTs have more than 2,000 higher consumption and the 500 for the arrows. So it's a fundamental difference.
And I think that the more the community around the data centers, do care about water and specialist there are agriculture, things going on. It is important, and it's not only in dry places where you have a lack of water is also if you have the need and use of water for other things. So -- very important. And actually, the customer met yesterday said that actually, that's 1 of the most important besides the lead time for them at the moment when they look at how they choose technology. Go to the next slide.
I mentioned now lead time being still of course, very important, and you know that. And here, we have indicated what are the normal typical times to plant commissioning under normal circumstances. And then we have also added since this varies. And right now, we can see, of course, that due to capacity constraints, we see very much longer time. And here, we have the difference of going from 30 months, 2.5 years for engine technology, up all the way to 4 months if you look for CCGTs and ROS, I think are somewhere in between.
But this is, of course, varying depending on the capacity, cancellations and new orders. So this can bear in time, but this is to show what is the normal time when there is no limitations on capacity versus the current situation that, that is today. Go to the next page. The other thing that I think also is we benefit from in all with our offering, is that we have a very strong service offering. We have built out service network. We have very good references of doing service, and we can also offer all types of services, meaning that we can start with just having parts agreements to optimize maintenance agreements, to full outcome-based agreements and even doing the O&M, and we have experience of doing all of this, and we have a network both in the U.S., but also in the rest of the world that is well built out.
So we have references and customers feel confident that we can also deliver on our promises. And since especially the data center customers, for them, it is very important with availability and reliability, but of course, also the security. I think we have a good position with our references and also offering on the service side.
And of course, we know that data centers are going to run many hours and then is also a good opportunity for us to offer these services to our customers. Next, coming back to what exactly we have offered in the U.S. So we had 2 orders last year in total of 789 megawatts. It was 42 what we call the 50SG engines, which is a workhorse that is well established in the U.S. and that today can also run on sustainable fuels, hydrogen, for example, up to 25%, but could also do more in the future.
And these orders were booked in Q2 and Q4 last year and will be delivered -- starting deliveries in the first order later this year and continuing into 2027. And these orders were followed by, as Hakan mentioned, a utility order, but that was dedicated to data centers from the utility. So we want to mention that as well, and that was for 24 -- 50 SG engines with a total of 430 megawatts in the US. Thank you .
And then I would like to come back to the page that we have also highlighted in our interim report, our recent interim report. And that is with this very positive development, specifically in energy, but also to certain extent in Marine, let's focus on alt today. Now it will take longer time than it sometime back to convert the existing order book to sales. I mean -- and they are basically to kind of mechanists that are playing out here.
And we are taking all us further out in the future, clearly. And then you know for those who has followed us, we do more -- much more of equipment deliveries than EPC, I mean, when we do the civil and installation as well. So in the data center of all us, given that they're in the U.S., this is clearly an equipment or EEQ and here, we have a revenue recognition model, which is basically based on milestones.
And then normally several milestones, but you can say 1 major milestone is always when you deliver the equipment. And then -- so then you recognize revenues and you also recognize profit. And this is different from an EPC model, and it's a conventional contracting model there. You recognize revenues and profit continues over the project time, all the way from day 1, all the way to the end. So of course, you understand that these different type of models may result in different prioritization.
And I would say we will recognize in general in sales later than before. And then we also indicated how quickly in the U.S. data center limits will ramp up. So we start now we ramp up towards end of 2026, but the service business will pick up later. Click. And this is nothing new for those of you who follow us, but we are very happy and proud that we just recently announced our capacity expansion of the industrial system related to our sustainable technology have in Vasind Finland.
And we are investing both in the facility that we have, but also in our global supply chain because they need to go internally. We're going to ramp up our capacity. We are clearly working in partnership with our supply base as well. And we will be investing EUR 140 million. It's in addition to the EUR 50 million that was announced in April 2025, so EUR 50 million plus EUR 140 million. And we also said we're going to expand our technical capacity with 35%. So we use the technical capacity as the reference point.
And we will expand that until it should come in operation in Q1 of 2028. So there is a certain lead time to get this in place. And also, just to make -- help you to assess this we've also been talking about that in 2025. So last year, we were running at 75% of technical capacity. So if you start from 0.75% and you go to 1.35%, that's actually an expansion with 80%, so I guess it's -- both are correct. It's a little bit how you want to talk about it. But we normally -- we are engineers and we talk about technical capacity and how we work on. So very much in progress.
And this is, of course, also part of how we -- it will make a contribution to how we develop our order intake going forward. Click. So -- to sum up a little bit, we are well positioned to grow across the multivelop customer segments in both balancing and baseload. So let's not forget our overall narrative because it still holds. It's not all about data centers.
On the balancing side, we do see it playing out a lot in the U.S. as well and it's based on renewables, often being a very affordable source of energy, and we need a balancing to keep the system stable. So that certainly continues. And we are working on the balancing side. We are working with the utilities, our traditional customers and IPPs, new IPPs coming in. So that is very positive. And on the baseload side, I think there are several trends. I mean if I take globally, we have electrification of several industry transport, et cetera.
People will use more and more electricity that drives base loan demand. In the U.S. and also in Europe, we have an aging power infrastructure. So there is renewal rate or needed of generating assets that also feeds into this. I mean, on a global scale, the climate is getting warm, so there -- the demand for air condition, it's quite a big driver. Look at the data from international energy agency, it's the same magnitude as data centers globally.
So that's -- and then we have the data centers that we talked about today. And here, we work with utilities and IPPs, but also industrials and new -- no new customers on the data center builder and integrated I mean our focus is clearly to support our customer to maximize their value. For us, it's a profitable growth opportunity in both new build and services in a dynamic, and I say this in a positive way, that market for Thermal power.. So if we sum it all up, Click -- coming back to power for data center is a significant growth opportunity for us, both in new building services off-grid power is expanding rapidly.
Our technology is very well placed. We see a strong demand also in the existing grid market and baseload power it will be there, we have a high, high value service potential as well. So data center is a very interesting opportunity for us. So that was the message for today. And thank you, Anders. And we give over to Hannamari and the team to -- for the Q&A.
[Operator Instructions] First question is coming from Vivek Midha .
2. Question Answer
Thank you very much, everyone. Good afternoon. I hope you can hear me well. And thank you very much for doing the call. Really interesting, lots of really interesting data points. I'm interested in understanding a bit more about costs in the Slide 17, particularly on a per megawatt basis, given a, how fluid the pricing situation in this industry has been in the last few years.
The fixed costs in the chart also includes things like fixed maintenance and so on. Part of the comments you made around CapEx being about the extra redundant capacity you need on the turbine side. Would you be able to share with us the CapEx per megawatt assumptions that you've used to underpin this case study? And maybe if you don't want to be as specific as that, would you maybe be able to talk about your relative competitiveness on the pricing per megawatt has the inflation we've seen on the turbine side helped you in becoming maybe more competitive on price with the turbine players? Or is that a minor contributor has that not really been a driver
So if I start, Anders, and then please feel free to chip in. And I mean, the challenge here is really to to compare apples with apples and not apples with bananas because I know -- and I fully understand, everybody is trying to assess what's the cost per kilowatt hour and kilowatt meat, et cetera. It's not easy because, first of all, you compare different price points and what's the scope? Is it fully PC? But even if we go to people if it's not, let's say, it's equipment, how much of balance of plant is included, how much of auxiliaries are included.
So even if, for instance, it's talking about ourselves, when we -- when you read official reporting, you will see that this varies quite a lot. And even if we define it as equipment and it's because -- the scope varies quite a lot. And that's why it makes it very hard to compare and I understand you want to do it and you really need to triangulate and work with interest that I would encourage. I will not go into all the details. And I think you understand why.
Now in terms of -- where do we stand with the [indiscernible] by guys goes? I think we definitely have an advantage of shorter delivery times in general, although our delivery times are also getting long for certain engines for other engines, I think we still have have relatively short delivery times. But I would say because some people say, well, you're selling your engines just because the gas turbine gas are sold out.
And I would challenge that statement because of this, I'd like to refer it as the TicTac to, these 9 -- 3x3 metrics of technical advantages. And you also see that if we go to page -- the following page there, if you can help me. Because it's -- I mean the world is not black or white. And you know it, but I want to restate that.
I'm coming. I'm just waiting to somebody to put a -- so this 1 No, that's excellent. -- number 14 -- this 1 because here, we're trying to -- how customers evaluate the technology this -- we try to synthesize how does a customer evaluate the different technologies. And in this case, of course, it's our slide. So we come out winning. Obviously, we don't always come out winning, but we are coming out winning.
And then it's because customers are clearly evaluating the offerings in different dimensions. And some of the technologies are stronger in certain dimensions other technology like ours are strong in other -- certain other dimension. And then the customers make a holistic assessment. And of course, customers, they have different preconditions. They have different focus CapEx, OpEx, not 1 customer is like the other customer.
And that's why because sometimes I don't get challenged. If your technology is so great, which it is, why don't you just win everything? And of course, we will not win everything. But we will -- my key point is that we have a place to play in this market. I mean it's moving into our suites, but this intrinsic advantages, they are there. It's not marketing on a real -- and that will mean that we have a very strong proposition, not for all customers, for many customers. And I also make the point that once customers. We have many new customers that are coming in now. They are trying, we are talking to them.
Once they try the new candy engines, I'm critical convinced that they will like them because I have repeat customers in the U.S. They're coming back. Lower Colorado with authority, waken et cetera, et cetera. So -- and they are coming back, not only because we are nice people, they're coming back because they can see that this is real.
Now of course, then to pricing and strength, et cetera. I mean, it is, of course, if you look at supply and demand, there is a short as of supply. And this, of course, gives all the manufacturers certain pricing power. But I would also like to balance that a bit because we have a customer and the customer needs to make the business case line for them. So it's a balance. It's a good old balance. But in general, the business is certainly contributing to that overall profitability from a life cycle perspective.
Next question comes from Uma Samlin.
It's super helpful for us to understand a bit more on the data center opportunity here. So I have a question on your slide the same slide from earlier Page 17. So it seems like you're saying you're OpEx cost is a bit lower than aeroderivative turbines as a sort of comparable to the combined cycle turbines. How do you calculate that? Because what we have heard from the turbine makers seems to to suggest that engine maintenance will be a lot more costly because we will have to maintain them more frequently on a frequent basis, like every few thousand hours.
So just more to understand a bit more the how you look at that.
So even though it's -- you're right, it's more frequent, but it's also the cost of the major maintenance that we have on the turbines that are much higher than the cost of the engines. And then also the OpEx, it's not only maintenance, you also have the fuel being part of that. So obviously, with the efficiencies, difference between arrows and medium-speed engines, you get the big part of the OpEx difference is, of course, the fuel. And we can, of course, see that also varying with price, but with a big difference in efficiency, a large part of the OpEx difference is the fuel.
But the maintenance itself, the OpEx maintenance itself say, it's not a big difference between aeros and engines. But engines have more continuous maintenance while you have bigger maintenance coming up on the areas that are more costly.
But I guess what are the sort of pushbacks you get from your customers? Because if you look at Sineenergy, the book like 36 gigawatts of orders, you're looking at a few yes, less than 1 gigawatt year-to-date. Just wondering what are the pushbacks you get if you both have a short delivery time and also cheaper sort of both from an OpEx and CapEx perspective.
So I would say that the could be many things. One is obviously that I think that many customers knows the turbines and the turbine suppliers very well from from the past, so to say. So that's 1 thing. We are less known, especially in the U.S. than if I compare with GE and maybe Siemens as well.
And the other thing is, I think, Waka sort of alluded to it that when you have bigger sites and if you have site constraints in terms of space. Obviously, the density, the power density is higher with turbines than with nets. So that could be another reason. And as we also said, every cycle is different. So there could be specific reasons for that particular site. So it depends.
I mean it could be -- I show the emissions here as the overall emissions in CO2. That's 1 aspect. But you, of course, have PM2.5, you have other things and emissions, especially in the U.S., is not only measured on the data center itself, but it is what is in this area. So if you have a coal power plant, for example, you have already used up a lot of the particles already for that. So then obviously, in that specific site, that might then play a bigger role, which might be to our digital vantage.
So I would say that it's very, very site specific. What is the criteria on that particular site.
We are to give some further color to the whole topic because -- we need to move away a little bit from this that the world is black and white, and there will be only 1 solution. That would be several solutions. And I think this take to advantages that we have combined with delivery time, that will build us a Hansen business. I can say that. And customers, they believe in it. I had a new customer here recently in the region. I cannot say who it was, but I will give you the context. So it's a U.S. customer. It's a big -- 1 of the big IPPs and they -- on a senior level, they said that we have great engineers in this company and they love the gasolines.
I mean they have been working with them for the whole professional life. And I have been trying now because all the constraints to get my team to try the engines so difficult because it's a conservative people engines is a new technology, so this senior leader, he came to I want to do a project and a project with you in another country because then I can use that as a kind of change management to get my engineers to really look at the engines because I know when they look at the engines, they will see what you have been saying for a long time about, it's true.
And then once we've done that in country X Y, we will bring that to the use. So there is this journey of technical conservatism you could say 1 area where we need to develop and improve is to get our message out there. And then, of course, the proof is in the pudding. And that's why I bring up this with the repeat customers. I mean, yes, you can sell something, but if you want customers to come back, you need to deliver on your core promises and that's why I've been talking about that over time, and now I'm talking long term, I think this is a fantastic opportunity for us to prove our technology and over longer time, build our market share.
Seem maybe to add to what you said, Hakan. It's a little bit like if you haven't been driving an EV, you worry about a lot of things. And then when you have been driving an I think those of you that have done that, you know that it's not a big worry and you probably won't go back. It's the same thing.
Next question comes from Ante Kansanen.
Yes. Thank you, guys, and I wanted to continue on the same theme a little bit referring to the Slide 6. kind of a value chain that you are looking at and talking about the developers and utilities. And when you guys talk about kind of having some challenges of being less well known and being kind of a challenger with the engine technology, are you now referring to kind of the -- exactly the utilities and the developers who are operating in this space. I'd imagine that the end users, the hyperscalers are not the ones who are making the decisions. So I would want to better understand kind of the scope are you operating with multiple very fragmented base of developers on certain projects, do you believe that there will be kind of a few bigger ones that maybe are already familiar or will become familiar with the engine technology. So there would be some scalability into kind of penetrating better into the developer space. So maybe talk about that a little bit.
No. So definitely, I think there is an advantage, so to say, to work with the ones that have a pipeline of products. We have many small developers. But those projects take longer time and also more unsure. But I think that the ones that have a good pipeline of projects and also prove that they are in this business and have been managed to pull of the projects that we're working with them, which we are doing now. the first order come from such company.
I think this is a benefit. And when you talked -- you also asked about the utilities I would say that if I look in the U.S., historically, so to say, we've been very strong with the local municipalities. As also what Hakan mentioned, the big utilities, they have a lot of gas turbine people in their organizations. And what I'm very happy to see is that in the last years here, we're also starting to make good inroads to big utilities.
The advantage is with that, and we have repeat customers now on the utility side, the advantage with that is that they also have a long pipeline. If we go to municipalities, they don't have a long pipeline. They are not the same size. So it's good, and they will talk to other municipalities. So from that point of view, we view it's good that we can get new order from another municipality due to a good reference. But typically, they don't have many orders like utilities that are much larger. So for us, it's definitely an advantage that we have made inroads to bigger utilities and also to bigger data center developers that have pipeline of projects. That's clear advantage, and that's what we're doing. .
And kind of if you look at the opportunity for the next, I don't know, 5 years, are there some kind of -- and the focus areas that you want to target with whether it would be choosing certain kind of developers, utilities, certain regions, areas in the U.S. that you would be targeting more .
Yes. We have, of course, now I'm not talking data centers, I'm talking energy market in general. It's quite clear that we have been focusing on certain regions. And if you follow our press releases, you can also see what those regions are. So of course, we target those were having a bigger need for balancing applications. And then on top of that now also the data centers where they are located in just so you can see where there's a lot of renewables and whether it's a lot of data centers to regions where we target. .
Next question comes from Anders Erber.
I wonder if we could throw in energy storage into the discussion, mainly from a technical perspective, I mean, I'm looking at fluence presentations here, they talk about 36 gigawatt hours of pipeline. And I just want to understand how that would impact as well your solution from a competitiveness, they talk about smoothing out the peaks basically. And I understand there could be upside, of course, given that you have the business as well in-house. But mainly, how it interacts with the engine offering would be interesting at this point?
So basically, I think this is an evolving area. I mean the -- you're fully right in the sense that specifically the learning data centers. They have big loads, I mean, tens of megawatts swings in the second millisecond time domain. And these are fairly challenging from a technical perspective. So a different data center developers, they use different technologies to kind of smoothen out, we mean low pass filter and batteries is 1 of the technologies, but also the ones condensers. There are different type of specialty solutions, so to say.
So -- and those type of -- I don't know whether colonsmoothing technologies, you need them for you as turbines, you need them for engines as well. But different methods are used -- now battery storage is 1 of the solutions, clearly. And could this be an opportunity for our storage business. Yes, it could. We are still evaluating this from several perspectives. So we -- that's why we haven't brought storage here today. We emphasize the thermal side because this is where we are formulated and then we are starting the batteries.
Next question comes from Sven Weier.
It's coming back to the competitive advantage, but not against turbine makers. I mean, I guess, every 1 of you will talk their own book and how great they are. But I was wondering more about your edge against other engine makers, right? I mean there are a few what's the local ones. What are the -- what do you find there as an edge or as an upside, maybe? .
I think we have -- I think we showed in the table on Page 16 our relatively so the competitiveness to high-speed engines. And of course, since both our engine technologies, 1 is highspeed 1 is medium speed, there are differences, but they also share many of the advantages, so to say, with start-up time and thermal capability and all these things. So of course, there are smaller differences. I think if you look on the high-speed side, Clearly, the size of engine is 1 difference.
We also showed on the efficiency that you have some difference. So there are differences to the high speed. And if you're asking because you didn't specify that, but if you're asking to other medium-speed engine suppliers, I will say that we clearly have much stronger network in the U.S. for making sure that these plants can run on a very good service and therefore, run with a very good availability. I think that this is key for data center customers to reassure themselves and not only data center customers back away, it's also true for balancing customers that it is important for them to make sure that these engines start when they should start and they are maintained to the best quality and that they are always able to deliver the availability that is key. And I think we have with the network of service network that we have around the world and especially in the U.S. that I think is absolutely an advantage for us.
And , if I may add fully support ones, but I would say that the high speed, they had 1 commercial advantage to us, clearly. -- because they have been dealing with the data center segment much longer than we -- because as you remember, backups. For backups. -- exactly. So when back in the days when data center were storing, moving to AI -- so they know customers, they have well-established customer relations, the sweet spot is moving into our markets. So of course, we are -- endos and his team is working a lot on building customer relations, et cetera, et cetera. So initially, high speed has a customer relations advantage, but we look at because we have a very competitive technology. .
And how important is fuel flexibility and advantage relative to the gas turbines, we think about later upgrade to hydrogen -- is that important at the moment at all or not really? .
I would say that at the moment, that comes further down on the list. It's another parameter, but I will say that that other things like the modularity for sure the lead time, but the modularity and scalability with that and also the water consumption is probably higher than the future alternative fuels, so to say.
I would say, and if you remember this 3-stage rocket, or where we want to call it, you remember, I put the renewables. I think that is -- that is more of a -- in focus in long-term thinking. I mean right now, everybody is rushing, but I think the hyperscale as they certainly have in the back of the mine, we need to go green, so the balancing property, I think, is at least my perspective, balancing property is more important than alternative fuel capability. Now as you know, because you follow us, we have -- we are well prepared for alternative fuel and also because of our Decor strategy.
But I would say that from a market perspective, I mean, the balancing capability will be more important.
Next question comes from Vivek Midha.
Just 1 follow-up on a comment you made earlier around things like PM 2.5. And 1 thing we have heard from certain industry players is there are things like nitrogen oxide, methane slip and so on can also be topics where potentially, there are questions about the reciprocating engines. Is that something which you also here coming up? Is there an issue around, say, data centers, which are closer to population centers and so on. how important is size is a factor?
I think so far, we -- as I mentioned, we have a case of 2.5 I don't know -- I'm not aware about any other cases what you mentioned with Melton Skip, et cetera, that, that has been a deciding factor against us, so to say. So I'm not aware of such a case.
I mean technically, to deal with NOx, we would, of course, apply the SCR, et cetera. So then you would give will eat out a difference. And it really comes back to this slide about different customers use different criteria. They put different emphasis. And the world is not black and white. But we will win and sometimes we will not win clearly.
Next question comes from Robin Fiedler.
I think it's clear from what you're saying today that there's obviously pros and cons for both turbines and engines, and they both have a place in this market. And given what's for now a clear time to power advantage given your lead times and given the value that, that has to the end customers, I'm just I'm just so curious why so far your engine pricing for data center seems to not have shown any upside yet. Is that just a function of when with your initial deals, the pricing terms were set maybe a year ago before there was a severe tightness. I'm just trying to gauge what the pricing opportunity is directionally, if any? Or is this more a volume opportunity?
No, I mean there is a good price realization. But as I said, and I know you're always trying to look what did we invoice and you divide by megawatts, et cetera. But unfortunately, you don't see -- I mean, -- it's very hard to see through the full complexity of that. And as I said about you need to make sure EQ, what type of EQ is it or the balance of plant, including oil, et cetera, we don't communicate that, so it's impossible for an external party to see through that complexity. So that's why 1 should be very careful that saying, yes. We certainly know that establish have increased our prices.
We also have a good price realization -- at the end of the day, we have a good competitive technology that the customers can build viable business cases make money on. I think that's the key thing. And I have said it many times that the data center business will contribute to the vases profitability. And also, I talked about deliveries are starting to ramp up this -- gradually this year, et cetera, et cetera. So it's too early to evaluate in the profitability of data centers and looking at our current interim reports in to.
And also can please also note that this -- the comment that we made on the service business in a meaningful way, I mean, in a significant way, will kick in 2030 and beyond, so to say. And there's nothing strange for that. That's just normal power plant business.
And for the new build, we will start deliveries in end of the year and going into '27 4%. So .
But is it -- sorry, is it still fair to assume that you're able to get pricing upside. I don't want -- I'm not asking you to give me a specific number, but let's say the turbine players talk about well over 50% and they're saying most recently that the latest slots are 10% to 20% even higher. And so you must be getting some appreciation. And again, you don't have to give me a .
I understand your question. I respected by any more comments. I will not make those statements that do just on by competition. I'm just saying this business, I mean, supply and demand is giving opportunities for price realization. I'm saying that this business is definitely contributing to the overall profitability of that -- and then to balance, we need to our propositions that are competitive for our customers, and so they can make a good business case
Next question comes from Gary Parker.
Do you hear us? Is it now better? Can you hear me?
Yes, we can hear you. Thank you.
Okay. Thank you. So I think we would agree that the data centers, the at size data centers will be mostly off-grid because of local politics and also you don't need to pay for the grid operator anything when you have a local power supply and steady one. So in that respect, Wartsila's sweet pot is below 100 -- 1,000 megawatt 1 gigawatt. So you are in a kind of a complementary or then you have to scale up the product portfolio. Also, I think it's a wonderful decision to scale up the production capacity in Vaasa, but also 1 could wonder that's the question number one. Is this ambition level that you will have for the '28? Or is there coming more and the second part of my question is on the portfolio because when you look at in your Slide #16, you had competition place there.
Siemens 73-megawatt gas turbines 5 of them, GE 33 megawatts, 11 of them. And then you put Wartsila engines and 39 of them. Why don't you put their bigger ones like the 50 SGs which you need only 20 or so? Why is this kind of a comparison that you want to show. So these 2 questions about portfolio, can you stretch the capacity up beyond 20, 30, 50 megawatts. I don't know if it's technically possible. And then about the capacity that would you be satisfied with this 35% increase in Vasa in 28? Or is there more .
So on the engine question, yes, we have different engines to be used. And in this case, we used the 34 engine. We could also have used to be 50 engine that we have sold in the projects. The difference is that 1 is around 9-something megawatt, and the other 1 is 19 megawatts in [indiscernible] . So that's the difference between the 2 engines, but you could have as you say, you could have used the 19-megawatt as well to make that comparison. .
[indiscernible]
That was on the first and other experience. and expansion I would say this is now the expansion that we have decided and communicated. And depending on what happened on the market and what is pointed demand and supply, we are, of course, always looking and evaluating if we should do something else, but this is what we have now decided. .
The next question comes from Louis Bellon.
Can you understand me?
Yes.
So do you have bottleneck for ramping up your industrial capacity? And do you think it's easier for you than your competitors to increase capacity? And maybe in terms of, I mean, how many orders are left before having the same delays in delivery. .
So if I take a first cut, I mean, quietly, I don't know the data of the guest on my supply chain. So I mean, I think we all read about blades, et cetera, but you will have to ask them. I think we are doing a very solid work in terms of making sure that our supply chain can follow us. That's why, I mean, 1 could say proof point of that is one. But we announced this strategic operation with Simple company in December, which is 1 of our major casting suppliers. And so they, of course, are with supply. There are several of those vital suppliers. We are working very actively with that.
And when we talked about the EUR 140 million investments, the majority is in the stage, but we will also invest in our supply chain. So there's a structure of work ongoing. And we feel confident we will make it. It's not 100% secure, but made real confident and then you have to have the guests how they see the supply. It's not the same supply chain just at that point because the technology is different, so to say. So I think that was the first one. sorry, if you can repeat.
It's how many orders are left before having the same delays in delivery because you are already 13 months. And how many orders before reaching 40 or 50 months.
Yes, I couldn't even answer that question. What I can say, and this is what we have communicated already for certain engines. And we have not said which types, but just to give you a certain eins, we are looking at delivery times, if you order it now, in 2028. And other types of venue we can still deliver towards the end of this year. So it's a mix of different engine types. I will still say that overall, -- and based on what we see, what competition is communicated, I think the fact that we have shortened times, it will be a competitive advantage with us for quite some time.
Next question comes from Ante Kansanen .
Yes, I had a follow-up question on exactly the same thing, which is kind of the capacity constraints. And for example, in the Marine business, I mean, you would maybe have an extra capacity, but the yards are constrained, so that doesn't really help in terms of delivery time. So are you -- are there any kind of risk? Or are you seeing any signs of something else kind of curtailing the delivery schedules that you would not actually be the bottlenecks regarding the projects that you are now quoting? And then again, the faster delivery times that you might have versus say, a turbine competitor doesn't really matter because the project can't go forward with your schedule anyway. So what are kind of the other limiting factors on those U.S. projects that you are working with? .
I would say now that it's a very dynamic market, and there is a very high level of demand. And when I talk to our numbers, you can also comment when we talk to our customers, they say that this -- I mean, based on the visibility that they have, this will take us to '29, 2030. So from a pure market perspective, and the market feedback, there is no signs that this dynamic will change. Then of course, if you ask overall, what's the biggest risk element for Wartsila right now? It's the geopolitical situation. I mean we all know the dynamics between China and U.S., U.S. tariffs, et cetera. Those are, of course, risk elements where we don't have control over. But when it comes to the fundamental demand side, when we talk to our customers, it seems to be strong, and it's strong -- I mean, all the way to '29 .
How do you currently deal with kind of the tariffs given that, let's say, the delivery times are then stretching to 2029 or 2030. Is it just that the developer or the end client base? Are there some type of share risk profiles in between .
No. This is customer on step risk.
Next question comes from Daniela Costa. .
Hope you can hear me. This is a super helpful call. Thank you for putting together -- just 1 question. I know you mentioned the aftermarket would kick in like later in the decade. But I think some of the experts we have with the flag that sort of these edges are meant to run at peak basically all the time now bit different to when it's a utility type environment. Does that change the aftermarket intensity and your potential penetration of the installed base compared to where you were today? What do you envisage there .
Yes. So we have said, and I want to clarify that this is a base loan application. That means that we have many running hours. However, we should remember that there is also built in an extra maintenance reserves, so to say, for having the availability very high. which means that you have extra capacity that you are not running at the same time to the pit. So the overall running hours are, of course, not 24/7 in the whole year since we have those extra engines or gas turbines in the case of gas turbines sitting there, so to say.
You can see that very clearly on the page. So if you have 300 megawatts as the full capacity to be delivered, then you have extra in our case with the size of engine we have used here. We have 57 megawatts of extra capacity that is actually not running down. And then I must also say that also depends on the season and the load of the data center because, of course, all data centers are not running earlier around at the maximum capacity of 300 megawatts.
They should always have the possibility to go up to 300 megawatt, but it might also be that they are running at 80% on average or something like that that -- there are many hours that is still the case.
You get the north the logic here. I mean if we deliver something Yes, there is an additional engine, but the other end is there running full speed 300 megawatts. So therefore, it's an application that generates a lot of service hours, so to say, even though there might be 1 or sometimes even 2 engines that are not running at all. I think you get the logic in the cost.
Yes. Maybe actually 1 question on the slide because you mentioned there some of the gas turbines might need a backup power plant. Would that be a Wartsila engine as a backup. Is that what you .
No. In this case, it's pure, it's pure, so to say, CCGTs or arrows or medium-speed engines in this case. What we are saying is that when the sites grow bigger, like the 1 gigawatt, we might as well very likely see combinations where you probably have a big gas turbine to deal with the power density when you have some -- or you don't want so many engines -- and then you have engines for dealing with more ups and downs in the load and the impact. So I think we will see hybrid and we can already see examples of hybrids today. And I think we will see more of that, the bigger data centers get. .
Next question comes from Johan Eliason.
I hope you can hear me. Good. I was curious, you're making a very good case for the medium speed engine in the data center opportunity. Historically, in the power plant market, you've had very high market shares for your supply. Is the data center an opportunity for your sort of more marine exposed guys to get into the power plant business as well? Are you seeing them at all? .
We are seeing them, and you can find press releases from our direct competitors on engines as well. But I would say that -- we have a good market share, a high market share in, so to say, normal market, and I expect us also to add up on the data centers because of the references and because of the service network and all these other things also as having efficient dent. I believe that versus the other engine competitors, we will have -- I expect to have the same type of good market share.
But we should also remember that in the overall market, if you also include gas turbines, I think we have plenty of room to grow our market share because it's not so high if you look at the total market. And it's the same, of course, on data centers today.
Then I have received a couple of questions by e-mail. So do you worry about overcapacity given Caterpillar expansion plans in relevant engines. So this is about competitive dynamics, but medium and high-speed engines.
So I mean we don't see high speed as a major competitor in our sweet spot, and we talked that through. I mean, high speeds, they are -- they have suddenly the place to play in the small power intervals, and we are not competitive there. When we go into our sweet spot, and the efficiency is much, much better, and the life cycle cost makes our technology a winner. So I'm not so concerned about Caterpillar expansion. I think they reactivated MIK, I don't know where U.S. time pending and factor reactivating in Germany for export to the U.S.
I don't know what they will offer, et cetera, today, let's see. I think in the days when was doing in Marine, I think we had a very competitive offering from technology and commercial perspective. So I think we will have a competitive offering also there going forward. So then, I mean, we should definitely acknowledge that many of the gas turbine players, they're also making significant investments. And you follow it and Miso talk to them surely do. I mean this is also in the 16% and 18%, et cetera, et cetera. So of course, there is -- there will be new capacity coming into the market.
And -- but it's also a very hot and buoyant market. And I think we share the same view that this is not driven by 1 data center factor, but it's also we talked about aging infrastructure that needs to be replaced, both in the U.S. and Europe. It's heating, it's electrification, it's balancing power, et cetera, et cetera. So it's not just 1 driving factor as -- and I think also, I mean, I say a little bit similarities with ourselves and some of the -- I think I note that at least when I have seen the press releases, many are expanding their existing facilities.
That is normally a relatively efficient way to expand the capacity but also with higher flexibility. And if the demand would come down, it's easier to deal with that type of then adjusting the capacity if you have expanded within the existing facility.
And another question by e-mail. Hakan mentioned the Middle East opportunity, the CapEx OpEx comparison for the different technologies that understored. Have you also made a comparison with 24/7 solar plus battery farms that are now being planned in the United Arab Emirates.
Yes. I mean we do balancing -- so we haven't done the comparison for the UAE. So I have to pull on plan on that one. But I would say that we provide balancing also for wind and also to certain -- I mean term of balancing. -- also for solar. It depends on the application. It depends because batteries are great for handling corepower swings. I mean batteries don't generate energy, we all know that. But they are great on handing short power swings.
But if you talk about seasonal swings, the batteries become very large and therefore, very costly. And then you need to go to -- so I have to pull a blank in UAE because we haven't done.
I think that the case in UAE that they refer to is the case where they have built the bridge the whole day, so to say. You know the battery during the day and then you bridge the whole night. So it's not the 2 or 4 hour battery full overnight battery, which doesn't take away what you say will at if there are seasonal swings, it will help. But of course, it is different to what in most other places, they do on our batteries to our batteries, for our batteries or even in some cases of 8. But of course, to do the whole night is a bigger battery. And we have not studied that in detail what that will mean.
nd then the last question comes from Sven Weier..
Taking the question here. Just to follow up on the water usage. I was just wondering, I mean, how much of a difference does it make between wet and dry cooling the need to run the comparison? .
I know that there is a big difference between the 2, and that's why we chose here to show 2 different examples, so to say, there is a difference.
But did you have an overview in terms of the projects? How much can be done with dry cooling and how much cannot in the U.S. pipeline?
Not on top of my head, at least.
Let's take that with us. Let's see if we can do that on this well you're deep into the details. Well, let's see. But maybe too much. I mean we like those engineering-oriented questions. Let's look -- I mean, more from a customer perspective, if I talk about the market feedback that we are having, and I'm sure you read recently the New York Time optical on Microsoft and their challenges related to what you as Anders pointed out, it's not only in these type of environment. But it's a normal environment. Formenthere is increasing considerations for water and this recent customer interaction that we had, that was caring 1 of the variables. So I think water will come in this evaluation, going back to this, looking at different dimensions, water will be increasingly becoming important also in the U.S.
And thanks for the call. Thank you for parting questions and good answers. So I think this has been a very lively discussion. Present call will take place on March 23. So I hope to see you there. Thank you.
Thank you, everybody.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Kernaussage: Wärtsilä sieht datacenter‑Stromversorgung als signifikanter Wachstumsmarkt: Durchbruch in den USA, starke Nachfrage für Off‑Grid/Baseload‑Lösungen und hohe Pipeline‑Dynamik. Technologievorteile sind Modularität, kurze Time‑to‑power, geringe Wassernutzung und gute Integration mit erneuerbaren Energien.
⚙️ Strategische Highlights
- Aufträge: Letztes Jahr ca. 789 MW gebucht; Anfang dieses Jahres ein Utility‑Auftrag über ~430 MW.
- Produktposition: Medium‑speed‑Motoren als Sweet‑spot (~50–400 MW) dank Effizienz, Start‑/Ramp‑Eigenschaften und niedriger Wasser‑/Kühlungsanforderung.
- Kapazität & Service: Fokus auf Equipment‑Verkauf mit späterem Aftermarket‑Upside; Serviceumsatz erwartet stärker ab ~2030.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Fabrik‑Ausbau: Zusätzliche Investition EUR 140 Mio (zusätzlich zu EUR 50 Mio aus Apr 2025), technische Kapazität +35%, Inbetriebnahme geplant Q1 2028.
- Pipeline & Timing: Pipeline angeblich ~+50% in 6 Monaten; Umsatzerkennung für Neuprojekte soll schrittweise 2026 anziehen, Ramp‑Ende gegen Ende 2026.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Preis/CapEx: Nachfrage nach konkreten $/MW‑Annahmen; Management verweist auf schwierige Vergleichbarkeit (Scope, Balance‑of‑Plant) und sagt Preisrealisation sei vorhanden, Details jedoch nicht offengelegt.
- OpEx/Wartung: Diskussion über häufigere, aber günstigere Engine‑Maintenance vs. teils höhere Major‑Costs bei Turbinen; Kraftstoffeffizienz sei wesentlicher OpEx‑Treiber.
- Lieferzeiten & Kapazität: Fragen zu Lieferfristen, Engpässen in der Lieferkette und ob Vaasa‑Ausbau genügt; Management bestätigte gestaffelte Lieferzeiten je nach Motortyp und Arbeit an Supply‑Chain‑Partnern.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit für Aktionäre: Das Call positioniert Wärtsilä als klaren Player für schnelle, modulare Datacenter‑Stromlösungen mit erkennbarer Auftrags‑ und Investitionsdynamik. Umsatzwirkung dürfte gestaffelt ab 2026 sichtbar werden; langfristiges Service‑Upside positiv, kurzfristig bleiben Lieferzeiten, Sichtbarkeit und geopolitische/Supply‑Chain‑Risiken zu beobachten.
Wärtsilä — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Hi all, and welcome to this news conference for Wartsila Q4 '25 results. My name is Hanna-Maria Heikkinen, and I'm in charge of Investor Relations.
Today, our CEO, Hakan Agnevall, will start with the group highlights. He will continue with the business performance. And after that, our CFO, Arjen Berends, will continue with key financials. After that, we will discuss the dividend proposal and also the outlook. After the presentation, there is a good opportunity to ask questions.
Time to start, Hakan.
Thank you, Hanna-Maria, and before you leave, congratulations. You were voted to the most popular investor relations professional in Finland.
Thank you, Hakan. And thank you, first of all, to Hakan, Arjen and all of the Wartsila management, but also all of the analysts and investors who have been engaging in our dialogue and providing very inspiring questions. Thank you.
Yes. Thank you. Thank you. So Q4 and 2025, I think this has been a great year and we are on a great journey, I would say. If I sum it up in one word, great. But you also need to look a little bit beyond, and I will come back to that.
So if we start with Q4, all-time high operating profit and cash flow. And look at the order intake, and if we focus on Energy and Marine, it's developing quite positively. So Marine order intake increased by 8% while the organic growth, which when we exclude FX impact and impact of acquisition, was actually 11%, double digit. On the Energy side, the Energy order intake increased by 4% while the organic was 13%. So also there, double digit.
Now total order intake, and this is where it gets a little bit complex, the total order intake for the group was down 11% to EUR 2.2 billion due to two drivers. Basically a strong comparison period on Energy Storage. Energy Storage had decent order intake in Q4 2025, but it was very strong in the year before. In general, we continue to have a challenge on order intake in Energy Storage.
And then the second driver for the down 11% is the divestment in Portfolio Business, which is actually we are in a good trajectory divesting the business units. But as we take them out, it has an impact, of course, on our overall order intake for the group.
But key message is, Marine and Energy, double-digit organic growth. Now we also continue to have a strong order book, around EUR 8.2 billion, and that is after the elimination of about EUR 900 million related to the divestments.
Net sales increased by 8% to about EUR 2 billion. And then we continue the journey of improving our operating profit. So comparable operating results increased by 23% to EUR 256 million, and that is 12.8% of net sales. Operating results increased by 10% to EUR 251 million, and that is 12.5% of net sales.
And then on services, a lot of attention on services. The 12-month rolling book-to-bill continues to be above 1. On the Energy side, it was 1.1, and on the Marine side, it's 1.01. And cash flow, and Arjen will talk more about that, strong cash flow from operating activities of EUR 652 million.
So strong Q4. And if we look at the full year, we have all-time highs in four key metrics: so in order intake, in net sales, in operating results and in cash flow. So a very strong year.
Now I will talk through these numbers, and I will do it rather quickly. Because of these effects on portfolio and storage, we actually made an additional slide this time where we drill a little bit deeper.
But if we start with the group level's order intake, you could clearly see it's down 11%, EUR 2.2 billion. Net sales is still up with 8% to EUR 2 billion. Book-to-bill also on group level, 1.11, clearly above 1. Comparable operating results, up 23% to 12.8%. Operating result, up 10% to 12.5% of net sales.
Then looking at the full year before we move on. Order intake, rather flat on group level. Net sales, up 7% to EUR 6.9 billion. Book-to-bill for the full year, 1.17. Comparable operating results, up 20% to EUR 829 million, which is 12% of net sales.
And finally, the operating result, up 16% to EUR 833 million at 12.1% net sales. And that's a milestone, the 12.1%. You remember our old financial targets for the whole group, we achieved them, and now we move on.
Now this is a little bit breaking down into details because this is the underlying message. So let's look first -- this is our full year numbers. Let's look at Marine and Energy combined and then Energy Storage. So here, you see a little bit different picture. So order intake was actually up on full year 17% to EUR 6.9 billion. Even if you look at organic growth, it's even higher, it's 20%.
If we look at service and equipment, it's flat on service, but we do have an FX effect here of about 4%. Equipment is up 43% to EUR 3.3 billion. Order book, up 18% to EUR 6.7 billion. Net sales, up 12% to EUR 5.5 billion. And organically, it's even up 15%.
You look at the services. Services is actually up 6%. It's up 10% if you look organically. Equipment, up 22% and book-to-bill moving to 1.24. And comparable operating results, up 21% to EUR 758 million, and that is 13.7% of net sales. We are on a good path, solid path to reach our targets of 14% for Marine and Energy combined.
Now that's all good, developing really well. We do have and continue to have a challenge on storage. I mean, you can clearly see it here. Order intake has been a real challenge during 2025. So order intake is down 60% to EUR 455 million. If you look at the order book, it's also down 36% to EUR 719 million. Net sales, down 13% to EUR 694 million. And book-to-bill, clearly below 1 at 0.66.
And comparable operating results also deteriorated to EUR 24 million, 3.4% of net sales. So still within the 3% to 5% EBIT span that we've been talking about. The team is doing a good work in executing projects and delivering and doing that in a profitable way. But of course, order intake is a major challenge.
Now looking at our two industries, some comments on the general industry development, starting with Marine. I mean the sentiment for our key segments remain on a good level. Of course, overall contracting in 2025, decreased from the extraordinary activity levels we saw in 2024.
So the number of vessels ordered in the review period decreased to 2,000 about from 2,400. Now one driving factor, the regulatory uncertainty, but also high newbuild prices and softer market conditions affected negatively the newbuild investment in some segments.
Ordering has been rather uneven across vessel segments. But the appetite in our core segments -- in Wartsila's core segments, cruise, containerships and LNG bunkering vessels has been rather good, and contracting in our key segments are expected by Clarksons and by ourselves to remain clearly above the 10-year average level.
Shipyard order books are at the highest level since 2009 and shipbuilding capacity expansion is primarily in China. In January to December, 366 orders for new alternative fuel capable ships were reported. That's about 37% of the total, so to say, which is down from 50% in the comparison period. And that is mainly mix driven because during the last time, there has been a bigger share of tankers and conventional bulk carriers, so to say.
But the key thing here, when we see the graphs here, is still the same message. If you look on the overall demand, it is still below -- the forecast from Clarksons is still above, sorry, the 10-year average. Focusing on Wartsila core segments, it's clearly above the 10-year average.
Energy market. Increased demand drives the energy transition and investments in the energy transition and it continues. The transition continues to move forward. Two key things stood out in energy-related macroeconomic development in 2025. One was load growth and the other was tariff-related uncertainty.
The investment environment for energy technologies has improved along with global macroeconomic conditions. In engine power plants, the market demand for equipment and services has been strong. Demand for baseload engine power plants is expected to remain stable with further growth opportunities in data centers. The driver for engine balancing power plants continue to develop favorably.
In the battery energy storage, the demand is closely linked to the increasing share of intermittent renewables in the energy system, which continues to progress strongly. The U.S. market is still facing regulatory headwinds, though several drivers remain solid with data centers also for storage as a potential new opportunity going forward.
And after significant growth driven by solar up to the mid-20s (sic) [ mid-2020s ] renewable capacity addition are expecting to decrease slightly in 2026. Growth prospects towards the end of the decade, though, remain solid. So there is still definitely a positive trend.
So going through the numbers, looking at the graphs, and now we are back to group level. So organic order intake decreased by 4%. Order intake decreased by 11%. But as we talked about, Marine order intake increased by 8%. Energy order intake increased by 4%. Energy Storage, though, order intake decreased by 40%. If we look at equipment overall, equipment order intake decreased by 15%, primarily driven by storage, and service order intake decreased by 5%.
We have a strong order book, and rolling book-to-bill continues above 1, I think now for the 19th quarter -- consecutive quarter. But as we talked about, the order book decreased due to the elimination of about EUR 900 million related to divestments in Portfolio Business.
Now this is a new slide that we have added, and our intention is to keep this as a standard slide in our reporting going forward. And we are really trying to describe how our order book will translate into sales going forward. So because the existing order book will generate sales that is distributed further into the future.
So here you can see the distribution in time of the deliveries of the existing order backlogs for 2024, 2025 and 2026. And you clearly see how it is stretching out. We have also given the numbers and the size of the order backlog to help the analysis.
And you can say there are two driving factors here that you really need to look very careful on. First of all, we are selling capacity further and further out in time. And that is, of course, a function of a hot market, so to say. And the other major driving factor, as you know, in Energy, we are very much about equipment deliveries and much less on EPC deliveries these days.
And there are two different revenue recognition models. I mean, basically, the EEQ, you could say the major revenue recognition, it's rather lumpy because it's actually when you deliver the engines. And that is different from the EPC way because the EPC way, you could say you gradually continuously over the project recognize sales.
So these two factors really affect how we think about translating the timing, how we translate the order backlog into sales. Very important going forward.
Organic net sales increased by 16%. Net sales increased by 8%. Marine net sales increased by 10%, and Energy net sales increased by 29%. Energy Storage, though, net sales decreased by 20%. Overall, equipment net sales increased by 15% and service net sales remained stable.
Profitability continued to improve. Net sales, we talked about, that increased by 8%. Comparable operating result increased by 23%, and the comparable operating margin 12-month rolling to 12% from previous 10.8%.
Now technology and partnership highlights. There's a lot of exciting things happening. As you know, Wartsila, it's all about innovation and technology and services. And there, we are really making progress.
First of all, data center orders. We continue to break into the U.S. and global also data center market. We talked about it, that off-grid data centers really growing in its market, so to say. And the power need is, in many installation is right in our sweet spot.
So this is the example from end of last year, where we got an order of 507 megawatt power plant supplying data center in the U.S. We continue to grow. And we will deliver 27 engines to provide continuous primary power for a new data center in construction in the U.S.
The on-site power facility will operate with this 24 (sic) [ 27 ] Wartsila 50SG engines with a power of 507 megawatts. They will run on natural gas that can later be converted to run on sustainable fuels in the future. And the order was booked in our order intake in Q4 2025. The equipment will be delivered in 2027.
Then moving to Marine. We had our second order for an ammonia engine on the Marine side and to a Norwegian customer, Skarv Shipping cargo vessel. So we will provide our advanced Wartsila 25 Ammonia solution to power a new cargo vessel for Skarv. And this vessel will be built at the Huanghai shipyard in China, and it will be the first newbuild to benefit from the solution. And this order was also booked in our order intake in the fourth quarter of 2025.
You have also seen the other press release that we have made this morning, and it's about setting us up for continued growth, further investments in our capacity. So we will expand our production capacity in Vaasa in Finland. We will expand the technical capacity with 35% to meet the global increase in demand in Energy and Marine.
We will invest about EUR 140 million to further expand our production capacity with 35% in our STH technology center and also in the associated global supply chain. The vast majority of the investment is in STH.
This expansion will increase our industrial capacity and strengthen the capacity of the associated global supply chain. And the new capacity will be installed within the STH expansion that we announced in April 2025, and it's expected to be commissioned in the first quarter of 2028.
So a major step for STH in Vaasa. I think overall now, the last few years, we have invested about EUR 400 million in Vaasa facility. But it's not only about Vaasa.
We also continue to invest in our service business in a very concrete way in our global spare part distribution center in Kampen in the Netherlands. And that investment is also to continue to support the growth.
So we will expand our main spare parts distribution center in Kampen by 40% and consolidate nearby leased storage facility into Kampen. And this is a smaller investment but a very important one. We will invest about EUR 14 million in expanding the facility, and we expect to have it commissioned by 2027.
Then expanding capacity is a lot about the supply chain, as we all know. And I really wanted to highlight this partnership agreement that we have signed with one of our key suppliers, Siempelkamp foundry. We have formed a strategic partnership to secure the supply chain to support our continued growth.
And we strengthened the supply chain by this strategic partnership with Siempelkamp in the supply, and they are a supplier to us of large cast components for our engines. And as a result, we can, in our turn, support the growing demand from our customers and the markets in sustainable technologies for the marine and energy sectors.
We are also continuing our work on streamlining Wartsila, becoming a more focused and profitable company. So we have made progress in our Portfolio Business divestments. This is nothing new. But we wanted to sum up some of the metrics here to help you with the analysis of Wartsila.
So as you remember, we divested ANCS, Automation, Navigation and Control Systems to Solix. The divestment was completed in the 1st of July last year. Now the annual revenue of this business was EUR 127 million in 2025 and close to EUR 230 million in 2024. And ANCS has also clearly been the most profitable unit of our Portfolio Business, representing about 80% of the operating results during the first half of 2025. So that was ANCS.
Then we had MES, the divestment of Marine Electrical Systems to Vinci Energies that was completed on 31st of October last year. Here, the annual revenue of the business was about EUR 92 million in 2025 and EUR 100 million in 2024. And the group order book has now been adjusted with, in this case, EUR 620 million. So it's one big part of the EUR 900 million that I was talking about before.
And finally, the divestment of Gas Solutions to Mutares is expected to be completed. We have signed and we expect to complete the transaction in the second quarter this year. The annual revenue of the business was EUR 394 million in 2025, about EUR 300 million in 2024.
And after these divestments, we have one business unit left, and that is Water & Waste. And that is a business unit with an annual sales of about EUR 50 million. And of course, our ambition is to move ahead and also sign and close during this year. Work is ongoing.
Now looking a little bit on our businesses, how have they developed. So on the Marine side, growing order intake and net sales as well as improving our comparable operating results. So order intake, up 8%. We talked about that. Net sales, up 10%.
And if we look at the development, continuous improvement of the profitability, on the positive side, we have higher service and equipment volumes providing better operating leverage. We also have improved newbuild margins in what we have delivered, positively contributing. And on the investment side or the cost side, we do run increased R&D investing into our future.
Service continues with a book-to-bill above 1. We see 9% CAGR on the net sales. And you see the different disciplines here. And then you notice, if you see agreements, it looks like it's going down. It's the blue line there. That is more periodization. Because agreements there, it's a little bit like project business, and you can have -- it could be a bit lumpy based on periodization.
And you also see the retrofit business. That is really below 1 now but also there, it's project business, and we have a positive outlook going forward. So we will continue to grow in Marine service.
Going over to Energy. So growing order intake as well as significantly improved net sales and comparable operating results. Order intake, up 4%. You might think that was not so impressive growth. But I look at the newbuild side there and look at the orders we announced here just in the beginning of the year, where the other week, we announced an additional 550 megawatts plus.
It's about periodization of order intake of big orders, so to say. There is a strong underlying demand, and we will come back to that when we give the demand guidance.
Net sales, up 29%. Here, if we look at the development of the comparable operating results, continue to improve our profitability. Also here, the higher equipment volumes provides better operating leverage.
We have a better service margin mix. I can also say that we are building the margins in our order backlog, but that will be delivered later, so to say. On the same side as Marine, we continued to increase in R&D.
Also on the Energy side, we continue with service book-to-bill above 1. We have had 4% CAGR. Here, you see, if we look to the right, on the Energy side, on the blue dotted line, we had a good service agreement order intake at the very last week.
So periodization, here, we were a little bit lucky but the overall trend is positive. Similar to Marine, you see retrofit here. Periodization, we see underlying growth going forward.
Storage. So in storage, on the positive note, we had a revived order intake development after three slow quarters. However, it was clearly below the exceptionally high comparison period in the fourth quarter of 2024. And this is why you see the order intake is down with 40%. Now we do have a challenge overall through the 2025 on order intake. Let's be very frank about that.
Net sales was down as a consequence of that with 20%. If we look on profitability, which has decreased, on the positive side, as I talked about, very solid execution of the projects, I mean, in the backlog by a strong team. But the lower volumes, and also R&D, we continue to invest in R&D, is affecting the profitability negatively.
Here's the bridge Q4 Q-on-Q, so to say, and how the different businesses are developing. So from the group, we go from 11.3% to 12.8% comparable operating results. Marine is up from 11.8% to 13%. Energy is also up from 15.1% to 16%. And Storage, down then from 6.9% to 4.3%. Portfolio is actually executing well, improving 3.7% to 7.4%. And overall, the comparable operating results increased by 23%.
Now Arjen, over to you.
Thank you, Hakan. Very happy to talk about other key financials as they look all very, very good. Very happy with that.
If we start with operating cash flow, EUR 652 million for the quarter and EUR 1.6 billion for the full year. Both on the quarter as well as the full year, it's an all-time high, as Hakan also mentioned earlier. The previous all-time high is actually also on the slide. It's EUR 1.2 billion in 2024.
Great support from the profitability to the cash flow. Let's say, you can see it on the EBITDA line, which is clearly getting higher. And that, of course, over time, will convert into operating cash as well as, let's say, the working capital. Working capital, in fact, is actually at an all-time low as well.
Big element in the working capital is, of course, the advances. It's about EUR 1.3 billion and a little bit more. If you exclude the advances from the working capital, still I would say it's a very good working capital level. It's about EUR 80 million positive compared to, let's say, 2 years ago at the start of, let's say, 2024, it was EUR 600 million.
So working capital excluding advances being EUR 600 million at that time, now about EUR 80 million. So it's not just the advances that help us, but it's also all the good work that we are doing in other areas of working capital.
Clear highlight on this slide is this, the ROCE, clearly going up. Okay, it's close to double, I would say, from previous year. And of course, that is really driven by also good profitability development and, in particular, also a very good working capital development.
Solvency, I'm also very happy with. Let's say, I think it's a couple of years ago that we had a number above 40%. Now we have 40.5%, up from 37.4% last year. And earnings per share, also here, an all-time high at EUR 1.06. So I can only say that I'm super happy with these numbers.
If we look at the trend, and let's say all trends go in the right direction. Cash flow, clearly, let's say, the orange trend is up and the working capital trend is down.
Also good to remark here that, let's say, the 5-year average working capital to net sales line, the dotted line on the right side graph, is now for the first time in a negative number, minus 0.6. Just for reference, at the end of Q2, I think we had 2.4, if I remember right. So really, let's say, going well on a long-term basis as well.
If we then move to dividend, the Board will propose to the AGM -- or has proposed to the AGM basically a base dividend of EUR 0.54 to be paid in two installments and then an extraordinary dividend of EUR 0.52, altogether making up 400% of EPS at EUR 1.06.
Final slide from my side. Solid progress towards the financial targets. If we start at the Marine and Energy combined graph in the top left corner, first of all, very good growth, organically 15%. Newbuild was 25% and service was 9%. So really in both areas, really good growth.
Also the orange line, 13.8% on the operating margin, really improving significantly, I would say, in Q4 on a rolling 12-month basis. Q3 was 13.2%. And 1 year ago, at the end of 2024, we had 12.8%. So it's 1 full percent up year-on-year -- percent point, I mean.
On Energy Storage, as Hakan also explained already, we have been suffering from, let's say, low order intake that translates then, of course, also in lower sales, and that has a consequence to, let's say, absolute profitability as well. Still having said that, let's say, the performance was on a acceptable level, 3.3%, which is within the range of the financial targets for Energy Storage, 3% to 5% operating margin.
Gearing, it further goes down. I don't need to comment too much about it. And I think the dividend distribution, I just mentioned.
With these words, back to you, Hakan, on the outlook.
Yes. So let's look then on the guidance. So on the Marine side, we expect the demand environment in the coming 12 months to be similar to that of the comparison period. But please note that the last 12 months have been very, very strong. So we continue to -- the demand continue on a very good level, driven by our core segments.
On the Energy side, we expect the demand environment for the next 12 months to be better than the comparison period and driven by -- not only by data centers, but by balancing power, other baseload. So better demand environment.
On Energy Storage, we expect the demand environment in next 12 months to be better also, of course, coming from a very low level. But particular in the Energy Storage, we note that the current geopolitical uncertainty particularly impacts this business and may affect the growth.
Then we make the general comment that we underline that the current high external uncertainties make forward-looking statements challenging. Due to high geopolitical uncertainty, the changing landscape of global trade and the lack of clarity related to tariffs, there are risks of postponement in investment decisions and of global economic activity slowing down.
Okay. That was the presentation.
Thank you, Hakan, and thank you, Arjen. Now we will continue with the Q&A. [Operator Instructions] Handing over to the operator, please.
It's a very silent operator today.
Yes, it looks like so. Maybe it was crystal clear already. Maybe while waiting, do you, Hakan, want to elaborate what was kind of what do you consider as key achievements last year?
No, I think we talked about it. All-time high in a number of dimensions. But not only the financials. We have, for the first time in Wartsila, we were recognized by Forbes as being in the top 1,000 employers in the world actually based on surveys that are made of our employees.
So it also shows that we are on a very positive development when it comes to the culture of Wartsila and engagement of our people. I mean, we continuously have extremely high score, very high in our engagement surveys, which I find very, very positive.
And I think, of course, now we are in a positive role, that helps. But I think also we know a couple of years back, it was tougher. I think the whole narrative on decarb and the focus on innovation and technology and services is really resonating with our people. So very good development.
Thank you. So once again, handing over to the operator.
[Operator Instructions] The next question comes from Daniela Costa from Goldman Sachs.
2. Question Answer
But I wanted to start on getting a little bit more color on the 35% capacity increase. I guess, a couple of items related to that. But how much of that is already things that you have, let's say, on 1Q '28 you will open up? How much of that is already covered by things that you have on the backlog?
And then would we have sort of any margin impact before 1Q '28 because you're hiring people? And how should we think about sort of like any financial implications before you open? But starting with that, and then I'll ask a follow-up.
So I think now what we can say, well, we are starting to open up our backlog. I'm referring to the slide that we presented here. So it's a new standard slide going forward. But I don't think it has reached 2028 yet. So I think it's a little bit early to open up there. I mean, I can say that...
Of course, we have orders for '28 already.
We have orders for '28. And for certain parts of our offering, I mean, engine types, as you know, we have different engine types, if you want to order a new engine of that particular type, the delivery time is definitely in 2028.
Then we have other engine types where we can deliver at the end of this year. So it's a mixed situation. I think that is as precise as we will go. On the cost side, I think that, that will not affect our profitability in a major way going forward, so to say.
Got it. And then just as a follow-up. Can you talk a little bit about like how prices per megawatt have evolved '25 versus '24 and the general trend you're seeing given the demand has been so strong, particularly both for engines and turbines and everyone in this supply chain? So to have an idea of how the mix is also maybe improving going forward.
No. As I briefly mentioned before, I think the margins in our order backlog are going up. I mean, it is, of course, a very vibrant demand side. And so that leads to some pricing realization. But I don't want to go into the details. But it's developing. The margins are...
Positive.
The next question comes from Akash Gupta from JPMorgan.
My question is on your announcement on increasing capacity by 35%. So again, I mean, when we look at the other power equipment makers, the decision is not surprising. But I think what is different is on other guys, we have a lot of visibility from firm orders, backlog and some slot reservations. While at Wartsila, based on what you have reported, we don't yet see that.
So I wanted to ask, like what has changed in the last few months that led to this announcement of 35% increase in capacity? Is this more bottleneck on these 50SG engines that has been commonly used by data centers based on your order announcement or anything that is in pipeline? But any clarity that you can provide behind this capacity expansion, that would be great.
So I mean, first of all, please note that we communicate around our technical capacity. And right now, and you see that in our Q&A document, which we also posted, 2025, we have been operating around 75% of our technical capacity. So 75% of technical capacity.
Now the expansion is to expand the technical capacity with 35%. So then you understand we are coming from one level and going to another level over a few years. So that's one important element to look into.
Now why do we do this? I mean, you could also say already in April last year, we took one step. We announced a EUR 50 million and where we started to expand, and now we continue. And the drivers, they are several.
On the Energy side, yes, data center is clearly a driver and it's certainly there. We have several opportunities in various stages of maturity. You also saw we started the year in a very strong way. But it's not only about data centers.
On the balancing power, the narrative is playing out still in the U.S., still in some other countries as well. And then on the, you could say, the traditional base load, we have strong demand in Southeast Asia, in Latin America. So it's a strong underlying demand situation overall in Energy.
And on the Marine side, we continue to operate, as we talked about, even though we guide similar, this is on a very high level for us and in a good level. And we continue to see strength in cruise. We continue to see strength in offshore, in special vessels, to a certain extent, the containers as well.
So it's more than data centers. And the expansion, just also to clarify, it's not only for W50. W50 is the standard energy engine. So you're right from that perspective. But this expansion is not for W50 only clearly.
The engine is very flexible. So you can swap slots quite easily.
Thank you for clarifying. The engine is very flexible, you run different engine models...
Correct. Yes.
And this 75% of technical capacity, that is on total engines, I mean, including Marine and Energy both together? Or is it just only Energy?
Total, both Marine and Energy.
The next question comes from Uma Samlin from Bank of America.
I just have one on the service opportunities for your data center orders. So far, it seems like most of the orders you booked are more on the OE side. And how should we think about the service opportunities there?
I presume that a lot of the data center developers are not keen to do service themselves. How should we think about that, like the timing of those opportunities and the pricing power you have there?
So I think there will be a strong service business, first of all, because these plants will operate 24/7 with high requirements and uptime reliability. And that is a strong base for a good service business.
Within the data center customers, some want to go to full O&M where we do the operation and maintenance. Some want to do a little bit more themselves. There is not one solution fits all. We will adapt. But if you sum it all up, it's very strong potential for service business there. And that has not started to accumulate in order intake yet.
So baseload opportunities -- baseload is good. The more running hours, the more service.
So when can we expect to see that coming into your orders then?
In the coming -- I mean, as we said, I'd say a little bit similar like on the newbuild side, that we are in negotiation with customers and service agreements. These negotiations are in various stages of maturity and they will -- certainly, some of this will materialize this year.
The next question comes from Vlad Sergievskii from Barclays.
Could I ask about the Marine service business? The order intake growth rate slowed a bit from obviously very impressive levels historically. What's your outlook there? What's driving the slowdown? And perhaps what would be potential impact from the reopening of the Red Sea on the service opportunity that you have?
So if you look, I mean -- and you're right, Vlad, that if you look Q-on-Q we are down. And I think there are a couple of drivers. One is that in Q4 2024, we had a big order from Royal. And so that creates this effect.
Then there is also some periodization. I mentioned that earlier on the agreement side, things moving from one quarter to the other. Similar also on the retrofit side, a bit of periodization from one quarter to the other.
There is also a little bit of FX. Clearly, it's mainly U.S. dollar exposure. So those are combined. But our underlying message, and I'm reiterating it, we are above 1. And we have a positive outlook on the growth of the service business also in Marine.
Super. Very helpful. And anything you can comment on potential impact of Red Sea reopening? Is it meaningful for your business? Is it not at all?
So I mean, what will happen and what I hear now, that there are some of the major liners, they are kind of testing. Of course, everybody is very much focused on the safety side. I mean, it's pretty obvious that right now, people have been running longer hauls south of Africa. And if you go back to the Red Sea, that will reduce the route that you travel.
However, yes, first of all, that has not been -- I mean, the whole Red Sea has not been a major driver for our service growth. I would say there has been some addition but it's not a major driver. And there are some other elements because some people are also saying that the operators, they will go slower to try to compensate.
So they will try to keep some of the fleet. I mean, they will not just scrap out vessels. So let's see how the -- I think the dynamic is a little bit hard to predict what will happen. It will have some impact on our service business but not a major impact.
Not majorly. And then also good to remind you that the majority of the vessels that sail through the Suez canal is two-stroke main engine. And that's the main engine running. We have, of course, a lot of auxiliary engines on merchant fleet. But typically, let's say, they don't run less or more typically on a journey.
And there is not a lot of cruise vessels going through Suez.
No, no, definitely not now.
The next question comes from John Kim from Deutsche Bank.
Congrats on the results. If we could go back to Slide 5 where we talk about where you're indexed into contracting trends. It looks like you're addressing about 25% of the overall market just kind of correlating the two graphs, one on top, one on bottom.
On that kind of better indexation over the next 3 years, is it fair to assume that there's production slots on these vessel classes already, i.e., within the contracting numbers, the mix is skewing to your favor over the next 3 years? Or am I reading too much into this?
Okay. If I understand your question right, let's say, is on these upper lines on the '26, '27, '28, do we have already contracts to be part of that? I would say the answer is yes. Because, let's say, our order books, as you could also see from the other slide, are getting longer and longer also in Marine. So clearly, let's say, we have orders for '27, '28. So they are part of those lines.
Sorry, Arjen, my question is actually more on the production slots in the yards because yard capacity is still an issue...
But then can you repeat the question because then I misunderstood it most likely.
Sure. So within those orders or that pipeline, do you have visibility on production slots? Are the yard constraints still valid? Or are these already planned in the yards for the next 3 years?
I would say it's a mix. It depends what type of vessel you're ordering. I mean, if you take on cruise, for instance, I think the slots are pulling out longer and longer in time. Whereas on certain bulkers or tankers, there are shorter lead times. But to Arjen's point, when we talk about Wartsila supporting or delivering to the shipyards, if you look at '26, '27, we clearly have in our order backlog deliveries for yard slots in '26, '27 and '28 as well.
The next question comes from Sven Weier from UBS.
The first one is just following up on the announced capacity expansion. There, I was just wondering, I mean, if you say we raised capacity, technical capacity by 35%, should we assume that this is also raising the revenue potential by at least 35%, given where the prices per megawatt are heading?
And I was also wondering why is the expansion only completed in Q1 2028. Because I think it's probably a bit more of a brownfield. Why is this taking like 2 years? That's the first one.
Yes. So of course, over time, if you expand a certain capacity, it will translate to revenues, so from that perspective. But then, and I know you know this, Sven, but there is also we have our production schedule, which is factory related.
And then we have our project schedule, which relates to when we deliver to customers and the projects. And sometimes there is not a perfect correlation year-by-year.
But I mean, the fundamentals, you're right. I mean, as we expand capacity, revenues will go up as well. Then, of course, with a twist, which is positive maybe from a revenue perspective.
If we have EPC, then it's engine plus. Now I mean, we are not changing our strategy. Our focus is still having a majority of EEQ and less EPC. But we will still have EPC. So that will, of course, then you get leverage on the engine capacity that you have.
Sorry, your second question?
It was on the capacity. Why only in early '28?
Yes, that's what I'm asking my team as well. Let's go faster. But on a serious note, I think there is lead time for equipment that we need in our -- for instance, in our testing facilities. These are big power equipment, they have certain lead time. The concrete needs to dry before you pit certain things in.
And also it's also -- it's very -- since we are now we are really -- the team is doing a great job in trying to do a lot of things and squeeze it in, but there is a limit what you can do in one space, so to say. But believe me, we have really tried to accelerate still.
And to add, let's say, the supply chain needs to follow, right? So I think it's...
Very good point. I think the supply chain, as we all know, is critical. But however, I would say, I mean the partnership that we announced with Siempelkamp, and we wanted to make that point to show to the...
It's one example of.
That we are working very actively with our supply chain. That's just one example. We have a very good dialogue with our core suppliers, and we have long-term relationship. So it's a major work. We should not diminish the importance. But we are -- step by step, we are in a good role here to be able to go live in beginning of 2028.
If you have a nice factory with capacity, but you miss some parts, then you can still not make engines. So we need to make sure that the supply chain can follow.
That makes sense. Just maybe on the Energy margin itself. I mean, obviously, impressive outcome here. But when you look at GEV and Siemens Energy, they've obviously given new long-term margin outlook for the divisions that obviously looked quite nice.
I was just wondering, I mean, are you planning kind of a Capital Markets Day for this year where you also intend to give us revised new longer-term margin targets, at least for the Energy business?
I think this is a very relevant question. We fully understand it. We will have to come back and answer it. I don't have the answer today. But clearly, we understand the logic for the question.
The next question comes from Max Yates from Morgan Stanley.
Just sorry to come back on this capacity expansion. You talked about the fact that this was in addition to the announcement that you announced kind of last year.
So I guess if we just look at kind of the base in terms of what you're delivering today, it looks like kind of 1.2 gigawatts in terms of deliveries when I back it out of your revenues. Just thinking about what is the total technical capacity increase when we include this latest round, but also what went before?
And I guess I'm trying to tie it back to this year in terms of sort of megawatts, it looks like your orders are roughly around EUR 2.3 billion. Is that the kind of end technical capacity that we should be thinking for in terms of what you can deliver when we look out to 2028?
I understand the -- here, we will not be so explicit. I mean, for instance, we will not give out the megawatts. I know some of our competition is doing that. We are very happy because we make a lot of analysis of those data. We don't want to give out those data. So that's why we are talking about where we are moving in relationship to our technical capacity.
So as I said, 2025 full year, 0.75% of technical. And then beginning of 2028, once we have commissioned this, we will have a technical capacity that is 1.35%, so to say. So you see where we are going from and where we are going.
It's about 80% up then from the operating level.
Correct.
Okay. But we shouldn't assume that you had a given capacity, you increased it last year, and then this 35% comes on top, 35% of the total, all in.
That I can be very clear. I mean the April announcement, EUR 50 million, you could say that is also coming online in connection with this additional EUR 140 million. So it's not on top. You could say we are going from 0.75%, 2025 to 1.35% in beginning of 2028. And that is including all the investments that we have announced.
Okay. And sorry, maybe one quick clarification. When we look at your data, when we look at your orders this quarter in Energy in new equipment, you did 520 megawatts. I mean, it looks like it was almost entirely that data center order that you booked. And yet the value per megawatt on the orders is only about EUR 0.7 million per megawatt.
So I guess I'm just trying to square the fact that kind of we're talking about pricing on these data center orders being very good. We're seeing huge numbers in terms of dollars per kilowatt coming out of the gas turbine guys.
Yet when I very simply look at your Q4 number, which I know is mostly the data centers, I don't see that kind of uplift. So maybe if you can help us understand. It doesn't look like you're getting a huge price uplift to these data center customers based on what you booked this quarter.
Well, I can say like we stated, we have definitely improving our order backlog and we are on a good journey there. I would rather say it shows that we are very competitive.
What does that mean? Sorry. That means you're pricing aggressively versus the other...
No, that we can improve our profitability and be very competitive with the gas turbine competition.
And also with other engine manufacturers.
And just for clarity, I mean, I understand your analysis, but I should also say it so we are fully clear, there was more than data center orders. But the data center was a major chunk of the order intake. So from that perspective, you're right.
The next question comes from Panu Laitinmaki from Danske Bank.
I actually wanted to ask about the same topic. So it seems that in Q4, majority of the energy equipment orders were the single data center order. Just a bit surprised, like why didn't you get more of the other orders? Was it just timing? Or was it tariff-related delays? Or did you increase pricing so much that there were delays? Or what caused this?
So first, I mean, this is a project. I mean, Energy is a project business. Power plants, whether they go for data centers or balancing power, you negotiate. And sometimes, you don't close the deal in the end of December or the 20th of December. You close it in the 15th of January instead. And that's why I underline, look at how we started the year with 550 megawatts.
One is clearly the biggest one there is for a utility, that the demand is driven by data center. The smaller one, I would say, it's one of our traditional, you can say, it's balancing borderline baseload. I think that's the answer to your question. It's about periodization.
So if I can ask about a follow-up, what does your pipeline in Energy equipment orders look like? So if you would directionally comment, like if things go as you plan in first half or full year this year, will it be like half of orders coming from data centers, half balancing? Or any comments how does it look like?
No, we don't go into those details. The only thing I can point to is the guidance. It's going to be better.
It looks good. Otherwise, we would not extend capacity either.
Yes. And I think there are some really -- look at how we expand capacity, look at how we communicate. We increased the guidance. We give an extra dividend. We are on the road.
We are running out of time. We still have one additional slide. It's regarding our data center theme call, which is taking place next week. So it's an excellent opportunity to continue the discussion, what are Wartsila's opportunities in growing data center market.
Besides Hakan and Arjen, I'm very happy that also Anders Lindberg, President of our Energy business, will join the call. So hopefully, you can also be there. And our Q1 report will be published on April 28. Thank you.
Thank you for today, and a warm welcome to our data center call. Looking forward to that.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: EUR 2,0 Mrd. (+8% Jahr‑zu‑Jahr).
- Auftragseingang: EUR 2,2 Mrd. (−11% Jahr‑zu‑Jahr); Auftragsbestand ~EUR 8,2 Mrd.
- Vergleichbares EBIT: EUR 256 Mio. (+23% Jahr‑zu‑Jahr), 12,8% Marge (vergleichbares Betriebsergebnis, adjustiert).
- Operativer Cashflow: EUR 652 Mio. in Q4 — Rekordquartal.
- Services: 12‑Monats Book‑to‑Bill (Verhältnis Auftragseingang zu Umsatz) >1 (Energy 1,1; Marine 1,01).
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Fokussierung & Portfolio: Portfoliobereinigung wird fortgesetzt (ANCS, MES divestiert; Gas Solutions erwartet Q2; verbleibt nur noch Water & Waste), Ziel: schlankeres, profitableres Wartsila.
- Kapazitätserweiterung: Investition ~EUR 140 Mio. in Vaasa (STH‑Technologiezentrum) zur Erhöhung der technischen Kapazität um 35%; Inbetriebnahme geplant Q1 2028; zusätzlich Ausbau Ersatzteilzentrum Kampen (~EUR 14 Mio.).
- Wachstumsfelder: Starke Dynamik in Marine & Energy (organisch doppeltstellig), gezielter Ausbau Data‑Center‑Geschäft (z.B. 507 MW‑Auftrag) und erste Ammoniak‑Motorbestellung in der Schifffahrt.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Nachfrage: Marine: Nachfrage in den nächsten 12 Monaten ähnlich zur Vergleichsperiode; Energy: besser als Vergleichsperiode; Energy Storage: Verbesserung vom niedrigen Niveau, bleibt aber geopolitisch/tarif‑anfällig.
- Finanzziele: Marine+Energy: vergleichbares EBIT Rolling 12M bei 13,7%, Ziel von 14% in Sicht; Gruppe erreichte FY Operating Result ~12,1%.
- Dividende: Vorstand schlägt Basisdividende €0,54 + Sonderdividende €0,52 vor (Summe €1,06; EPS (Ergebnis je Aktie) gemeldet €1,06).
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Kapazitätsdetails: Analysen forderten Klarheit zu Tempo, Slot‑Verfügbarkeit und kurzfristigen Kosten (Hiring/Effekte vor 2028); Management: 2025 Auslastung ~75% → Ziel technische Kapazität ≈ +35% bis Q1‑2028, kurzfristig kaum Margeneinbruch erwartet.
- Preise & Margen: Nachfrage/Preisentwicklung pro MW (Data‑Center) wurde kritisch nachgefragt; Antwort: Backlog‑Margen steigen, keine detaillierten Preisangaben.
- Storage‑Risiko: Stark gesunkener Storage‑Auftragseingang (−40%); Analysten besorgt über Volumenloch; Management betont weiterhin profitable Projekt‑Ausführung und Zielspanne 3–5% EBIT für Storage.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Bottom Line: Wartsila liefert starke operative Kennzahlen und Rekord‑Cashflow; strategische Schritte (Kapazität, Supply‑Chain‑Partnerschaften, Portfolio‑Bereinigung) zielen auf beschleunigtes Wachstum in Energy/Marine und Data‑Center‑Segment. Hauptrisiko bleibt schwacher Storage‑Nachschub sowie geopolitisch/tarifbedingte Investitionsunsicherheiten. Dividendenvorschlag unterstreicht Management‑vertrauen.
Wärtsilä — Special Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
1. Management Discussion
Happy new year, everyone. I hope the year has started well. Welcome to Wärtsilä Q4 Pre-Silent Call and Greetings from Helsinki. We have a nice and cold winter here. My name is Hanna-Maria Heikkinen, and I'm in charge of Investor Relations.
Today, our CFO, Arjen Berends, will start with key messages. We will also show some slides, which are already available on our IR website, and my colleague, Nora will share a link on the chat.
After the key messages, we have time for Q&A. [Operator Instructions] Okay, Arjen, time to start.
Thank you, Hanna-Maria. And also from my side, let's say, happy new year to you all. I hope this will be a successful year also in 2026. Let's start with the slides. A few points on portfolio business. A lot of things have happened in the year 2025. And let's say, to highlight, let's say, the most important ones, the divestment of Marine Electrical Systems that was now completed on the 31st of October, so we closed it there. Just to give you a size of revenue, it's about EUR 100 million.
We also will adjust the group order book accordingly, which means about, let's say, EUR 600 million to be taken out for that particular business.
Automation, Navigation and Control Systems, also known as ANCS was sold to Solix and that was already completed earlier in the year, first of July. Also here, let's say, we have corrected the order book about EUR 260 million in quarter 3. And annual revenue size-wise, was EUR 230 million in 2024.
Then recently, let's say, we signed in December the divestment of Gas Solutions, selling the business to Mutares. And we expect to complete this whole transaction basically by the second quarter of 2026. And for indication purposes annual revenue of this business was about EUR 300 million in 2024.
And basically, after, let's say, Gas Solutions is out, we only have, let's say, water and waste left in portfolio business with an approximate sales of about EUR 15 million per year.
If we go to the next slide, and this is to support basically all of you in the future also in, let's say, order book and [ role ]. Sorry, there's no noise on the line here, can you please mute.
So basically to support you all in also showing, let's say, when for each business that we have and that we report each segment basically how the order book is developing. And what we can clearly see over time is that order books get longer and longer. And definitely, you can see it here in the call it, light blue bar on the right side of each graph bar or, let's say, the length is more and more up the further you go to the right. And that also is a good sign because that means that we can preplan a lot of things.
We can also -- with respect to supply management, let's say, get benefits if you know upfront that you will have orders in a certain period of time. And also, it helps you, hopefully, in the future also to estimate, let's say, what the sales revenues could be in a certain year.
What else to highlight? Operating environment, I would say Marine, we see good activity also continuing in Q4 in our key segments, let's say, cruise and ferry, they, are remaining very active, but also let's say around key segments have a good traction, so to say.
Decarbonization remains a topic in Marine, but also in energy. Decarbonization, we believe, will not stop, let's say despite -- say, postponement of the decision on the global pricing mechanism for carbon, we believe that -- and we also see it actually in discussions with customers, the decarbonization will not stop.
There is still a lot of regulation out there is an ETS system also for Europe and other countries are thinking regions as well, thinking of similar and that also pushes our customers to continuously work with decarbonization.
Decarbonization correlates with fuel efficiencies, the more fuel efficient you are, the better you are in your carbon footprint. So fuel efficiency and decarbonization needing regulations remain the key discussion topic in discussions with customers.
On energy side, let's say we have basically, you could say, three key segments, if I want to call it like that, first of all, it's, let's say, baseload power plants. I would say that's a pretty stable market, let's say, size-wise, it's pretty constant. It's projects here and there. They are also globally distributed, but fairly stable over time. Then we have, of course, balancing power, that's where we anticipate a lot of growth. And then we see that also happening also in the pipeline.
And then, let's say, most recently, I would say, since the beginning of 2025, we see a lot more new opportunities also coming in data centers. That's, of course, a very interesting opportunity for us because typically, data centers is baseload power, so that also provides good, you could say, volume and business opportunities for our service revenue streams in the future.
Energy storage, that's still a challenging one. Let's say, we said also at the end of Q3 that we certainly need more orders, and we were more positive about, let's say, Q4, I can have confirmed that I'm still more positive about Q4. So let's say, going in a better direction. Still, we need orders more also to fill and compensate for the capacity cost of energy storage in 2026. But of course, let's say, we keep a close eye on that and let's say, we will take cost improvement measures, if so required. I would probably leave it there and open up for questions.
Thank you, Arjen. [Operator Instructions] We will start with Sven Weier. Please go ahead, Sven.
2. Question Answer
Happy New Year. And the first two initial ones. First one is on cruise. I mean, we've all seen the big activity, especially in December. I was just wondering, are we getting back to a situation like we had it before COVID where there was also a boom and then it took years until you receive the contracts? Or are we still relatively aligned with the ordering at the yards? That's the first one.
I would say it's the later one. I think we are still relatively aligned. Of course, it's very difficult to really look, let's say, far ahead into the future. But cruise operators keep, let's say, reporting, let's say, quite good, let's say, level of bookings for cruises. And with that, let's say, continuously to improving and also breaking records, actually, at points depends a bit by cruise company as well. But we anticipate, let's say, this to at least a -- let's say, on a good level for some time to come, yes.
Would you say you kept the market share in this cycle so far?
I don't know exactly now by hard the latest, let's say, market share, but I would say we are definitely taking a big piece of the pie if I put it like that.
Second question I had was just on the disposals you had, whether you can talk a little bit about the proceeds that you're expecting the cash in you're expecting? And how you think about the capital allocation? I mean, if we assume -- I mean, let's say, Everllence wouldn't happen. What you have in mind was doing with the cash?
I will not open up on the proceeds, but let's say, on the capital allocation, I would say we stay with what we have said so far. For sure, let's say, we will pay 50% of dividend out -- or let's say, 50% of EPS out as dividend. Clearly, let's say, we will keep, let's say, our level of R&D spend on the higher side, let's say, not a historical 3%, but more than 4%. And of course, 4% of the higher sales volume is also in absolute terms quite much bigger amount.
CapEx, I would say that's -- okay, it varies by year, but let's say any year between EUR 100 million and EUR 200 million, replacing machinery workshop materials, whatever. I think that's also pretty, let's say, stable. I don't see big fluctuations in that range either. And then, of course, you can wonder about, okay, should we do anything more. I would not say, give anything here at this point of time. I'm sure this will be a Board discussion topic in the very near term.
I mean, do you also see other M&A opportunities beyond Everllence?
The M&A Yes, there might be M&A opportunities as well. But I would not say any big major ticket items I'm missing to make our strategy come through. So I think what we -- we have what it takes to make, let's say, decarbonization and moving on to service value let the strategy come through.
Yes, bolt-ons can happen, but let's say, no major thing. So I think the Everllence is clearly, let's say, the bigger ticket item on the horizon.
And you also don't see any bigger CapEx needs for expanding the footprint for the engines.
I would say not immediately. Let's say, we have still capacity. So let's say we can expand. But of course, let's say, over time, if, let's say, it gets more stable and when we feel the right time is there, let's say, we will also definitely invest in capacity.
But it's not just, let's say, your own capacity, let's say, capacity of your own facilities is one thing. The more important or even equally important element is the capacity of your supply chain. That needs to be able to follow whatever you have in mind. And that's why we have, let's say, constant dialogue with, let's say, our suppliers, in particular, the critical suppliers to make sure that they can anticipate and also follow, let's say, what we have in mind for the future. But it goes hand and hand.
The next question comes from Daniela Costa.
I have two questions. One is regarding just getting your thoughts on like seasonality. Historically, we used to have these Q4, which were very high. And then I think you've changed it for the mix from EPC to EPQ a bit more. But should we think the seasonality in either of the business has materially changed that is slightly higher Q4 pattern no longer is relevant. Because, I guess, when looking at consensus for energy, for example, people have reverse seasonality versus what has always happened. Just wondering if you can help us think through how we should think about seasonality given all the changes that the portfolio has gone through?
It's a good question, Daniela. And seasonality, okay, if I go in my own history of Wärtsilä, I think we have seen much more seasonality than what we see today. I think seasonality will always stay there to a certain extent. In particular, let's say, at the year-end, even though I believe it's less and less over time.
And one reason for me saying that is that if you think about, let's say, our customers, they build a power plant or the customers build, let's say, a cruise ship. This is not something you do, let's say, in a very short time. Typically, it takes multiple years, let's say, to do that. And let's say, yards, as an example, they work with percentage of completion on these projects.
So if they can get, let's say, our engines delivered in the last month of the year, percentage of completion wise it would help their numbers in that financial year, right?
So there might be somewhere behind that. Let's say, for other customers, maybe it could be one, let's say, the governmental, let's say, customers. Yes, there might be an end of the budget of the current year. And you want to empty it before you, let's say, go into the new year. Otherwise, our budget get cuts or whatever, those are clearly, let's say, elements that are there. I do so believe that it is less and less, but I cannot say it's comp. I think it will always be to a certain extent.
Also for us, let's say, percentage of completion is less and less than most percentage of completion that we have currently is basically on the agreement side, and of course, on the very few, let's say, EPC projects that we have in energy. But otherwise, it's less and less. So also in that respect, I think it is much more, let's say, on time. And that's also why we earlier said that, okay, for energy, the second half of the year will be bigger than the first half of the year when it comes to sales volumes. And we can say that because of the order book at that point of time.
That's also why we open up now, let's say, in the statistics that I showed about order book development. We will also, let's say, make that now -- let's say, going forward every quarter as well. So hopefully, it supports you in your analysis as well.
Got it. And my second question is just regarding -- can you recap where the lead times for supplying to data centers is for you now? I remember -- I believe in the last call, it had moved to 18 months. from I think it was 12 earlier. But I wanted to tally that comment with the fact that you still have capacity. So why -- if it still true that the lead times have increased why have they increased or maybe the figure is different now?
No, let's say at the end of Q3, we said still that okay, if you need 200 megawatts for delivery '26, we could probably deliver it. I think that moment is gone. Let's say, now basically, we are filling mostly, let's say, '27, also the order that we recently booked on data centers in Q4 is 2027 delivery. So that's range what we are talking about today.
But you still have capacity, I mean you have capacity flexibility to invest more [indiscernible].
Yes. We also have capacity still for this year. But it's scaling up, of course, not for all engine types either. So it depends a bit on what you want at which point of time you want -- at what magnitude you want it. So that's was always a different one.
The next question comes from John-B Kim.
I wanted to see if we could speak a little bit about the velocity in retrofits and upgrades. Just wondering if you could give us a bit of color between the two divisions, which geographies are leading the way. And what you're most hopeful for in the next 3-year views in terms of incremental business?
Geography wise, it's very difficult to say. Let's say, ship is a more globally moving asset, so it depends on where we are with the ship.
Retrofits, they have seen a dip in the book-to-bill ratio. I think one thing which is good to perhaps highlight is that, let's say, book-to-bill ratio is the order intake on a certain service revenue stream versus the sales.
One thing to, let's say, look at in addition, if I can give you a recommendation is also to look at the magnitude in euros of each individual line. And you will see that, let's say, a retrofit in that sense, compared to, let's say, spare parts and field services is a smaller one.
Yes, we have seen both in Energy and Marine. Let's say, the trend recently coming down. I'm fairly positive that, let's say, within half year around, so to say, can be a bit plus or minus, but we will be back again on, let's say, positive -- I mean, above 1 numbers on that one. But of course, let's say nothing is, let's say, fixed, let's say, it all depends on order intake, but the pipeline is good, and I'm confident that we will, let's say, recover on that line as well. But I think also it's important to highlight that look at the absolute money line as well for that particular stream.
One thing to add, that's on the marine side, we have earlier said that okay, we anticipate good retrofit potential from carbon capture. I would say that part, I would say, on the marine business, in particular, I would say that's delayed because, let's say, carbon capture in relation to, let's say, IMO regulations, but also, let's say, carbon pricing mechanisms is still a bit unclear.
Let's say, what does it mean? If there would be a carbon pricing mechanism implemented how does carbon capture fit in? Do you get less carbon fees if you have carbon capture or not? And how does that work from a money calculation point of view, that's unclear. IMO to my recent knowledge have said that, okay, in 2028, we will provide clarity on that one.
So This, we believe, will, let's say, push out for the longer term. But let's say, other retrofits like, let's say, hybrid installations for marine, let's say, all kind of say, efficiency improvements on our derating on 2-stroke, et cetera, those will all continue because the benefit of those retrofits is also providing more fuel efficiency and fuel efficiency immediately supports the economics of any customer.
At the same time, whatever you do on fuel efficiency also helps you forward on the decarbonization, no matter what regulation will come in the future. If you will anyhow make steps in that direction -- in a good direction, I mean.
Great. And just shifting gears, just a one-off question on what sort of wage inflation you're experiencing?
We will not open up on that one. It's very diverse. Let's say, we have a global footprint, we'd say, global people. That's what I will say.
Thank you. The next question comes from Johan Eliason.
Happy New Year to you as well from my side. I was just wondering, data centers. We saw some comments from NVIDIA about future chips and the potential impact on cooling, et cetera. Has there been any sort of new discoveries that might impact your sort of potential in the data center offering electricity or is the outlook still positive on that front.
I've not heard of any impact of that to our, let's say, opportunity pipeline now.
And have you seen anything from competition sort of delivery times? I think we already discussed your delivery time a bit, but it seems to be an opportunity for you to deliver in a faster way than competition. Any sort of news on that front for you?
I say like I said, we are now filling, let's say, still on 2027. Of course, again, it depends on size and how many engines do you want at the same time and cylinder configurations, and power need a lot of other technical requirements as well. But we are still having capacity to fill for, let's say, 2026 even in 2027. So yes, we can deliver fairly fast.
Of course, if all data center opportunities would tomorrow come to Wärtsilä, we are sold out very quickly. Let's say, how long is this benefit there. Let's say, the turbines, we know they have delivery times 29-plus yes, depends a bit on, let's say, what do customers feature, let's say, most important delivery time is, of course, an important factor, many want power, and they want it, let's say, as soon as possible. But I think there are also other factors in play.
So when we get into discussions with customers and explain also our other technical features like operating in human condition operating in high altitudes, hot conditions, water consumption, et cetera. I think there are also other benefits that come.
Excellent. Then on the marine side, just a question, just a coincidence, I was trying to book a ferry ticket and it seems like the ferry order you got years ago for some new ferries between Poland and Sweden has been sort of pushed out a little bit in time, but the first one is now delivered. And I was looking at the shipyard of this Polish yard. And it seems they're all talking about mine sweepers and all sort of different naval ships rather than the ferries.
Is there a trend that you see that your sort of core segment like ferry maybe not cruise, but ferries at least have sort of been pushed out in favor of naval projects right now. And if that is a trend, would that have any sort of impact for you? Is it more or less with the ferry than whatever naval ship there are out there?
Okay. For sure, there is more activity in Navy. But let's say Navy typically takes a very long time to conclude and decide. If you let's say, now in many countries in Europe, let's say, government spending on military goes up or defense goes up. Then, of course, the question, first of all, is, okay, how much goes to Navy, land-based, and air. Then let's say, when you decide on this amount goes to Navy, then you get, okay, what do we need? Is it frigate, is it something else, mine sweepers or what have you? Then you need to get the whole specification together, then you need to get to the short list.
So before you get, let's say, from an increased government spending to, let's say, a really new opportunity orders for, let's say, suppliers like vessel, you are easily 4 years down the line. So what happens now with discussions on this particular yard that you're referring to, I don't know which one it is, but I would guess this is already something that is ongoing for a longer time.
Because if they are concrete already in, okay, this is what we are going to build. And I would not say that, that is pushing out, let's say, the ferries. I think the ferries is just in addition as well, I think they have been planning like that. At least we don't -- at least I'm not aware of any, let's say, Navy orders pushing out commercial orders.
Good. And then just finally, on storage. You obviously mentioned it seems like Q4 has been a bit better for you. But looking at the chart you show backlog, it's not very impressive, especially in light of your growth targets you have for the business.
How is the delivery opportunity here, the lead times. And basically, where are you selling today when -- and the U.S. is probably not an active market.
It's a good question. It's clearly, it remains a challenging market. Yes, we are selling. And I would say we are selling globally. I will not open up, let's say, specific markets, but let's say, the -- it's a traditional market. Even in the U.S., we see activity coming back, but U.S. is a very complicated market because there are still a lot of, let's say, tariffs and high tariffs. I think the latest tariff now on battery cells, I think it's 40 point-something percent.
Then you have the FEOC, let's say, Foreign Entities of Concern, let's say, regulation. So is not an easy market. But I would not say it's totally standing still either. And Will it revive at what time it will revive to, let's say, levels before Liberation day, I find it very, very difficult to say. But it's not totally dead, but let's say it's not super active either even not normal active, I would say. But Australia, example is a good market with a lot of activity. U.K. is a good market with a lot of activity. Also Central Europe, we have, let's say, activity. So there are clearly also active markets, but the active markets, of course, are very much focused by all suppliers, which makes competition extremely hard. But the good thing is Q4, we booked new orders again. So is moving in the right direction, but we need more.
And how fast can you sort of deliver if you get an Australian or U.K. order?
We can deliver fairly fast. I cannot say now exactly, let's say, how quick it depends, I think, probably also on size. But let's say, at the same time, energy storage projects typically are always percentage of completion. So even with partial deliveries, you generate revenue.
The next question comes from Anders Idborg.
Just had on -- it looks like very big delivery quarter coming up from energy, and we discussed after Q3, how to think about the mix there. I would just -- can you help us a bit with the moving parts here, equipment service project? How should we think about that?
I will not open up on mix. I think for that, you need to wait until, let's say, we publish the final numbers. We try to help you a little bit with, let's say, providing the order book because the order book statistics that I showed earlier is the end state by end of Q3. Of course, you need to, let's say, take an assumption on, let's say, what's the in-for-out part on the services because that's short cycle. But I will not give you in advance of the final report, let's say, any idea about, let's say, mix. I think that you need to do your own estimation.
Okay. Fair enough. I'll just try one more margin question just in terms of storage. I mean you in Q3, we're well above the range that you flagged for. So how should we think about that? And what drove that and how sustainably starts?
I think our delivery capability is excellent. And let's say also when you book orders in storage, typically, you do a risk assessment based on the risk assessment, you also take consideration of certain contingencies. Once you execute and deliver, you make an evaluation, okay, should I maintain this level? Or there might be something still pending? Those are considerations we make every quarter or basically every month actually.
And let's say, in Q3, we had, let's say, a lot of projects delivered where we concluded it, okay. The risk is less or gone. We can release these contingencies that we had in the beginning, and that drove up the margin. Will we have that again in Q4, let's see.
The next question comes from Antti Kansanen.
Two questions for me, and let's start with cash flow and working capital in '26. And I mean, Arjen, you mentioned that you are still fairly aligned on the yard schedules on taking orders. And on the power plant side, quite easily, it's the case that the delivery times are prolonging. So in that case, is there any reason why the advanced payments wouldn't continue to grow and your working capital to sales then should remain or even improve at the very kind of favorable levels as it has been? What would be kind of the negative moving part going into '26 and '27 if demand continues to grow for the equity?
Yes, that's the point I was just about to mention. As long as we keep our equipment order intake, book-to-bill ratio, about 1. I don't see any major issue. Of course, there are -- and I said it before, there are clearly, let's say, outlayers in the cash flow, let's say, certain customers don't want to, let's say, provide payment security guarantees. LC bank guarantees, what have you. That's perfectly fine then it's cash up front.
And the more of those we have, and of course, the better it is for cash flow because then you get bigger down payments bigger intermediate milestone payments, et cetera.
But you're right. Let's say, as long as, let's say, order intake, book-to-bill ratio on equipment is above 1. I don't see any major risk to a continuous positive development here. No.
Sure. And I guess, are there any -- I mean, I guess, on the yard side on the Marine side, the customers have been more than willing to pay these upfront payments even if the delivery times and the yard schedules are getting longer and longer.
Is there kind of a mix in the energy clients that you would want to comment on, which one do you and which one don't?
No, I don't want to comment on that. Let's say, it's of course very, let's say, customer by customer. There is no real fixed pattern in it either. So it's even difficult to comment.
Okay. And then the second was on the data center opportunity and demand. I mean the 500-megawatt order that you announced during the quarter, it's a fairly sizable. It's a very big one for you and for the engine technology. Does that matter in terms of generating kind of more demand? I mean you've been talking about that you're in a way, still building your presence in the U.S. versus the turbines kind of that these are also options for the data center baseload. Does a big order like that help? Or do you see it as an increased interest when you can lag a sizable one like that?
There is certainly a factor of, let's say, we get more and more known in the U.S., let's say, even with balancing power before the whole data center was there, let's say, with balancing power, we really need to -- we have to fight our way in, basically, if I put it bluntly, because when in the U.S., they think power generation, they think GE and turbine. That's the first thing that pops up in their mind. That's probably how engineers are also educated at universities. And that's what we have been fighting against.
So once we get into the door and can explain our technical solutions, the benefits of flexibility, water consumption, modularity in data centers, et cetera, many come back and say, hey, this is actually a very good solution that I was not even aware of.
So the more, let's say, data center operators are pushed to other alternatives than turbines. And the more we get known through that I think the better it is. And not just for, let's say, the data center operators, I think we get also known then by the electricity, let's say, providers, IPPs and what have you? So clearly, this, let's say, call it pressure on turbine delivery times clearly helps us to get more known and also explain our technical features, and that is often coming back with positive feedback.
So is the -- you've been talking about a handful of projects is that starting to become a couple of handfuls already after Q4? Or to comment?
It's definitely more than a handful.
Next question comes from Akash Gupta.
I got two as well. The first one is in the sale increase in commodity prices. Maybe you can walk us through hedging policy and what sort of price protection do you have in long-duration contracts to protect yourself against increase in metal prices. So that's the cost and then I have a follow-up.
Okay. It's very simple. Let's say, life cycle agreement, you commit very long term, it can be up to 15 years. So basically, these contracts are full of indexes. Being it material-related or salary related or what have you. So -- and it's not just one index. It's a lot of indexes. And it depends also on, let's say, what is -- what is the life cycle agreement about? Is it a guaranteed asset performance agreement? Or is it a simple technical maintenance agreement or operation and maintenance agreement, there are many variations and then that depends also, let's say, what kind of indexes and what level of indexes do you include?
I would say we are very well protected like that. But I don't know of any life cycle agreement that went into, let's say, bad numbers because of that. No, we are covered.
Maybe just a follow-up to that question. If you look at your marine business where you have some long duration orders can you knock in supply chain at the price when you got the order or like what sort of protection do you have there? Like if you're getting order for cruise ships, which may be delivered in 4, 5 years' time, how you're going to protect yourself on such contracts that was.
We, of course, also work with long-term supplier contracts, definitely for the critical suppliers. When you talk about, let's say, simple materials like bolts and nuts that's not needed because there is a multitude of suppliers available. But typically for critical components, let's say, we have long-term agreements with our suppliers.
And that links also back to the earlier question about, let's say, if we, at some point of time, think of, let's say, expanding our capacity, and we need to make sure that the suppliers are along with us. And they will not be along with us if they are not, let's say, having long-term relationship with us.
So yes, we typically also have long-term relationships and that also goes to, let's say, long-term idea about, let's say, pricing and how it should develop.
And my second question is on data center customer base. And I think Hakan previously said on the conference call that you were not talking directly to hyperscalers as some other companies. And I wanted to ask, has there been any change in the previous quarters and given you are winning getting a little bit more success than before.
So now as you gone through the door with hyperscalers directly or is it still the same customers that you.
No. To my knowledge, we are not talking to hyperscalers directly. It's still the same.
The next question comes from Tom Skogman.
Good afternoon, and in Happy New Year. A couple of questions around data centers. Have you discussed including batteries in any orders or as an add-on or so, as you have that acknowledge in the competence as well.
Simple answer so far, no, no. There is a bit more, let's say, attention and questions about it, but nothing concrete. No.
Okay. And then I mean, we build a lot of data centers in the Nordics, and you are a well-known brand here. Of course, we have excellent grid -- electricity grids here, but back up is always needed. Do you have an opportunity to sell a backup generation to European data centers and especially, of course, in your home country where a lot of data centers are built.
Yes, I think we can certainly provide backup power. That's our core business. So yes, let's see what happens.
I don't -- have not seen any order announcement, but have you booked any orders like that, that you have not announced.
No. Let's say, what we have not announced, I cannot talk about because, let's say, whenever we do an announcement, we need to make sure that the customer is aligned with our announcement. And if we can, we will always announce an order. But yes, sometimes you don't get okay from the customer to make that verbal, let's say, externally.
And would you like to highlight some hot countries in Europe for your offering? I mean you have these orders in 2024, but nothing in '25 in Europe, so?
No, not any specific. I think data center opportunities are coming up more and more in different countries. So I would not say it's just one country. I think all European countries are more and more, let's say, thinking about it as well, but they are certainly behind on, let's say, what happens in the U.S. I think I would say Europe is reactive if I put it like that, when it comes to that. And I think the U.S. is more proactive.
And that equally so goes for the rest of the world. Let's say, if you take Japan and Australia, data center is also more -- and then also probably has to do with, let's say, the big tech companies, mainly coming from the U.S.
And then when we look at your capacity and the supply network, is it so general that the larger the component it is, the fewer suppliers, you have and the more critical it is to have them on board? Or are there also challenges in, let's say, electronics and stuff like that. It's to scale or is it really hard just to scale up in engine blocks and crank shaft et cetera.
Of course, let's say, the for engine blocks, let's say, for engine block, crank shafts, turbochargers, there are not so many suppliers in the world. So you need to make sure that, let's say, a good agreements with your suppliers that you partner with them and develop together basically. But there are certainly also, let's say, smaller components.
Let's say, in the times of COVID when it was very difficult to get semiconductors. Then semiconductors was a problem because if you have an engine without a control system that is complete. Yes.
So yes, you need to work with all the suppliers. But let's say, I would say the suppliers of, let's say, big and critical components are the most important ones.
So everything looks very, very good. What are like the key very items at the moment.
I would say I'm not so worried about many things. I'm a positive person by nature. I would say we should still -- and then that's what I highlighted in the beginning, we still need more orders for energy storage. That's clear. That's the most challenging business at the moment.
For Marine and Energy, I don't have any major concerns. I think that's going well forward. I think the opportunities are clearly there. Good thing is in energy storage, things are better now in Q4. Let's see how we develop this going forward. But it depends very much on a lot of external factors as well.
And do you use the same kind of pricing method. I mean, it's always about market prices and cost plus, et cetera. But have you adjusted in any way you know how you think about pricing just when markets are so strong.
No, let's say, our pricing has not changed. We are not doing cost-plus at call, frankly speaking. So let's say, our pricing is case-by-case and it's value-based selling. Every case is just independently, let's say, what is our competitive position. And of course, we try always to get the maximum out of any deal. So there is more, let's say, demand than supply, and you have an opportunity.
Next question comes from Uma Samlin.
Happy New Year. Sorry, I apologize my camera is not working today. I just have one follow-up on the pricing side. Especially when it comes to data center engine price. So if you track the turbine prices, they have raised significantly in the past 2 years. And you just mentioned that you do value-based pricing, I guess the value for your customers should be quite high given you're one of the very few that can deliver in such a short time scale. So how should we think about your pricing for the data center project?
Like I said, let's say, if there is more demand than supply, you have an opportunity, and we are maximizing on that opportunity. That's all I will tell. I wouldn't tell know you how much we have increased prices or anything in that direction.
The next question comes from Sven Weier.
Yes. I just have one follow-up question regarding the margin targets, right? 14% for combined Energy Marine, Energy has already gapped away above 14%. I mean two questions in that. First of all, I guess, I mean, as we just heard, the DC pricing benefit is still to come. So I guess you're probably positive to raise the energy margins further.
And the second part would be to ask you. I mean, is there -- would you see any structural challenge for Marine to close the gap long term? Or anything that keeps it away from going where energy is now?
No. First of all, let's say, the margin target of 14% is for Marine and Energy combined. It's not that both should be reaching that. Let's say, it's a combined. And there is one clear underlying reason because there is many, many things that are combined between Energy & Marine factory. First of all, let's say, the whole R&D, then the whole Global Logistics Center. All of those are owned by marine and they provide service to energy.
Of course, you try to split it as good as possible, but it's never perfect. So that's also why we have this marine and energy combined targets. I would say it's largely perfect, but not totally. I think if you look at the historical trends, let's say, quarter-on-quarter, let's say, the trend is clearly positive. I think we were with Marine and Energy combined 13.2%, I think, at the end of Q3. Every quarter, we make a step in the right direction. But yes, I think I'm confident we will hit the 14%. Let's say, if we then change it and do something differently. Let's see. First, we reach it, and then we consider it.
Ryan, what is the reason why Marine is 2 percentage points below energy? Is it product mix? What's causing it?
Yes, I think there are probably, let's say, many different factors, let's say, first of all, I'd say it's a much more challenging call it, contracting environment. Let's say if you do energy, a power plant, you deliver new equipment and you can offer a life cycle contract to the same customer, which you can much better combine, let's say, the value offering.
Let's say, in marine, let's say, the value of your solution, let's say, fuel efficiency and what have you of your solution that you offer on the equipment side comes to the operator or the owner, which is not the same party that, let's say, is contracting on the new equipment side. The yard is very cost driven. So you need to get the owner to convince the yard I want [indiscernible] equipment, and that is a much more challenging way to negotiate. And yes, in that sense, I would say it's much easier to get better margins, actually, I think, in energy.
That's why there should still be a gap then also in the future between the two, I guess.
Okay. Let's see, of course, let's say, in Marine, it's also, let's say, certain segments give you better margins than other segments. Certain customers give you also a better margin than so it depends a bit on the mix as well. I would say, let's say, in my memory, I think historically, Marine has always been a little bit lower. I don't see it immediately change the other way out.
Next question comes from Antti Kansanen.
Yes. Thanks. Just a very kind of a technical modeling question. Thanks for providing the split of the order book for the different segments. So I just wanted you to remind me how do you include the service businesses in the order book, especially the agreement-based driven service business? Do you kind of have a 2-year rolling orders on the order book? Okay.
Order intake, let's say, when we book an order for life cycle agreements, we take all the sales in that we anticipate of the coming 24 months. And then month-on-month, we roll it.
Okay. So kind of 2-year order agreement basis.
No, I do not see any hands up. So we still have some time left. So if you have a question, please use raise your hand functionality.
For me, it looks like that there are no further questions. So thank you for great discussion. Thank you, Arjen. Thank you. And our financial statements bulletin will be published on February I hope you can enjoy winter a little bit before that, but let's talk then more. Thank you.
Thank you. See you in a few weeks.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Special Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
Wärtsilä — Special Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Portfolio-Adjustments: Verkauf von Marine Electrical Systems abgeschlossen (Jahresumsatz ≈ EUR 100 Mio); ANCS verkauft, Orderbook-Korrektur ≈ EUR 260 Mio (Umsatz 2024 ≈ EUR 230 Mio).
- Gas Solutions: Veräußerung unterzeichnet, Abschluss erwartet Q2 2026; Umsatz 2024 ≈ EUR 300 Mio.
- Margin-Ziel: Kombiniertes Ziel Marine+Energy 14%; Stand Ende Q3: 13,2%.
- CapEx: Jahresbandbreite EUR 100–200 Mio.
- F&E: Investitionen bleiben über 4% des Umsatzes (vs. historisch ≈3%).
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Portfoliofokus: Aktiver Rückbau von Nebenaktivitäten (mehrere Verkäufe) zur Schärfung des Kerngeschäfts.
- Marktprioritäten: Wachstumsschwerpunkte sind Balancing Power und Data Centers; Dekarbonisierung und Treibstoffeffizienz bleiben zentrale Verkaufsargumente.
- Kapitalallokation: Dividendenpolitik 50% des Gewinns (EPS), stabile CapEx-Range, nur gezielte Bolt‑on‑M&A; Everllence als größeres potenzielles Projekt.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Transaktionen: Gas Solutions‑Deal soll bis Q2 2026 abgeschlossen sein; wirkt sich auf Gruppengröße und Orderbook aus.
- Data Centers: Leadtimes verschoben, viele Lieferungen now in 2027; größere Abschlüsse schaffen Referenzwirkung.
- Risiken: Energy Storage braucht mehr Bestellungen; Q4 zeigte Verbesserung, aber Volumen unsicher.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Data Center Leadtimes: Diskussion über verlängerte Lieferfenster (meist 2027) und vorhandene Kapazität; Wärtsilä sagt, Kapazität sei noch vorhanden, skaliert aber.
- Veräußerungserlöse: Analysten wollten Cash‑Prognosen; Management gibt keine Proceeds an, verweist auf Board‑Entscheidungen.
- Geschäftssegmente: Nachfrage‑/Saisonalitätsfragen (Cruise/Ferry vs. Werften, Retrofits, Carbon Capture Verzögerungen) und Margenunterschiede Marine vs. Energy.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Wärtsilä reduziert Nicht‑Kernaktivitäten und fokussiert auf Data Centers, Balancing Power und Services; mittelfristig positive Margenentwicklung möglich, kurzfristig bleibt Energy‑Storage‑Demand ein Hauptrisiko. Kapitalpolitik bleibt aktionärsfreundlich (50% Dividende) bei erhöhter F&E‑Intensität.
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
1. Management Discussion
So time to start. Welcome to Wärtsilä's CEO Strategy Call. I'm Hanna-Maria Heikkinen, and I'm in charge of Investor Relations. Today, our CEO, Hakan Agnevall, will discuss some of our key long-term opportunities. And after Hakan's key messages, there is a possibility to ask questions. As a reminder, we will host the pre-silent call on January 13, together with our CFO, Arjen Berends. So let's leave the questions related to recent trading and detailed financials to that call. [Operator Instructions]
Please, Hakan, its time to start.
Thank you, Hanna-Maria, and a warm welcome to our strategy call. It's getting close to Christmas, but we still have some interesting month ahead of us, December. It's -- we have a lot of activities in Wärtsilä to start there. And if we talk first about Marine and then we talk about Energy, what is happening.
On the Marine side, I would say -- I would highlight continued service growth, moving up the service value ladder, leveraging our digital tools to grow certainly the performance-based business. Agreements, we continue the positive trajectory there, bringing more and more of our installed base into agreements. I think we are around 34% now, increasing with about percentage unit every year, really working out for us in a positive way. So continued positive sentiment on services.
Then our core segments continue to grow. We made the point many times that you can just not only take Clarkson overall numbers and try to triangulate where Wärtsilä is going. You really need to look at our core segments. And it's about cruise, ferries, it's about offshore, it's about special vessels. And we continue to see good development there. We also made earlier the statement that -- and it's part of our interim report that even if you look at Clarkson forecast numbers in our core segments, it looks pretty positive, and we see that as well.
Then the third element of our growth in Marine, decarb, and it continues. I would say we are a technology leader in the new fuels but not only in the new fuels, also helping our customers to improve efficiency and reduce fuel consumption. And also, we launched carbon capture, as we know. That will take longer time to evolve, but we still think over time, it can be an interesting retrofit solution.
Now regulation, as we know, importance of IMO, and we are all aware of the MEPC83 vote or you could say, the postponement for 1 year to take a decision on a global carbon pricing mechanism. So what's the impact to the industry of this? And what's the impact for Wärtsilä? If we start with the industry, I would say we could go in a direction where we will see a more fragmented landscape of regulation because EU has its regulation in place. I mean, Marine is now part of the EU ETS, the carbon pricing in Europe. We have the EU fuel Mine, which is playing out. But we now also hear rumors that China is considering developing their own carbon pricing mechanism. And there could be other regions and countries developing their own. So I think that if that comes, it could be a more fragmented landscape, which doesn't make it easier for the owners and the operators to kind of operate business-wise in.
What's the impact of Wärtsilä? I would say limited because if you look at our core proposition for our customers, it's about fuel flexibility and fuel efficiency. And in the future, if you build a vessel today, you need to have a 30-year time horizon. It's the lifetime of the vessel. And we still continue this discussion under the 30-year horizon, things will continue to change, regulations will evolve. Fuel prices will -- fossil prices will probably go up because of regulations. Green fuel, still too expensive, not available, but will -- insufficient amounts but will probably come available.
So with that kind of backdrop, we still have this strategic discussion with many of our customers about dual fuel, multi-fuel capability journey over time and fuel efficiency, emission efficiency. I would say we -- right now, if you talk there is a lot of focus on LNG. And some of the operators, they say that's the first step and then going to bioLNG. And then the focus is on methane slip. And I would say on the 4-stroke side, we are the clear leader on methane reduction, methane slip reduction.
So that's what I said, limited impact. We still have this very strategic discussions with our customers, and we continue to see that going forward. Also, and you follow the figures, container liner traffic holding up very well. Also container liners placing orders for new vessels, so strong. LNG is -- I mean, transport is down, but bunkering is up. Cruise, very strong, a lot of activities. Ferries also coming up in a good way. So good activity. And also, I would say, oil and gas is reactivating. So good development in Wärtsilä's core segment, I talked about it and also good opportunities to capture business on our decarb leadership, I would say. So that's Marine situation.
Then if we go to the Energy side, and you know the split, about 60% of Wärtsilä is Marine, about 40% is Energy. We still have the split also between new build and services. It's about 50-50 split. I would say it's even -- right now, I think services is even a bit more, maybe 55-ish.
On the Energy side, as you know or many of you know, we provide 2 solutions. We provide balancing power and we provide baseload. And the balancing power is very tightly connected to the increasing share of renewables, wind and solar, and you need to make sure that the system stays stable when the sun doesn't shine and the wind doesn't blow. We continue to see a lot of activities on this in the U.S., especially in the mid-section of the U.S., I mean, Texas and all the way up. And the renewables agenda there is very much driven by affordability, affordable energy. So the baseload narrative is -- sorry, the balancing narrative is definitely playing out in the U.S. still. But also in other parts of the world, there are auctions coming in Brazil, et cetera.
Then if we go to balancing, generating electric power 24/7. Of course, the -- we have our -- you could say, our core markets like Indonesia, like Malaysia, et cetera. There are actually pretty strong activities there right now, interest. But there's, of course, a lot of attention to the new baseload application for us and which is data centers. And you heard me talking about, but I think it's worth coming back to it. It has been, I would say, the overarching message is that a big share of the data center power market is moving out -- moving into our sweet spot.
If you go a couple of years back, quite recently, data centers were looking for 10, 20, 30 megawatts. In the U.S., they could hook up, they can sign an agreement with the utility. And they would buy some high-speed engines from Cummins or Caterpillar as a backup if the grid collapsed, so to say. But now as the size of the data centers are growing, we are talking about hundreds of megawatts and gigawatts.
And then when the data center developer goes to the utility, it becomes an interesting business opportunity for that utility, but the utility needs to build a new power line or build a power plant. And then, of course, they have the regular planning process and lead times in the U.S. are probably, I mean, normally between 7 to 10 years. So then this proposition doesn't work anymore. And therefore, data centers in many instances, are looking for off-grid power generation. And these are in the sizes of hundreds of megawatts. So it's right in our sweet spot, you could say.
And we do see a lot of activities. We had our second data center order here quite recently. I think many of you noticed that. And I say, as I said before, because I know many of you will ask, how do I see it going forward. There is definitely opportunities for the future. We continue to have a pipeline of commercial opportunities in varying stage of maturity, but we do see a strong demand.
And one particular point I would like to make because there are some people that are asking, is the only reason why you are receiving orders now is because gas turbine technology is sold out. And I would say that's one of the reasons, but it's not the only reason. Clearly, we have also in this segment, we have some intrinsic benefits. We talked a lot about our benefits on the balancing side. But also in data centers, we have some benefits. We don't have thermal derating above 100 degrees Fahrenheit. We don't need a lot of water. Our modular concept is from a CapEx perspective, more affordable. Our energy efficiency is good.
So there are a couple of drivers. And personally -- and let's see how this plays out because now it's a buoyant market, and we do think that there will be a high level of activity also going forward. But I will make the case because we see customers coming into our space that we normally haven't done business with in the U.S. and they are formidable players, and they have been focusing on gas turbines. But now they are getting into engines. And I'm convinced that when -- because I'm convinced when they try our engines and when they see them working and operating like they normally do, they will like that.
And I see this on the balancing side. We get -- we start to get repeat customers. And there are quite a few examples, our Colorado River Authority, WEC, et cetera, et cetera. And I think that will happen the same -- on the data center side. And that could actually mean that we will structurally change our market share in the U.S. going forward. This is a journey over time, but I do see opportunity because there are more and more learning -- customers learning about engines.
So with that, I think that was a quick summary of Marine and Energy. And Hanna, I suggest we open up for questions.
Thank you, Hakan. So we will continue with the Q&A. [Operator Instructions] So the first question comes from Antti Kansanen.
2. Question Answer
I have 2. I will start with surprisingly on the data center side. And I mean, Hakan, you've been talking about for some time that you have a pipeline in various degrees of maturity, and you have mentioned that U.S. players are perhaps more familiar with turbines as a technology. Is there a key difference in the permitting process of getting an engine-based power plant to kind of -- to get the permitting done versus a turbine because the regulators have more experience on that. Is that kind of one explanation why maybe there's been a bit of a longer time period that you have converted some of these opportunities?
No, that's not what I hear from our customers. No, I wouldn't say that I don't think.
Yes, because I was just thinking, is this kind of a pipeline of opportunities in states that you have already kind of done extensive business? I mean it's not like U.S. is a new market for you guys. You have a lot of installed base in there. And for example, in Texas, you have a lot of clients who have invested also recently. So is it kind of a similar regulatory framework and similar states that you are doing? Or is it completely kind of new areas geographically as well?
I think it's a mix. So it's both in Texas, but it's also in other states. And I would say that, yes, you have a point that we've been in the U.S. for decades. I think we've been in the U.S. for 30, 40 years. And you could say that we have had our strongholds with municipalities and the co-ops on the energy generation. And they have -- they continue to be important customer of ours.
But first of all, in the smaller data -- I mean, it's 2 years ago, we were not on data centers because I described, it was a different dynamics. And of course, our competitors like Caterpillar, Jenbacher of the world, they have developed customer relations in that segment over many, many years. So I think in the beginning of this transition into bigger data centers, they have clearly captured a lot of orders. And -- but now since I'm saying a big share of the market is actually moving into our sweet spot, we are building up those customer contacts.
And my key point here is that when customers try our new candy, so to say, if I may say so, of [ Fatso ] candy, they will like it. And my proof point to that is that is -- I've seen that happening on the balancing side, repeat customers in the U.S. And it's a little bit also, you could say, the -- our other side of competitive space with GE and Siemens and some of the earlier -- when the market changed for bigger data centers, there has been the gigawatt projects. And we are -- we have not been in that space, and I would not say that we are in the gigawatt space.
So Siemens and GE, they have had a fantastic home run there, and I congratulate them. But now when it starts to move into our sweet spot, we are back and we are new. And we have these intrinsic benefits, no water consumption, no derating on hot temperature, no derating on high altitude, et cetera. And that's why I'm optimistic long term.
So are you giving the first pieces of candy for free or because you're building your knowledge? Or how is -- you're selling scarcity. So how is the -- anything you want to comment on the pricing environment on the data center side?
So I mean, Antti, there is no such thing as a free lunch in the world. I would say that we have a good customer dynamic, and we have strong pricing power, yes.
Okay. Then I had a second question, which is not related on the data center side, but on the power plants. I mean you already earlier got quite a sizable order from a mining project that was in Pakistan. And I mean that's also a theme that the market is quite excited about building up kind of greenfield copper mines, for example, Argentina, maybe North America as well. Is this something that could be a sizable opportunity for you going forward?
I think we are very well established with the big mining companies. They know our engines. They know our candy and they like it. You have to talk to them, but at least that's what they tell me. So as projects comes up, there will be opportunities. But they are a little bit more, you could say, opportunistic because it's like the Pakistani opportunity, they come. It can take many years, 5 years to develop, even 10 years to develop. So I would consider that as more -- we are certainly there, but it's a little bit opportunistic.
Okay. Is high altitude something that is a benefit for an engine technology versus something else?
Yes. We are -- I mean, the gas turbines, they derate. So you can -- either you have to over dimension or you have to accept the derating and our engines doesn't derate. Now of course, not all installations are at high altitude. So let's be frank. But certainly, for installations in hot temperature, I mean, 100 degrees Fahrenheit, no derating. The gas turbines, they have the same challenges there. So we have -- those are interesting strengths of technology going forward.
The next question comes from Sven Weier.
Two questions from my side, please. The first one is on the recent win on the data center side. I was just wondering, did you directly compete with turbines there because there's one of the turbine competitors who claims that they are not directly competing with the engines. They say this is just a temporary bridging until the turbine becomes available and then it moves into backup. What do you have to respond to that? That's the first one.
I don't know, as a matter of fact, which alternatives these customers are considering. But I think I can say that they were strongly considering engines and not only for this -- as I said, this argument that it's only because the gas turbines cannot deliver. I think that the market is very big. And we know that some -- I mean, the gas turbine competitors, they are running into capacity constraints. We still have capacity on 18 to 30-month kind of time horizon. And as I say, I think you're a little bit out of touch with the market if you make those type of statements. And then I would say when the market will come down, we don't see that happening. But we will see. We will see. When it comes to thermal derating, needle water, these are facts.
So basically, the project that you just won is not just temporary baseload from you, but long-term baseload. That's the plan.
I mean you don't invest in 500-megawatt power generation for temporary. If you look at the whole off-grid narrative, you could consider it in different phases. So now I'm describing a generic situation. The first phase is that you build a power plant, obviously, to feed your data center. But then a couple of years later or 10 years later, there will be a power line. And then you start to provide -- you continue to provide power to your data center, but you can also provide power to the grid. So that you could say is a second step. And so people start to talk about this as hybrid operation.
And then I'm saying, our engines, they're extremely energy efficient. So -- and this is our baseload customers, they know it. And our new customers, they realize that. So good. And then you have Phase 3, so that's Phase 2. Phase 3, of course, the hyperscalers, they want to have more and more green energy. So they want to integrate wind and solar and love and behold that we go to balancing applications, and you know which is the best technology there. So that's why I say Phase 2, Phase 3, we will have a strong contribution to our customers.
And now the follow-up question I have on that is because I think you previously said your sweet spot is up until, I think, 400, 500 megawatt max because then simply becomes too many engines. But we also know that, obviously, Caterpillar had a project a few months ago, which was several gigawatts. I mean, do you think that's just very exceptional, one in kind and it never happens again? Or do you think you can push that limit higher?
So what is limiting the number of engines we put and how -- why do we find the sweet spot that, let's say, 20 to 400. It's based on how much space you have. So if you have more space, you can add additional and you can build gigawatt plants. There is no kind of electrical or fuel efficiency limit to this. It's more like how much space -- physical space do you have available. And I would say, and I would argue, I know there are some Caterpillar guys on the line, at least they subscribe. The key thing for us, we are more energy efficient than them. So if you're going to look at the price per kilowatt hour, you build it with medium speed. If you're going to build 1 gigawatt, you do it with medium speed, not with high speed.
And you would say that the majority of the pipeline is kind of size constrained. So that's why this will be limited to the kind of 400.
That will be -- this is how we have traditionally defined our sweet spot to be realistic. But as you see now with our second data center orders, there are people that have space. And you know if we focus on the U.S., it's a country with a lower space. So let's see how this evolves.
The next question comes from Vivek Midha.
I have one more question on data center and then one on Marine, if I may. So the question on data center is just following up on your comments around the varying sort of stages of maturity within the pipeline. I remember earlier in the year, you'd indicated you're quite confident in being able to book another data center order by year-end. That's clearly happened who knows whether maybe there's to be another one. But in terms of the sort of the potential for further orders, I mean, should we expect that this kind of trajectory of maybe every half year or so is about the right kind of indication? Do you see the conversion accelerating as we go into next year?
So it's very hard to predict. I understand the logic behind your question, I respect that. It's a little bit because one big order can move a lot. I mean we go back to the fundamentals of project business. It comes in chunks and in big chunks. So I think -- but if you -- as I said, we have a very active pipeline. We are on a growth journey. And there could be more orders this year. I'm not saying that there will be, there may be. And there will certainly be new orders next year as well.
Understood. My other question is just on Marine, following up on your comments around the MEPC and the IMO. You commented around the need to maintain a fuel flexible approach. And I fully understand and agree that if you're a customer with a 30-year horizon, if you are investing, you need to continue to care about decarbonization. In terms of the appetite to invest, on top of that, given the regulatory uncertainty, have you sensed any change in the appetite and willingness to make investment decisions when MEPC has been delayed by a year, there's this more fragmented approach and so on?
So I think it's too early to say because our customers and the whole market is still digesting this. So it's too early to say. I mean, theoretically, there could be certain postponements or certain retrofits. But we still -- and I know this because we have received a lot of questions after the interim and that book-to-bill on services is still in total, clearly above 1, but our project-related business was below 1. But I still say that -- and I reiterate that even on the project side, we have a strong pipeline going forward, so to say. So I don't see -- it's too early to comment.
The next question comes from John-B Kim.
Two questions, if I may. Sorry to beat the dead horse, but on the data center outlook.
It's not there. It's very much alone.
I know it's very left field of me. Where are you on factory loads? At what point do these kind of 500-megawatt, possibly 1 gigawatt orders start to create a supply problem for you? Or what -- how do you think about adding capacity?
Yes. So we still have capacity, but I would say that we are looking at delivery times. They are getting a bit more prolonged 18 to 36 months. So there is capacity still, but it's sliding out in time. Supply chain, I would say we have a good and solid supply chain.
Okay. And we spend a lot of time talking about the U.S. as kind of the epicenter for data centers. When you look more globally, which countries or regions do you think are logical expansion points for this market? And are you seeing Chinese competition there?
So I mean if we talk -- yes, so I mean, Europe is the obvious candidate. We have a partnership with AVK there. We have 3 installation on Ireland that is public. And we see it will come in Europe. It will take longer time because of permitting and the regulatory landscape in Europe, but it will certainly come. But it will also come in Japan, in Australia, et cetera, et cetera. So Southeast Asia is also coming. Chinese competition in this type of engines, there is no Chinese competition in these type of engines for energy applications.
Next question comes from Max Yates.
I guess my first question is just on the energy storage business. And I'm maybe a little bit surprised you're not kind of more optimistic on this because obviously, an extension of kind of what we're hearing in the data center market is kind of more solar, more energy storage. And I'm kind of curious why you don't talk about that more? Is it just because it's a more competitive market and you're not prepared to be as aggressive as you need to be to participate in that market? Are you just a bit kind of gun-shy because it's been a tough 6 months, and so you want to wait to see it. Just -- or is there a reason that you may not participate as all of that kind of that market picks up also related to data centers?
So clearly, it's been an exceptional development on energy storage. As you know, we concluded our strategic review just before the Liberation Day when U.S. introduced the major tariffs. And then what has played out after that in terms of a much more -- putting a wet blanket on a large chunk of the U.S. market and also increasing the competitiveness in other markets. That has been a ride for us to kind of weather through, so to say. And you've seen that the profitability of the order backlog that we have delivered, the team has executed well, done a great job and profitability is going up.
But on the other hand, our order intake has clearly not been satisfied. And I would say that, that is a consequence of this latest market dynamics that I just talked about. And we are kind of regrouping and see what we're going to do going forward. There -- but I think we reiterate some of the fundamentals of our strategy, which will be to be selective and focus on customer segments and also geographies, which value our core proposition, which is very much about executional excellence, thermal safety and also understanding of power systems and how do you really integrate the battery, so to say. But clearly, the order intake so far this year has not been satisfying.
Okay. And maybe just a quick follow-up on what you said on kind of medium speed and high speed and potentially medium speed better. I appreciate we're all trying to become kind of experts in this and none of us are engineers. But my understanding was that one of the advantages of high-speed engines was that you have these very volatile AI workloads and so a high-speed engine is kind of better able to cope with that. Sorry, what's your pitch for kind of why a medium-speed engine is better? I just wanted to understand that better.
So I think the fundamentals, the energy efficiency is better. So you will have better fuel performance on the medium speed. Then I think the call is still out there. I mean we can ramp -- I mean it's true that high speed, they can ramp up faster than us. But I think the call is still out there because the loads or part of the loads we are talking about, they are in the millisecond domain. And I think the call is still out there. I would predict that we will definitely see some battery storage as a kind of system solution, and we are -- I mean, our battery storage team is working on that to deal with the millisecond and second spike, so to say.
And sorry, just a very quick follow-up. I wanted to understand a bit better what you were saying on these kind of very large kind of gigawatt orders because I guess you've always said why they don't really make sense is the space yet we are seeing kind of whether it's UNO, whether it's Caterpillar, we are seeing them win those orders. And I presume the space issue is no different for them than you. And I sort of felt like you said don't expect a gigawatt order. So I'm just curious sort of they're doing it...
The logic would be that if somebody has space to build a 1 gigawatt power plant with high speed, I think they would have space to build a 1 gigawatt with medium as well. But I think the key point why we are -- because these are exceptional orders certainly for high speed and would be also for medium speed is that normally, when you come into this amount of power, the gas turbine, they require less speed. And this is where normally people have gone, so to say. But of course, now the gas turbines are sold out.
Can I squeeze just one very, very quick one in? Just on Marine Services, there's some sort of news flow starting to come out that some of the kind of the Red Sea is opening up a bit. I'm just trying to understand, do you think your service business has had quite a big boost from ships having to go the long way around? And has that had a meaningful impact? Do you sort of think about -- do you think about that for your business?
So I mean, it has some, but not a big one. So that's one statement. It -- we have said that before. So that -- and also when I talk to some of the operators, they say that -- I mean, the container operators primarily, they say that even if -- first, there is a lot of safety concerns still. And they say that even if it opens up, -- that's my understanding. People will still try to keep their fleet in operation and simply go slower, reduce the speed with a not something like that. So when you sum it all up coming back, we don't think it will have a major impact on our business, our service business, even if the situation would stabilize.
The next question comes from Johan Eliason.
We can't hear you. We still can't hear you. I'm sorry, we can't hear you.
We cannot hear you. Maybe if we take Antti Kansanen first and then Johan, you can try after that. Antti, please go ahead.
Can you hear me?
Yes.
Yes. I just wanted to come back on the delivery times and the capacity stuff that you mentioned. Like did I understand correctly, 18 to 30 months of delivery capacity? I know you're kind of removing some of the testing bottlenecks at Vaasa right now. So is there any kind of additional plans for the next couple of years to expand it? And I just wanted to think that it's kind of interesting for your pipeline of data center clients where speed is of the essence to see that you're getting these kind of big, big orders and filling up the factory. So is it driving any urgency, what do you think?
No. I mean, of course, there is a high demand and delivery times are important in data centers. So that is for sure. And of course, we are looking at further expansion opportunities, but we will take it step by step.
Okay. But no kind of bigger expansion plans in a sense that you want.
As I said, I mean, we are considering the demand situation and see how this pans out. And then we will have to take decisions and take it step by step.
Okay. And what about your kind of main competitor on the medium-speed engine side? Are you seeing them active on the data center side? I just like thinking about it if somebody wants to find a new owner for the 4-stroke business, would that be an interesting data center player for anybody? Or are they kind of losing and not competitive with you on the power plant side?
I mean if you talk about Everllence, I mean, they compete in certain markets. They have taken certain projects in the U.S. I'm not aware if they have taken data center project. I don't think so, but you have to ask them.
Yes, for sure.
So I mean they are certainly a competitor. But normally, and this swings a little bit back and forth because it's a project-oriented market. But if you look in the engine power plant space, we normally have like 70% market share.
Thank you, Antti. Then let's try again with Johan Eliason. I hope that we could hear you now. Johan, please go ahead. Johan, can you hear us? Okay. Let's maybe then try with Akash Gupta. Akash, we cannot hear you. Then let's continue with Sven Weier. Please go ahead.
I hope you can hear me.
Yes, we can hear you.
I'm lucky. Yes, also a question on Everllence, but more on the direction, obviously, now it seems to become serious in terms of being sold by VW. We can all see the price tags that are rumored, and we heard you talking about being interested in the past. Now obviously, there seems to be also private equity, the Porsche family being interested. I mean, how much interested are you really? And what's your value proposition in terms of making sure it becomes yours?
So -- and I think -- so I reiterate the message because it's consistent with what we have said before. So no changes from our side. Yes, if it comes out, we will certainly have a look. It's very clear we cannot buy the 4-stroke business. We would be interested in the 2-stroke for the right price, of course. And we would need to find a partner to do a transaction, so to say. That's all I can comment.
But you would be also able to buy the entire company and then selling the 4 stroke later?
That is a complex transaction, and it's also -- I don't know how the Volkswagen Group is considering. You will have to ask them, do they actually want to sell it with an immediate breakup, et cetera, et cetera. There are many different avenues and scenarios and complexities around that. I cannot comment simply.
Okay. But the partner could be private equity that keeps the 4 stroke and you take the 2 stroke.
That's one scenario, yes, absolutely.
Understood. And the second question I had is just a follow-up also on battery storage for data centers because we also Fluence reporting guiding quite optimistic for next year, also talking very positively about data centers as an opportunity. I mean you still sound a bit more reserved. I mean, is Fluence so optimistic because they keep on talking about the U.S. assembly and how that helps them? Is that making a difference in your mind? Or is that not really the case?
I mean you will have to ask Fluence about their positive outlook. I mean, from our side, we think there is an opportunity for battery storage as a component in dealing with data centers as a load, which has a very low profile. But then, of course, it's also to find the right commercial setup and the right [indiscernible], et cetera, et cetera, so to say. So it's a risk/reward balance. I mean, the traditional kind of business dynamics.
I mean is it -- would it also be interesting for you to partner with companies like NVIDIA who obviously make the new 800 architecture and run the script? I mean, is that something that you think would help you getting more built in into those architectures?
Yes. I mean I still -- and you probably followed and there are technology avenues that is adding capacitor or super caps or elements very close to the actual processor, so to say, or -- but we are, you could say, the front of the meter of big-sized batteries. So is there a trimming opportunity between the front of the meter and the data center still to be explored. And I do think there is some potential.
So I think there will be different players partnering up around this space. It's a very dynamic and evolving space. And I think overall, the industry is learning a lot about the load profile of the data centers. And we know there are the learning and inference data centers, and they have different kind of load profiles.
But it's not that your engine sales guys take the battery guy with them into the meeting to cross-sell.
This is a potential opportunity for sure, absolutely.
And just as a reminder, in case you have any technical problems, please you can also send questions by e-mail to me. But then next question comes from Tom Skogman.
Continuing first on Everllence, I fully understand there will be great synergies in service. But as I'm not an engineer, I mean, would there be any direct synergies between the 2-stroke and the 4-stroke engines in terms of R&D or so?
Yes. I mean, of course, there are 2 different engine technologies. I think the major synergies are on the commercial side, sharing a common customer base. It's certainly on the services side, as you're pointing out. And then on the technology side, although the engines are different, I think that certainly in terms of idea sharing and when the deep engineers, they get together and they start to innovate, I'm sure that there will also be some opportunities there to learn from each other.
And the biggest cross-selling opportunity, what will that be in terms of product?
It's that you -- then you have a company that can offer -- has a broader offering. And you can discuss both type of solutions at the same time with the shipyard, so to say.
Okay. And then on the data centers, why is it the 50 engine? Is it just because it's the bigger one? Or what is the reason that that's the preferred engine? I mean you have perhaps more capacity in other engine types. I mean, are they much worse in terms of performance? Or is there something other -- something else we should understand?
Yes. I mean we actually sell both to data centers, but -- and it's a little bit about the redundancy strategy, but you're right in the sense that the 50s are bigger. So if you want to go for the big ones, you probably have a preference for the ships.
But is it a lower cost or better fuel efficiency in these applications in that engine type or some tech spec?
Yes. I mean it's a total life cycle consideration, and you optimize that, and that is a little bit dependent on that. There is not one simple explanation to this. It's a total life cycle consideration.
Okay. Then finally, about capacity. I think if I don't remember wrong, I have a bad memory. I think you said you used 70% of your capacity last year, and now it's 75% after strong growth. So it's just a moving target. And you have mentioned earlier these test beds, but that's, of course, a very easy thing to fix and you are not worried about the supply chain.
So I mean, when I go to the factory in Vaasa, it doesn't look like a Father Christmas workshop. I mean it's not like really fast speed or so. So I would just imagine that you could just have more people there and add -- I don't know how many shifts you work today. Do you have 3 shifts, for instance? Or I mean, what is really kind of the bottlenecks to scale up?
So I think it's a good question. And I'm sure our competition and our colleagues from Caterpillar, they would be very interested in knowing all our internal things. So I will not go into the details of that, Tom, you need to appreciate that. I think the fact that we are now indicating 18 to 36 is saying something that we are getting more loaded. We are not completely full, but we are getting more loaded and therefore, our delivery times are getting longer.
Do you work in like 3 shifts as an example? Or what do you...
I will not go into that, Tom. I would like to know if -- how hard my competitors because then I can start make calculations on what they are doing. So sorry, I will not go into those details.
You don't feel you have to kind of buy some suppliers to open up bottlenecks or something like that. You're happy with that.
We have a strong supply chain, and so far, it's following us in a very good way.
The next question comes from William Mackie.
A couple of questions, again, staying with data centers. I mean, it's a very fast-evolving market. It's arrived only recently. But is there any way that you might be brave enough to frame how you see this in terms of a market size opportunity over perhaps a 3- or 5-year period? And if we think really long term, do you see this more as a transitory phase as grid bottlenecks clear beyond 5- and 10-year profiles, do you think your customers probably revert back to grid connections as a preferred solution? That's the first question. And then I've got a couple of more.
Okay. So I mean, if you -- first of all, when I talk to our customers, data center customers, and I ask them, how do you see growth going forward? And how do you see the market evolving? I think the key message there is that the investments we are doing and the infrastructure we are building is not about ChatGPT. It's not about the B2C business. It's about the B2B. I mean corporate AI is at a very early stage. What do I mean by corporate AI? I mean it's companies like Wärtsilä, like the banks, industrial that we really start to use AI in our daily operations to drive efficiency or transform our commercial offering. And I think that I can resonate -- I can relate with that. We are at the early phase, and this will only grow. So I think that's the underlying.
Now what are the market estimates? I get that question a lot. And we have talked to the experts of the world. And if you compile what others are saying, and if you make this -- I'm just going to make this example, how much additional power generation will be added in the U.S. to cater for the U.S. data center market growth from here until 2030. And if you look at the span of those numbers, it's everything from 20 gigawatt to 100 gigawatts. I don't think anybody knows, quite frankly. I think one thing we can agree upon, it will grow. And as I said, it's fueled by the increasing use of AI on the corporate in the B2B business.
Okay. I think that nicely dovetails into the second question, which comes to pricing and how your customers weigh off the benefits of GT versus ICE, notwithstanding the duration question on delivery and availability of power. So I mean, I think it's reported on a number of sources or certainly talked about in the industry that GT costs in the U.S. driven by the DC customer base have doubled in the space of about 3 or 4 years. So I'm just sort of thinking, is it only that doubling that really brings ICE into a cost competitive point? If GT capital costs were lower back where they were perhaps in '19 or '22, do you think you'd still be taking these sort of shares from the competing technology?
So I would say that -- as I said, the gas turbine suppliers are sold out. And clearly, that is driving new customers our way because they don't know the engine technology. But -- and they learn to know it. And I can see with the repeat customers that we have in the U.S. that when they try us, they see that we deliver on our promises on fuel efficiency. We have a very robust technology that is not sensitive to heat and altitude, et cetera. We have a good concept. And that's why I'm saying, I think that over time, this will structurally improve our market share because you could say where we have failed in the past is, of course, to promote our intrinsic benefits in a way that people have really believed in them.
And certainly, on the municipality side and the co-op sides, they have bought into it. But many IPPs, they have really focused on the gas turbines. Now they are starting to try out the engines. And let's see when they start to run them. I think that they will see similar benefits that some of our repeat traditional customers are having, and that's why I'm optimistic.
That's very clear. The last perhaps just follow-on relates to questions regarding capacity at Vaasa and other locations. I mean, when you are faced with the opportunity between a marine or a power order, how do you typically prioritize the slot allocations within that very wide 18- to 36-month time frame?
So that is -- I would say, it's a complex equation. So it's not a simple formula because we, of course, consider some of our long-term customers. We have strong partnerships, both in Energy and Marine. That certainly weighs in, in the prioritization. We also look at which are the strong players of the future that have a global outreach, et cetera, et cetera. So it's a complex equation. But it's -- this is very, very strategic. I mean, now you are in this boom situation. And now you need to show to your customers, your core customers and your partners that you're serious with partnership. And that's what we will try to do. Sometimes I'm afraid we will probably disappoint some of our customers, but we really try to be very well formulated on prioritization going forward.
Thank you, William. Then we will continue a couple of questions I have received by e-mail. So the first one related to technology. I wanted to dig in more on the technology side of your engines. Historically, engines were a small part of overall power equipment market. But now when we hear merit of engines from you, it gives an impression that engines are good and could be superior for several customers. I wanted to ask if there has been any structural change in the technologies of your engines in the last few years, which makes them more attractive than before? Or this was always the case, but awareness wasn't there.
I would say that there is certainly an awareness element. I think if you ask some of the big U.S. IPPs, and I would certainly encourage you to do so, they have a very strong tradition of gas turbines. I mean -- and that is perfectly understandable. So -- and of course, we've been knocking on those doors and trying to sell our technology and people have been listening, but then they went to gas turbines anyway. Now some of these are starting to come over and they try our technology. And as I said, I'm very optimistic on what our technology will deliver, so to say. So that's one element.
Now recent -- the last couple of years, technology development, we have steadily introduced new platform, the 46TS platform that we started with Marine. We are bringing it into Energy, where we are increasing the fuel efficiency even more. We are reducing the emissions. We are -- and certainly methane slip. So that is also helping to a certain extent.
But I would say it's -- and I think a third element and especially for our repeat customers is our service offering. How -- and we talked about moving up the service value ladder, where we have everything from transaction, but also the performance-based agreements. People are seeing that we do have a very strong service network, and we are delivering on our promises and providing the uptime and reliability. So there is also a third element to the story.
Thank you. Then another question regarding the offering for data center customers. Are the scope of your offering to data center customers any different than other customers? I mean your engines can last very long and data center demand might change in that period. So our customers asking for modular solutions where they can dismantle the plant and move it to a new location if there is any change in demand.
So our solutions are modular in the sense. And you see that because some of the data centers, it's not like they install the whole data center in just one run. And many of them, they talk about scaling up over several years, and they want to do with the same with the power generation. So there, we have a modular solution. Also, when the data center developers, they design the data centers. They are going for very high uptime reliability. They talk about the five 9s, so 99.999, three 9s decimals of availability. And there, because of that, they are building redundancy concepts. So they add additional either engines or gas turbines. And since because of the sizes that we have, especially compared to some of the bigger gas turbines, it's more affordable to add an additional engine compared to add an additional gas turbine. So there, we have a benefit.
The disadvantage we have because we have one disadvantage, and that is it's not -- you can certainly relocate an engine. But I would say that some of the, you could say, mobile gas turbines, they are certainly more mobile than us. So it's not like you -- from 1 half year to another half a year, you move one of these big engines. You need a fairly solid concrete path to put our engines on. So there, I would say, for some of those applications, the gas turbines, they have an advantage compared to our technology.
Thank you, Hakan. Then we can still try with Johan Eliason. Can we -- hopefully, we can hear you now.
Can you hear me now?
Yes, we can hear you.
Good. So I'm on the cell phone now instead. Excellent. I just had a brief question. Listening to you here, you have a positive view on the development in your core segments in Marine. And obviously, we've heard very positive talks about the opportunity in Energy, balancing power and then also the data centers. But you're sort of guiding for unchanged demand on the Energy side. What is expected to drop away? Or is this data center just so uncertain that you are not sort of willing to see a growing overall market demand there?
I think what we pointed out, LTM, we had all-time high order intake on the Energy side. So that's why guiding similar in our view, is rather positive.
But I mean, this 500-megawatt order you announced, I think I can't remember the last time you had the 500-megawatt order. It's a pretty big one, isn't it?
That's correct. But that was also awarded after the latest guidance.
Thank you, Johan. So it's time to close the call. As a reminder, please join our pre-silent call on January 13. Thank you.
Thank you very much.
Bye.
Bye-bye. Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kurzfassung: CEO Håkan Agnevall stellte Wärtsiläs Strategie als Zweigleisigkeit dar: weiteres Wachstum in Marine‑Services und Ausbau des Energy‑Geschäfts über Balancing und Data‑Center‑Baseload. Decarbonisierung (neue Brennstoffe, CO2‑Capture) bleibt Kern, regulatorische Unsicherheit (MEPC83) wird als handhabbar beschrieben.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Service‑Wachstum: Installierte Service‑Agreements bei ~34% der Flotte, Zunahme um ~1 Prozentpunkt p.a.; Fokus auf performance‑basierte Verträge.
- Data‑Center‑Push: Data‑Center‑Projekte (hundert MW bis GW) gelten als strukturelle Chance: Vorteile sind keine thermische Derating, geringer Wasserbedarf, modulare, kosteneffiziente Medium‑Speed‑Lösungen.
- Decarb‑Technologie: Führungsrolle bei neuen Kraftstoffen; Carbon‑Capture als Retrofit‑Option, langfristig relevant, aber zeitintensiv.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Order‑Pipeline: Management meldet aktive Pipeline und eine zweite Data‑Center‑Auftragserteilung nach letzter Guidance; Delivery‑Fenster reported 18–36 Monate.
- Segmentmix: Rund 60% Marine /40% Energy; Services aktuell ~55% des Geschäfts.
- Energy‑Storage: Reservierte Haltung nach strategischer Überprüfung und US‑Zöllen; Order Intake unter den Erwartungen.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Data‑Center‑Risiken: Diskussion zu Zulassung, Wettbewerb mit Gasturbinen und ob aktuelle Orders nur wegen Turbinen‑Knappheit kommen — Management: Teilweise, aber technische Vorteile und Pricing‑Power sind echte Treiber.
- Kapazität & Lieferung: Nachfrage treibt längere Lieferzeiten; Ausbauten werden geprüft, aber schrittweise; Priorisierung zwischen Marine und Energy bleibt strategisch gesteuert.
- M&A‑Interesse: Interesse an 2‑Stroke‑Assets (Everllence/Ähnliches) nur selektiv und mit Partnern; keine Absicht, 4‑Stroke zu übernehmen.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Call bestätigt zwei klare Wachstumsanker: Services und eine sich neu öffnende Data‑Center‑Nachfrage. Chancen sind substanziell, aber volatil (Großprojekte, Lieferzeiten, regulatorische Entwicklung, Energie‑Speicherstrategie). Für Aktionäre heißt das: signifikanter Upside‑Case bei Konversion der Pipeline, zugleich erhöhte Abhängigkeit von Projektexecution und Kapazitätsmanagement.
Wärtsilä — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good morning, and welcome to this news conference for Wärtsilä Q3 2025 Results. My name is Hanna-Maria Heikkinen, and I'm in charge of Investor Relations.
Today, our CEO, Hakan Agnevall, will start with the group highlights, continue with the business performance. And after that, our CFO, Arjen Berends, will continue with financials. After the presentation, there is a possibility to ask questions.
Hakan, time to start.
Thank you, Hanna-Maria. Thank you, and welcome, everybody. This quarter was a good quarter actually, and we are moving in the right direction, but it's also a quarter where you need to look a little bit under the hood.
I mean, first of all, operating results and cash flow increased. Order intake was stable at around EUR 1.8 billion. But if you look at organic growth, it's actually up 6%. And also, if you look at Marine & Energy specifically, you see that Marine order intake was actually up 8%, and Energy order intake was up by 29%. The challenge, and I'll come back to that, is on our battery business, our energy storage business, where the order intake in Q3 for new equipment was basically 0. But Marine & Energy growing in a good way. This also leads to a strong order book of EUR 8.6 billion. Net sales decreased by 5% to EUR 1.6 billion. But also there, this is driven primarily by timing of deliveries on energy. So the deliveries in Energy will be tilted to the fourth quarter. I'll talk more about that later.
Comparable operating results increased by 10%. So we continue our journey to reach our financial targets. We are now at 11.9% of sales. Operating results increased by 20% to EUR 230 million, which corresponds to 14.1% of net sales, and items affecting comparability amounted to EUR 35 million, mostly related to the divestment of ANCS. On services, our group service book-to-bill ratio continues to be well above 1. And cash flow, I will come back to that. We have a strong cash flow from our operating activities of EUR 340 million.
Now let's look more into the details of the numbers. So if we start with the quarterly, the Q3 results. So order intake, as we talked about, is actually down 1%. But as I said, if you look on organic, organic growth, up 6%. You've also seen the growth in Marine, 8%; Energy, 29%. If we look at the net sales, goes from EUR 1.7 billion to EUR 1.6 billion, down 5%. But as I said, it's major related to prioritization of sales in Energy, and I will come back to that.
If we look at book-to-bill, so we continue with a good book-to-bill above 1 at 1.1 this time. And I think this is the 18th consecutive quarter in a row where we have a book-to-bill above 1. Comparable operating result, EUR 195 million, up 10%, and we are now at 11.9% of net sales. And operating results, EUR 230 million, up 20% and now at 14.1% of net sales. If we look at the year-to-date, I think there are 2 figures that I would like to highlight. Our order book, which is up to 14%, up to EUR 8.6 billion and also our continued improved comparable operating result, up 18% going from 10.5% to 11.7%. Solid path to reach our financial targets.
Looking at our 2 industries. If we look on the Marine market, we see a moderating demand for newbuilds. But still, in line with the 10-year average. And then if we look at Wärtsilä core segments, strong ordering across cruise, containers and LNG bunkering vessels. So the number of vessels that were ordered in Q3 decreased to 1,200 down from 1,700 corresponding period last year. The regulatory uncertainty, high newbuild prices and softer market conditions affecting negatively the newbuild investment demand in some segments. Ordering has though been uneven across vessel segments. We continued strong ordering appetite in Wärtsilä's key segments, cruise, containerships and LNG bunkering vessels. And contracting in our key segments is expected to remain clearly above the 10-year average level with the latest forecast, actually, indicating a 30% increase in contracting volumes between 2025 and 2027.
Shipbuilding continues to expand, primarily in China. And in January to September, 259 orders for new alternative fuel capable vessels were reported, which accounts for 48% of the capacity of contract investments.
On the Energy side, the increased demand drives investment in the energy transition. And the global energy transition continues to move forward. And EAI -- EAA -- IEA, sorry for that, International Energy Agency, not so easy to pronounce, this morning, expects renewables, grids and storage investments to post another record high in 2025 and investments in fossil fuels to decrease. BNEF reported that both wind and solar investments grew in the first half of the year compared to H1 in 2024.
Energy-related macroeconomic development in 2025 has been heavily impacted by elevated risks in the geopolitical environment. In our engine power plants, market demand for equipment and services has been strong. Demand for baseload engine power plants is expected to remain stable with further growth opportunities in data centers. The drivers for engine balancing power plants continue also to develop favorably. In battery energy storage, though, the demand is closely linked to the increasing share of intermittent renewables, which in one side continues to progress slowly. However, the U.S. market is facing headwinds in the regulatory environment, though several drivers remain solid and actually also on the storage side now with data centers as a potential new opportunity.
Going through the numbers. Organic order increased, as I said, organic order intake increased by 6%. Order intake overall remained stable. Marine order intake increased by 8%. Energy order intake increased by 29%, but energy storage order intake decreased by 79%. Equipment order intake remained stable and service order intake remained stable. If we look at the order book, we have a strong order book. Rolling book-to-bill continues well above 1. We see the trend. We also see that the order book is building up further and further into the future. So that is something to recognize. Organic net sales remained stable. So net sales decreased by 5%. Marine net sales increased by 18%. Energy net sales decreased by 30%.
And this, once again, it's driven by the prioritization of deliveries between quarters. And we do expect that deliveries during the second half year will clearly be tilted in Energy to the Q4. Also, as you know, we have more and more equipment contracts moving from EPC to equipment and equipment contracts, to make it simple, they are invoiced when the delivery. EPC is a little bit more smooth than out. So you can also see this as one of the consequences of that we are actually moving our Gravita to equipment business.
Energy storage, net sales decreased by 10%. Equipment net sales decreased by 11%. Service net sales remained stable. Profitability continues to improve. So net sales, given the context, decreased by 5%, but comparable operating results increased by 10% and comparable operating margin 12-month rolling is now at 11.6% compared to 10.6%.
On technology and partnerships, so we continue to shape the decarbonization of Marine & Energy. The Energy, example, 217-megawatt dual-fuel power plant to deliver reliable power for Kentucky residents. So we will supply the engineering and equipment for 217-megawatt power plant in Kentucky in the U.S. The plant is needed to provide additional grid capacity, thereby helping East Kentucky Power Cooperative to meet increasing demand. And this order was booked by us in Q3.
On the Marine side, we continue our close collaboration with Wasaline. And now we will together deliver the world's largest marine battery hybrid system project. So we have been selected as the electrical integrator for a major battery extension project for the Wasaline ROPAX ferry, the Aurora Botnia. When the project will be finished, it will be the world's largest marine battery hybrid system in operation, close to 13-megawatt hours. And the Aurora Botnia operates with a range of Wärtsilä solutions, including 4 highly efficient Wärtsilä 31DF engines. And this order was also booked in Q3.
Marine, and here, we have a fantastic picture of a fantastic Finnish icebreaker. We are very much close to this segment, half of the world's icebreakers actually have engines from Wärtsilä. So exciting opportunities also in the dialogue between the governments of Finland and governments of the U.S.
Marine. So increased order intake, net sales and comparable operating results and continued growth in equipment order intake. So we see overall order intake up 8%, net sales up 18%, and we do see also the continued improved profitability margin. The drivers in the bridge for the profitability, higher service and equipment volumes, better operating leverage. And on the headwind, it's increased R&D costs. We keep on investing in our future and being a technology leader in our space.
If we look at the service business. Overall, Marine service book-to-bill well above 1. Strong growth in service agreements. However, in this quarter, we saw reduced order intake in retrofits and upgrades. So to the left, you can see 8%, I would say, solid CAGR growth in the Marine service business. On the right side, you see the different disciplines of our service business. You see the service agreement curve, accelerating in a good way. We now have about 30% -- 34% of our installed fleet under service agreement. The renewal rate continues to be above 90%, good progress. You also see the retrofits and upgrades coming down. But as we talked about before, retrofit and upgrade, that's a project business, and it can be a bit bumpy, and it's lumpy by nature. And we have a good pipeline in front of us that I can say.
Energy. Increased order intake, lower net sales due to the timing of the deliveries, but continued growth in equipment and service order intake. So on the order intake side, up 29%. And this quarter, we haven't had a data center order. You remember, we had our first U.S. data center order in Q2. However, there is an exciting pipeline of data center opportunities in front of us, various stages of maturity. So there is a good pipeline coming.
Net sales, down 30%, driven by the prioritization. Comparable operating results, the percentage is moving in the right direction. And if we look at the drivers, the higher service volumes clearly contributed to the profitability. But lower equipment sales in this quarter is, of course, a drag. And also here, we continue to increase our R&D investments to be a technology leader for the future.
If we look at energy service business, the book-to-bill also continues to be well above 1. Strong growth in service agreements also here. However, also in Energy, reduced order intake in retrofits and upgrades. Here, you can see also a solid service business CAGR, 7% over 2 years. Also, it looks a little bit similar so as Marine. There is no correlation why this coincides, Marine & Energy. It's a coincident. But you can see agreement is continuing to go up also in Energy around 33%, 34% coverage, also the renewal rate on agreement above 90%, so very positive. We see the retrofit business clearly being down in Q3, but also here, we have a good pipeline in front of us.
So energy storage, which, of course, on the order intake was challenging in Q3. So order intake low due to the U.S. tariffs, regulatory changes and also increased competition. On the positive side, really strong profitability in Q3, 6.9% EBIT, real EBIT in Q3. I think that's a strong delivery by the team. But of course, order intake coming down 79%. However, I want to highlight the press release we made yesterday where we took our first order in Q4. So we are also very clear that we do expect order intake to pick up in Q4. Net sales down 10%. The operating margin is -- continues to develop in a good way.
And if we look at the bridge on the positive side, really solid project execution. We are delivering on our backlog in a very good way with a great risk reward and with happy customers. We also have higher service volume. So the service business is, of course, smaller than for the rest of our Wärtsilä business, but it's growing. And then on the negative side, we are investing, you could say, in growing, and that's part of our strategy that we have communicated in the past that we will expand on geographical coverage. So we are increasing head count supporting the new markets, new customers and the products.
And here, you have the bridge Q3 '24 to Q3 '25. And I think really good development, Marine going from 10.4% to 12.4%, EBIT Energy from 13.6% to 15.9%. Energy storage, as I talked about before, from 4% to 6.9% and then portfolio business from 9% to 6.8%, but that is primarily driven by ANCS, which has now been divested. So we have taken that out and the business contributed profitably -- in a profitable way to portfolio. So comparable operating results increased by 10%.
Other key financial side. Over to you.
Thank you, Hakan. If we look at the other key financials, also very positive numbers in general. First of all, cash flow, clearly, a very strong cash flow in Q3. It was at least the highest cash flow in the last 50 years. We did not go further back, but EUR 340 million, clearly, a good number, taking us close to EUR 1 billion year-to-date. Good support in the cash flow from profitability, but also clearly from working capital. Working capital at the moment approaching, let's say, EUR 1.1 billion negative, which is also an all-time low. Net interest-bearing debt, clearly moving also in the right direction, EUR 1.4 billion at the moment, negative. And return on capital employed, ROCE, clearly improving from 44.6% at the end of Q2, now to 51.1%. So over the 50%, which is really remarkable for us as a company.
Gearing, clearly, going also in the right direction. We have been running this at a negative number already for a long time, well below, let's say, our financial targets and solvency also clearly improving now with improved profitability. Earnings per share, both on the quarter as well as on the year-to-date clearly ahead of last year at the same time in the same quarter.
If we look at the trends, cash flow as well as working capital to net sales ratio, both are moving in the right direction. If you look at the dotted line on the right side graph, working capital or let's say, 5-year average working capital to net sales ratio every quarter, we are, let's say, lowering the line basically. At the end of Q1, it was 2.4%. At the end of Q2, it was 1.3% and now 0.1%. So we are very close to a negative line here as well going forward. And actually here, I also want to comment, let me anticipate that, let's say, this negative working capital will sustain the next years.
Looking at our financial targets and the progress there. If I start at the left side, top graph, Marine & Energy combined organic growth, plus 13%, well above, let's say, our targets of, let's say, 5%. So really going in the right direction here, same for profitability percentage at the end of Q2 was 13.1%, now 13.2%. So it's again a step up, a small step, but a step up.
If we look at energy storage, of course, growth is not there as we want it to be, given all the, let's say, challenges that we had in the past quarters on that one with respect to order intake. But clearly, let's say, the delivery is going very well. And also, let's say, as Hakan also explained, let's say, generating good profitability from executing projects from the order book. Currently, we are at 4.2% of sales here and really within the frame of the financial targets. Group targets, I don't want to comment too much. I think gearing is very obvious. We are well below 0.5 positive. We are actually 0.5 more than negative and dividend, we have always met our financial targets of paying at least 50% of EPS out as dividend.
With these words, back to you, Hakan.
ROCE at 50%. This is...
Yes, yes, fully agree.
Now we continue our journey to become a more focused, stable and profitable company. So we are making progress in our portfolio business divestments. So as we announced in Q2, the divestment of ANCS to Solix was completed the 1st of July. And in Q3, this divestment had a positive impact of EUR 34 million on the result, and it's reported in the items affecting comparability in Q3. Annual revenue of the business was close to EUR 230 million in 2024. So that's also a data point.
ANCS did not anymore contribute to the figures in Q3 2025 and the group order book has been adjusted accordingly, so impact about EUR 260 million. And on MES, as we announced in July 2025, Wärtsilä MES, Marine Electrical System to Vinci Energies and subject to approvals, the transaction, we expect the transaction to be completed in Q4 2025.
So given -- let's look at our outlook then. So for Marine, we expect the demand to be better than in the comparison period. In Energy, we expect the demand environment for the next 12 months to be similar to that of the comparison period. But here, we also note that Q2 was all-time high in order intake. So we are coming from a very strong order intake in Energy overall. On storage, we expect the demand environment for the next 12 months to be better than in the comparison period. However, here we really highlight the geopolitical uncertainty that particularly impacts this business.
Then we also make a general comment that we underline that the current high external uncertainties make forward-looking statements challenging. Due to high geopolitical uncertainty, the changing landscape of global trade and the lack of clarity related to tariff, now risks for postponement in investments, decisions and also of the global economic activity slowing down.
All right. So that was a summary of Q3. And now we open up for Q&A. Hanna-Maria?
Thank you, Hakan, and thank you, Arjen. [Operator Instructions]
[Operator Instructions] Next question comes from Max Yates from Morgan Stanley.
2. Question Answer
I guess my first question, just starting on the data center-related business. I guess the first thing to understand, when you talk about anticipating better order intake in the fourth quarter, to what extent is that a comment around data center and the energy thermal business? Or are you really just relating to the energy storage business?
And I guess, more broadly, when we look at quotations and conversations with your customers, I mean, maybe help us understand how those are evolving versus 6 months ago. I think there's a lot of expectation in the market that there's more emphasis on engine technology, there's a greater acceptance of the engine technology. Would you say you kind of see that reflected in your customer conversations and the number of these kind of hyperscalers and colocation companies that are kind of knocking on your door or flying into Wärtsilä. So any comment there would be appreciated.
Absolutely. Quite a few questions, but I'll try to answer them. And even if I forget some of them, please remind me again. So just to clarify, this is about Energy Q3, Q4, that is on the sales side. I mean, our deliveries, where we clearly say that deliveries and therefore, sales recognition are clearly skewed to the fourth quarter. So that is not related to the whole data center. I will get to that later, but just so we are clear, so we have been clear in our communication. It's related to deliveries, and we're basically saying deliveries and therefore, sales recognition is skewed to Q4. I mean it was fairly low in Q3 for Energy.
Sorry to interrupt, but you do say in the release, we anticipate ordering to pick up in the fourth quarter. So I guess I was just trying to understand on that comment. Is that storage or is that the thermal business?
Okay. Okay, good. That's -- so first, I talk about Energy, and I made the comment on sales deliveries and Energy, that is our power plant business. Then coming to -- okay, sorry, if I misunderstood your question. If I talk about the storage business and on the storage business, yes, it's clearly that we expect order intake to pick up in Q4. And I mean, it was basically 0 for newbuild for equipment in Q3. So it will certainly pick up at a much higher level. And a proof point is that, as I mentioned yesterday, we announced our first order for Q4, and there is more coming. So -- and even though, clearly, the U.S. market is still slow. There are other markets like Australia, this order from yesterday was from Australia and there are also other markets to support the energy storage order intake for Q4.
Then moving to data center. And then I have to ask you, were you referring to data center and energy storage or data center in our thermal business?
The data center in your thermal business and specifically the growing interest in engines and how has that led to a rise in quotations on the number of projects you're discussing versus, say, 6 weeks ago?
Yes. So we do see increase in interest in the engine technology. You might recall this what we've been talking about, and this is a journey of, I would say, 2 years. It used to be data center sizes, needing power, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50 megawatts. Now the data centers are growing in size, and it's -- the data center owners, they cannot get access to the utilities, so they need to build their own power generation, off-grid. And now we are talking about hundreds of megawatts, 100, 200, 300, 400 megawatts. And this is coming right in our sweet spot. And so this market is really heating up for us.
And to your question, yes, we see a lot of engagement from customers, a lot of interest. I think many customers are more and more also recognizing the benefit of the engines compared to the competing technologies on the gas turbine side, but also on the high-speed engine side. So yes, there is more activities clearly.
And then if I may just for clarification also because we also mentioned data centers in relation to our battery business, or battery storages. So then you might say, what the hell is this? I think what operate -- I mean, the data center operators, they are also finding out there are rather big swings. And there are the big swings in the minutes region, but there are also the big swings in the millisecond regions. And here, so it's balancing power. It's a good old balancing power. And you need -- you have 2 tools in the toolbox for the balancing power. And in this millisecond, second region, we see an increased interest actually for battery storage to kind of balance the load.
The next question comes from Daniela Costa from Goldman Sachs.
I wanted to follow up on Energy, but sort of thinking more about the margin and what you've said on sort of like less EPC now concentrates the deliveries into Q4 more skewed than in the past. Does that apply also to how we should think about margin seasonality? Should we think about sort of like a more intense concentration of margin also in Q4 than in the past, in general? How does that work?
Arjen, you take that?
Yes. I would say, yes, margin correlates with sales volume. So margin that you make on the project is recognized in the quarter that you recognize the sales. And that depends on, is it percentage of completion, which is typically used in EPC contracts or, let's say, on time -- or let's say, completed contract method, which is then basically based on deliveries. So yes, when sales shift also margin shift at the same time in the recognition, correct?
Great. It's just for -- it was just for Energy. I would say then that your comment on skewness on EPC.
Yes, yes. And also, let's say, the EPC comment is related to Energy. Marine is basically all is completed contract method.
The next question comes from Akash Gupta from JPMorgan.
I have a follow-up on energy. So I think you are kind of indicating that revenue in equipment side will be strong in Q4, and this simply has to do with seasonality in delivery of equipment, which will be more in Q4 than Q3. I mean I just want to understand like what is causing this seasonality in delivery because I think I would assume that you would be producing these engines every quarter. And therefore, when it comes to delivery patterns, they would be more homogeneous. But maybe if you can help us explain what is causing this seasonality? And is this something we should expect every year that some periods may be more busy, some periods may be less busy on revenue? Or there is something unusual in 2025 that may not be repeating next year?
I can answer that. Let's say, it's really about the delivery schedules that you've agreed with customers, okay? Some years, you have it more evenly spread. Other years, it's, let's say, more in certain quarters. What you mentioned earlier that, okay, production of engines does not relate to, let's say, income recognition or sales recognition in a certain quarter. It's the delivery to the customer that counts. And here, we follow basically what we have agreed with customers. So there are -- clearly, in every project, there are delivery schedules. And in this year, in the second half of the year, it's mostly into, let's say, Q4.
I cannot comment whether this will happen every year because that depends on the orders that you have in that particular year. But let's say, if I try to put a little bit myself in the shoes of, let's say, customers that if you build a power plant or if you build a ship and you work with percentage of completion, most likely, yes, if you want to, let's say, have an impact on your results, yes, you want to have the delivery done before the year-end, if you close your financial year at the calendar year. So that might be one driver. But let's say, we follow the schedules that we agreed with customers.
And maybe just a follow-up to that question. Does the size of project change this seasonality? Because I assume that if you have a large 200, 300-megawatt order, then you may want to ship everything in one go, which could create a bit of this pattern. So any comment on size of orders may be impacting revenue recognition profile?
Yes. There are many delivery schedules in a certain project. It might be, let's say, shipping -- let's say, if you have a power plant with 10 engines, let's say, it might be one batch in this quarter and the next batch in the other quarter. It varies a lot by project. And it depends also quite much, let's say, where do you need to ship it to. So there is no, let's say, one pattern and one size fits all here.
I agree. And it's not that for certain -- it's not a model where you bundle all the engines and you ship them at once. There are many different ways to deliver the engines. So normally, you deliver them in stages. It's easier to handle them at site, if you talk energy than receiving everything at once, et cetera. So I'm afraid it's much more complicated than that. And it's really related to how the customer want us to deliver, so to say, and that can vary quite a lot.
The next question comes from Sven Weier from UBS.
Just wanted to follow up on what you said on data centers and battery storage because obviously, we had the announcement from NVIDIA mid-October around the next-generation data centers, the 800 VVC ecosystem, which builds in battery storage kind of as a standard. So I was just curious if you were also kind of referring to that announcement? And what do you need to do to be able to do business there in terms of the battery sourcing? I mean, how much have you already changed the sourcing maybe to Korea, which I guess will be in a much better starting point and China probably continues to be penalized. So that's the first one.
So 2 things. I mean, I think actually that -- and this is my inside out -- outside in, sorry, outside-in observation that I think there is a lot of learning going on, on how the data centers are behaving as electric loads. I mean you have certain data centers that are focusing on learning, then you have other data centers that are focusing on interference, and they have completely different load profiles in terms of what energy they need and how it swings back and forth.
So I cannot comment on the latest from NVIDIA. But clearly, there seems -- and there is an evolving understanding that for certain type of data centers, the swings can be pretty big and pretty quick. And that leads to an interest to the energy storage side, so to say. Then coming to where we source our batteries, yes, we certainly source from China, but we also source from other countries in Southeast Asia. We are also looking at possibilities for sourcing in the U.S. However, in our view, that is taking longer to move.
And would you say the largest share still clearly comes from China? Or how should we think about that?
Yes. In the share of supply of batteries -- battery cells for Wärtsilä, the biggest share is still from China, yes.
Okay. But you started to already make the shift to other regions in the last quarter.
Yes, correct.
And then maybe one quick follow-up on the thermal side and the discussions you have with the U.S. customer base for data centers. I mean, what is the biggest pushback? I mean, do you reckon there are still predefined views that kind of people think you don't get fired for buying a turbine, but no experiments with new tech because engines have probably not been used so much for baseload in the U.S.? Or what's the biggest hurdle you find in your discussions?
No, I think the technology acceptance is certainly evolving. I mean we have one group of customers. They are fully into engines. They see the benefits, et cetera. Then there are other customer types, which is a little bit more what you're alluding to. It's a new technology. But I think this is how we've been selling the Wärtsilä propositions for many, many years, and we run our simulations, we show all the proof points, et cetera. And step by step, we convince customers because also in this application, there are some intrinsic benefits for the engine.
Energy efficiency is higher than our competition. No derating on high altitude, which is sometimes important, very little water consumption, which is sometimes important. Really good -- I mean, ramping, we all know that from the balancing compared to the CCGTs, et cetera, et cetera. So for me, it's very similar, you could say, the business development and sales process that we have with many of our, you could say, regular customers. I think the difference is that the speed of execution and the desire from the customers to deliver, that is clearly 1 or 2 notches higher than, so to say.
The next question comes from Panu Laitinmäki from Danske Bank.
I wanted to ask about cash flow and capital allocation. So you had EUR 1.4 billion of net cash. And maybe just to confirm that did you change your comment on the net working capital that you expect it to remain negative for longer as you previously, in my view, indicated it to kind of reverse? And then if that's so, does it kind of change your view on capital allocation, if it's like better for longer in terms of balance sheet? Are you more open to doing share buybacks? Or what will you do with the cash?
Let's say, the allocation principles as such don't change. Let's say, we have been saying and I have been saying in many quarters that, okay, the negative working capital level is extraordinary. And okay, it's not so long ago that we went through the negative line, basically from positive working capital to negative working capital. You could, in a way, say it felt in the beginning a little bit uncomfortable, but we now see that this is a sustainable trend that we see. Will it be all the time that negative as we see it today? Question mark. Let's say, there are clearly, let's say, factors in the market that are currently there, which in the future might not be there. And I give one example. I think I gave it also last time. Yard order books are very long. Yards want to lock their cost. If they want to lock the cost in Wärtsilä, they need to put the order at Wärtsilä with a down payment.
So you get cash earlier. Well, the exit cash or the cost, let's say, generation is later in the time. That's a positive impact, which is happening today. Will yard order books in the future get shorter again? It might reverse that trend. Difficult to say if that will happen, when it will happen. But at least for the coming years horizon, we anticipate that working capital will stay negative.
Another trend, which I also, I think, mentioned last time is, for example, in energy, we have seen a few projects. I'm not wanting to call it a trend, but we have seen more projects than before, let's put it that way, where customers don't want to make, let's say, payment security arrangements, like LCs, bank guarantees, et cetera. That's fine for me. Cash upfront. Then we have a lot more cash early on before we actually make the cost.
So is this something that will stay there? Difficult to say. For now, I think it will not change rapidly. But yes, this can change. So that's where we were in the beginning, very careful with, let's say, making bold statements about working capital staying negative. I think we feel much more comfortable about at least the coming few years to say, yes, it will stay negative.
But sorry, I did not answer your capital allocation question. Let's say, the capital allocation principles don't change. And share buybacks, yes, that's for future consideration, not at the table today.
The next question comes from Vaspaan Avari from Barclays.
It's Vlad, from Barclays. Two questions from me, if I may. Very strong margin in thermal energy this quarter. Congratulations on that. This lack of the equipment deliveries in the quarter, did it have positive or negative impact on the margin? Because, of course, on one hand, mix is favorable, but on the other hand, cost absorption is less. That's first question.
Second question, could you comment on competitive environment in energy storage globally and maybe by key regions? Has there been any changes there recently?
You take the first one?
I did not catch the first one, to be honest. The line was...
I think I get it, but it's better to say...
The line was a bit...
I can easily repeat the first question. The question is the lower deliveries in the Energy business in Q3, did it have positive or negative impact on profitability in Q3, given that on one hand, the mix is favorable, but on the other hand, cost absorption is less.
Shall I answer that, please?
Please.
So let's say, the answer is fairly simple. Let's say, of course, in absolute terms, it's negative because you have less sales that generates margin because we make positive margin on our new build business. But of course, from a percentage point of view, in the mix, it's a positive because service typically has higher margin percentages. So in the percentage mix, it's a positive. So it's both actually. But it depends if you look absolute or if you look percentage of sales.
And then if I continue, as I understood your question, Vlad, is how is the competitive situation develop in energy storage more from a global perspective. And I would say that the competition is increasing, and I think there are 2 major drivers for it. One driver is, of course, the slowdown of the U.S. market with the regulation and tariff regimes, which then, of course, drives suppliers to focus on other markets. And the other trend is also that we see more vertical integration, where cell producers are also moving into the integrated space, so to say. So the competition is increasing, in general, I would say.
The next question comes from Mikael from Nordea.
Still one on data center, if I may. In your view, I mean, how big part of the future data center market is relevant for the 50 to 400-megawatt sweet spot that you are referring to? So I assume that you have done some research on the topic. So just trying to understand the opportunity for Wärtsilä here. That would be my first question. I can come back to the second one.
Now so just to give you -- I mean, the short answer, there is a significant opportunity. It's very hard to quantify. Why is it so hard to quantify? I can give you some other public data that has been compiled by a number of reputable players like the McKinseys, the Goldman, the JPs, the International Energy Agency. If you look at the forecast of -- if you just zoom in on U.S. If we look at the forecast, how much growth there will be in data center power from now to 2030, there is a span from those reputable players in their forecast from 20 to 100 gigawatts. So it's very hard to -- with that as a starting point to derive what is the concrete addressable market.
I would say the underlying -- there is definitely a market for engines. There is definitely a market for -- I mean, if we -- there is definitely a market for off-grid. In the off-grid space, there is definitely a market for engines. And if you talk engines, there is definitely a market for Wärtsilä. We do see growth opportunities, but it's very hard to pin down what are the -- even the spans of the additional capacity that would go trickle down when the spread in the starting estimate is as broad as it is. Now we think that data center is a very interesting opportunity. We have a pipeline that is looking very interesting. No orders in Q2, but we have interesting pipeline. And we are also looking on how to further develop our delivery capabilities.
And the second question would be on the carbon capture systems. I think we haven't talked about that on that topic for a while. So I wanted to revisit that and maybe you could get a bit of an update where are we now in terms of the infrastructure developments there? What is the customer interest right now given the regulatory environment? And do you have anything in the pipeline and so on and so forth?
So basically, just to make a quick recap, we actually did the commercial launch of a carbon capture solution for Marine. So it's an extension of our scrubber business. So we can now deliver 70% capture rate, 7-0, on a 10% to 15% energy penalty because it's really this for a large [indiscernible] between you how much you can capture and how much energy you put in. That is -- it needs to be a viable route, so to say. We have had our first pilots in full scale, and it's working very well. We had the commercial launch. So we are engaged with customers.
Now clearly, this is a whole ecosystem that needs to evolve. I mean we add a piece to the puzzle. We can capture the carbon. We can store it on the vessel, but then you need to take a short and what do you do with it? And we all know there are basically 2 routes. You can use it for sequestration, pumping it back or you can use it as a raw material for some -- in some kind of chemical process, including synthetic fuels.
Now the customers that we are talking to now, they are more the early adopters. The regulatory framework already before IMO, the recent IMO postponement, I think in April in the MEPC83, it was already decided to come back and work further on the regulatory context and coming back later. So that from IMO, it will still take some time for the regulatory landscape to evolve. I think EU is further ahead in this area, so to say. So this is a market that will evolve. It will take time. We have made it clear. And I would say we are engaged with our customers that are the kind of early adopters of the pioneers.
The next question comes from Vivek Midha from Citi.
I have a couple of questions. The first is on energy power plants. I was interested in hearing your latest view on pricing trends. We've seen big price uplift, for example, in the turbines. We, of course, can't see the underlying pricing trends, stripping out mix and scope and so on. We can only see the crude average selling price, and that appears to actually be down around 25% on my calculations versus the second quarter. So could you give us any indication on the underlying pricing trends and new order margins?
So I would say, in general, it is a hot market in the Energy space, and it's a hot market for all the technologies that I know of, so to say. And of course, in that type of market, it gives the suppliers opportunities for price realization. Then, of course, there is a customer that -- where the offering needs to make sense for the customer to build a business case, et cetera. So there is always a balancing. But I would say, in general, I think the price realization is rather good.
Understood. And just one follow-up as well differently on the Marine service growth. If I'm just looking at the spare parts development, it looks like there's been a drop year-on-year and the book-to-bill below 1. How should we think about that developing? And would it be fair to assume that the spare parts are the highest margin part of the service business?
So overall, I wouldn't be concerned, and you clearly looked at what we call the 4 disciplines. It will vary a little bit. I think the big trend agreement is clearly growing. There's a bit of spare parts in agreements as well. And then we have the retrofits. And the retrofits, it looks pretty dramatic as a downturn, but it's the cyclicality of the retrofit business. And as we have indicated, we see we have a good pipeline in front of us. So our message on services, both in Energy and Marine with a book-to-bill above 1. It's a consistent continued message.
Next question comes from Max Yates from Morgan Stanley.
Maybe just 2 quick follow-ups. Just the first one is around your energy storage business and obviously, a softer quarter this quarter. It feels like some of the U.S. kind of competitors have talked about a much more positive market backdrop. So I guess I was trying to understand, is this an active decision by you not to participate so much in the U.S. market because it's viewed as more competitive and therefore, focus outside? Is there any reason if sort of storage gets better in the U.S., your either setup of sales network, your procurement because of tariffs makes you less able to participate? And do you think it is fair that you're kind of focusing on other markets? Just to really understand what looks like a bit of a kind of difference with your performance versus what some of the other peers in the U.S. are kind of talking about for this market?
So I would say U.S. is an important market for us. But I would say, in relative terms, I mean, Australia and U.K. and a couple of other markets, they carry a lot of weight. There are other players that -- where U.S. is more important for them, but -- relatively speaking. But U.S., we are in the U.S. We have continued our kind of selective strategy in the sense that we don't try to be the solution for each customer type. We continue to focus on the customer types that value our delivery track record, which is -- it's really solid, our thermal track record, which is really solid and also our capability to leverage our power system skills to integrate the equipment.
So -- and you could see, I mean, looking at our profitability, it has -- with the help of a good project execution, is translating to real bottom line. Now I cannot comment on others, but we will continue this selective strategy. Then what we said when we came out of the strategic review is that we will try to add a couple of geographical markets. We will try to expand. And so we are definitely going to remain in the U.S. We will probably try to add, but we will have a selective approach overall. Now in this situation, we also talk about that we are certainly looking at how do we improve -- further continue to improve our competitiveness. And this is, of course, continue to work on our costs and also exploring avenues for -- I mean, synergetic opportunities with the supply chain, so to say. So these are the areas that we are working on.
Okay. And maybe just a very quick follow-up. On your energy deliveries, and this is your sort of thermal power plant business, are you seeing any customers, particularly in the U.S., pushing back related to tariffs? And any kind of obviously, you've said tariffs are built into the contract structure, the customer pays them. Are any customers slowing deliveries? And is that having any impact on the rate of delivery? Or is it purely just a timing issue?
No, this is clearly a pure timing issue. I mean it's not about -- I think it's fairly well. Of course, customers are not happy about it, but I think customers understand the dynamic about that we are adding the import tariffs to our prices. Nobody likes it. We don't like it either, but that's a clear principle. We haven't had any cancellations or anything like that. So I mean, this Q3, it's purely -- we talked about the customer delivery schedules that happens to be in this way this year.
The next question comes from Antti Kansanen from SEB.
It's Antti, from SEB. I have 2 questions regarding the trends in Marine Service, please. And I fully understand the volatility related to the retrofits and upgrade business, so we can kind of exclude that from the discussion. But looking at the agreement book-to-bill growth, could you please remind what do you actually book in terms of agreement orders? If I understand correctly, the backlog is the 24-month expected value. So is that also kind of what do you include in the agreement orders there?
And then the second question is maybe on the slowing trend on the book-to-bill on the parts and field services. Do you think you are cannibalizing that with the agreement business? And kind of should we be a bit concerned that the sales growth in the Marine services will start to approach 0 as kind of the agreement is longer converting and maybe the more transactional is slowing down?
I think there is -- let's say, the first part of your question, we can confirm that's correctly assumed. Let's say, it's good to -- we take 24 months in. And then, let's say, on the moment that we take an order in on an agreement, then let's say, we roll it every quarter basically, let's say, with 1 quarter forward until, let's say, the whole agreement lifetime is consumed, you could say. When it comes to the spare parts, is it -- sorry, our agreements, let's say, cannibalizing parts? No, I would not say so. Agreements are contributing to parts. But of course, it depends a little bit, let's say, what kind of agreement you have. Let's say, if you have an agreement where you get paid by running hour a certain fixed fee. And within that fee, you need to do the maintenance. Of course, your aim is to do as little as possible spare parts. Spare parts, typically, what we book as part of an agreement ends up in the graph basically as parts. So that's good to keep in mind.
And I would say to the -- what I assume is your more fundamental question, how do we see book-to-bill in services going forward? And I would say that underlying, we have a very positive view on that. I would say both in Marine and Energy.
Mix between the lines can change. But in general, we look positive.
If I think about earnings contribution within the aftermarket, I guess the parts business is very, very important in that regard. So do you have any kind of views on why the book-to-bill on a 12-month rolling basis has been slowing throughout '25. Is there something in the customer behavior that you can clearly kind of pick out what's causing this? Or is it just a normal fluctuations?
I would say it's normal fluctuations. .
I agree on that.
The next question comes from Akash Gupta from JPMorgan.
Yes. I have a follow-up on your capacity in Energy, and what sort of flexibility do you have given the demand that we see in the data center is more for gas engines, while I think in your business, you have both gas, oil and renewable fuel engines. So a question like, is there any way to quantify how much theoretical megawatt or gigawatt you can produce? And then how much of that is gas versus non-gas? And do you have flexibility to retool capacity for oil engines to gas engines? So any color on that would be helpful.
So to -- I mean, some general -- so we -- our engines are fuel flexible. So it's not about oil or gas. I think the more critical thing for us when it comes to our supply chain and our manufacturing is the size of the engines. I mean, you have the large bore engines and you have the medium bore engines. So this is more where we need to be careful in our forecasting and how we manage our delivery capabilities. Just to clarify. So it's not fuel related, it's size related.
Secondly, I understand you want to know the gigawatts, but so does competition, and I won't tell them. So sorry about that. Then what we clearly said that -- and for certain engine types, and I will not go for the same reason, I will not go into the details, which -- but for certain engine types, I mean, we are now looking at delivery times in the second half of 2027. But we still have other engine types where we can deliver next year. So it's a mixed situation.
Thank you, Hakan. Thank you, Arjen. And thank you for all of the good questions. I'm afraid that we have already run out of time for this call. So as a reminder, we are hosting several events every quarter, which are equally open for everybody who is interested in Wärtsilä as an investment. And next event will be hosted by Håkan. It's a CEO Strategy Call on November 27. So I hope to see you there. Thank you.
Thank you for today.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
Wärtsilä — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Auftragseingang: ~EUR 1,8 Mrd (organisch +6%; Marine +8%, Energy +29%).
- Umsatz: EUR 1,6 Mrd (-5% YoY; Energy-Deliveries zeitlich in Q4 verschoben).
- Bereinigtes EBIT: EUR 195 Mio (+10% YoY), Marge 11,9% (bereinigtes Betriebsergebnis).
- Operatives Ergebnis: EUR 230 Mio (+20%), 14,1% vom Umsatz; Sondereffekte EUR 35 Mio (ANCS-Verkauf).
- Cashflow & Bestand: Operativer Cashflow Q3 EUR 340 Mio; Auftragsbestand EUR 8,6 Mrd (+~14%).
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Profitabilitätskurs: Fokus auf verbesserte Margen und ROCE (>50% reported), Maßnahmen zeigen Wirkung.
- Portfolio-Fokus: Fortgesetzte Desinvestitionen (ANCS abgeschlossen; MES an Vinci Energies erwartete Freigabe Q4) zur Konzentration auf Kernsegmente.
- Wachstumsfelder: Selektive Expansion in Energie‑Speicher, Datenzentren und Schifffahrts‑Kernsegmente; weiter erhöhte F&E‑Investitionen.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Nachfrageerwartung: Marine besser als Vergleichsperiode; Energy für 12 Monate in etwa stabil; Storage soll sich im nächsten 12‑Monats‑Zeitraum verbessern.
- Risiken: Geopolitische Unsicherheit, US‑Tarife und regulatorische Headwinds können Timing und Investitionsentscheidungen verschieben.
- Timinghinweis: Management erwartet höhere Umsatz- und Bestellaktivität in Q4 (Liefer‑Skew zu Q4).
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Datenzentren: Stärkeres Interesse an Wärtsilä‑Motoren für Off‑grid/hohe MW‑Installationen; Pipeline sichtbar, schwierige Quantifizierung des Adressable Market.
- Liefer‑/Saisonalität: Q4‑Skew erklärt durch vereinbarte Lieferpläne (EPC vs. Equipment) und Projekttiming; Margen werden bei Umsatzverlagerung entsprechend erkannt.
- Energy Storage: Q3‑Schwäche (Order intake -79%) durch US‑Tarife, stärkere Konkurrenz und Zell‑Sourcing; Management verlagert Teile der Beschaffung regional.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Solide Quartalskennzahlen, stärkere Profitabilität und starker Cashflow untermauern das Zielbild. Kurzfristig belasten Energy‑Storage‑Orders und Timing‑Effekte; Anleger sollten Q4‑Lieferungen, Ordertrends im Storage sowie geopolitische/regulatorische Entwicklungen fokussiert verfolgen.
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
1. Management Discussion
Welcome to Wärtsilä Q3 pre-silent call and greetings from Sunny Helsinki. My name is Hanna-Maria Heikkinen, and I'm in charge of Investor Relations. Today, our CFO, Arjen Berends, will start with key messages. We will also show a few slides which are already available on our IR website, and my colleague, [Nora] will share a link to the chart. [Operator Instructions].
Arjen, please time to start.
All right. And let's start with these slides, if you can put them on the screen. Yes, let's start with these. It's a bit of, let's say, a reminder, you could say as well. We had good progress in our divestment of the portfolio businesses. As we already earlier announced ANCS is now no longer part of the Q3 numbers as we did the closing, let's say, earlier in the year. So that one is out, and please consider that also in your numbers.
We will likely have a positive impact of about EUR 30 million. But there are still, let's say, some post-closing adjustments that need to be tuned. So let's see what the final outcome is, but I don't expect it majorly different. And whatever, let's say, happens there will lend in items affecting comparability. ANCS was the most profitable unit in portfolio business. It's about -- it was about 80% of the portfolio business, operating results just for our reference. And also, we have corrected the order book. So that the order book will be adjusted also for the remainder part of ANCS to be delivered in the future, which now, of course, goes to the new owner. And that is about, let's say, EUR 250 million, EUR 260 million.
Then we also announced earlier the divestment of Marine Electrical Systems to Vinci, and that we anticipate still to close within the last quarter of 2025. So after that, that will also be no longer part of our business anymore and our numbers neither. Then we have two businesses left in portfolio business, which is gas solutions and water and waste. And okay, it's difficult to say exact timing, but hopefully, sooner rather than later, we will also be able to divest them.
If we move to the next slide, it's a bit about, let's say, the volume outlook, let's say, for the second half of this year. In Marine, we have a good order book, I would say, to reach, let's say, our own internal target of the full year, and especially for equipment business. It's quite a lot of equipment that needs to go out in the second half of the year. For Energy, it's the same. We have also a good order book for the remainder of the year, but we clearly expect a peak in energy to happen in the fourth quarter. So that will clearly be the -- from a sales perspective, the heavier quarter of the two.
Good to know that in Energy, let's say, we focus more and more actually on equipment deliveries, EEQ, as we use as an abbreviation, where earlier, let's say, we had actually more EPC deliveries, but that has completely shifted in a couple of years. Now the far majority of our deliveries is EEQ, which is also a different revenue recognition method is based on deliveries, completed contract method, where EPC is typically POC. So that's a change also in the way we recognize sales.
One general comment and the goal both for Marine and Energy. The longer in time the order book gets, also the longer it takes to convert from order intake to sales. So good to keep in mind as well. Energy storage, similar market conditions are still there as we also saw at the end of Q2. The U.S. market is more or less on a stand-still situation, which makes that all competitors are moving to the active markets, which, of course, makes that market extremely competitive. So it remains a bit of a challenge to operate in this market. Hopefully, let's say, things will stabilize, yes, as soon as possible. If possible, but of course, with let's say, tariff discussions in the U.S., and I think you can all see how quick things change, it's not so easy to predict. Challenging market and clearly, let's say, it is all our focus as well.
If we move to the next slide, which is basically the most recent Clarkson forecast that came a couple of days ago, basically. In general, not so much change in the picture. So this is basically the same picture as you could see from our Q2 interim report where we see the total, let's say, ship contracting in the top and, let's say, what is happening in our key segments. And basically, there is not any major changes, I would say, if you look at Clarkson total forecast, 2025 adjusted a little bit up 2.6%, 48 vessels by '26, was adjusted a little bit down. 1.6%, 31 vessels. Now in the total of, let's say, close to 1,900 to 2,000 vessels that is very minor. So you could say 2% to 3% adjustments either up or down, which, in my view, is basically ignorable. The trend is what counts and that has actually not changed.
If you look at our key segments, I would say, good activity in cruise, ferries, very good potential, aging fleet and the pressure is building up for owners to renew basically. LNG, not so much activities today. But with, let's say, investment decision on LNG export projects coming more and more online. We anticipate this will improve over time. And offshore, not so much activity on the newbuild side, but on the service side, we see very good activities.
Then specifically focused on Marine. Decarbonization continues. First of all, that is not only for Marine that also goes for Energy. In Marine, of course, the key, you could say, event on the horizon is, of course, the decision on the global carbon fee, which is due to be decided upon in October, I think in the week of the 13th of October. Let's see what happens there. Despite, let's say, the decision, I believe that decarbonization will also drive our business. Yes, certain items like carbon capture might, let's say, delay a bit because that's very unclear under this decision context of the IMO, how that will fit in into this whole carbon fee. So that might delay a bit. But otherwise, let's say, anything that improves fuel efficiency is hot in the market. And fuel efficiency, at the same time, reduces carbon output because it correlates. So yes, despite the decision, I'm still very positive about, let's say, the way forward and decarbonization will not stop.
Good opportunities also in Marine on moving up the service value either. We see good traction in agreements and also in projects also better than what we saw earlier. So I'm quite happy with the development there as well.
In Energy, renewable energy still remains the cheapest form of generating electricity. They are intermittent. So you need balancing power. And that's, of course, let's say, a key market where we are strong with our solution. I think we have a perfect solution for basically anybody. Then on top of that, you have the whole data center opportunity, which is a very fresh and new one. But clearly, let's say, taking on quite well. And let's say, as also Hakan reflected, earlier in his meeting on the strategy that we are working on several opportunities globally, I would say, it's not only U.S., even though that's the biggest market, but we are working with many opportunities in different places.
Good to see also that the utilization rate of our installed base and energy is holding up quite nicely, around $4,000 per installation.
On tariffs, so far, we anticipate limited impact. Also, let's say, our evaluation of the latest aluminum and steel tariffs. We don't foresee any major implications to Wärtsilä. But of course, with tariffs, things can change very fast. So yes, what's the situation today and tomorrow can differ quite a bit.
We are currently expanding our R&D facilities in Vaasa, so creating for a potential for future growth. Not just in, say, R&D capability, but also in our manufacturing capacity and volumes in the sustainable technology of Vaasa and that is proceeding quite well according to plans.
Yes, I would leave it there and give the floor for questions.
[Operator Instructions] So the first question is coming from Akash Gupta.
2. Question Answer
My question is on data center orders and regarding your announcement policy because last quarter, you announced after we had consensus poll and as we have seen after the announcement that share price was quite sensitive to that press release.
So just a question on your announcement policy on data center orders because I think over the last couple of months, we have seen a very active market in the U.S. and there is a possibility that you might have landed something. So I just wanted to ask on your communication guidelines. And just because you haven't announced something, does it mean that there is something in there? Or just like there may be another scope of backdated order when it comes to your communication policy?
No, we don't have a specific communication policy for data centers. Let's say, we want to publish basically all the orders that we can publish. But of course, this is always, let's say, two parties need to agree that there is some kind of publications. Some customers don't want it. So we are depending on them. Let's say we make an announcement. Sometimes they don't want to have any news on it. Sometimes they say, okay, that is fine, even with the name. So it varies case by case. Of course, really significant orders, if you think, let's say, I think it's $400 million plus.
Yes, $500 million.
$500 million plus, then for sure, we will go out. But those we have not booked that I can tell already.
And those very significant. Those are announced as stock exchange release, press release regulation.
Yes. That will be release then.
Threshold is half of EUR 1 billion, not EUR 500 billion?
Yes.
The next question comes from Max Yates.
My question would just be around your Marine Services business. I guess one of the things that sort of one of, maybe the only things that was going less well in your business last quarter was your service orders. So they were negative in Marine. I think they were down 4%. I know we sort of talked about at length the kind of tough comps that you had in retrofits and upgrades. But I guess, to what extent would we expect that to then kind of rebound and turn positive again?
And maybe just if you could talk about the kind of broader environment for servicing. Have you seen any pull forward? Has there been any change in kind of shipping routes and ton miles that may affect the service growth? Or can we be comfortable just looking back and saying that was a one-off, and we see that business kind of resuming back in growth territory?
Let's say, I mentioned before, the retrofit business. Let's say, we look at the book-to-bill ratio on a rolling 12-month basis. And let's say, at the end of the last quarter, then of course, you look Q3 to Q2. And the majority of the retrofit order intake coincidentally or not, let's say, it's always depending on timing of orders. But in 2024, 37% of the Marine order intake for retrofits fell in Q2 and 43% in Energy. And that's why the line, let's say, dropped below one.
But can I just -- because it also dropped because it went from like 70% to 75% down to 41% quarter-on-quarter. So it did drop quite significantly sequentially. Like when you look at the absolute numbers of what your retrofits are, it's not enough just to -- I guess my question still stands. Okay, sorry, sorry I interrupted. But just trying to understand, like, is there -- do we see that kind of going back to 70% and that was just a one-off basically?
I would not compare service numbers quarter-on-quarter. It's useless, in particular for retrofits and agreements, let's say, timing of orders makes such a difference. And also the delivery actually. Let's say, if you book now a lot. let's say if you book in Q2 a lot, it might be that they are all delivered in the same quarter the year after. So it's much better to look at the rolling 12-month trend. Not. at least I'm not getting nervous on, let's say, a quarter-to-quarter comparison that there is a drop, No. I'm more looking at the trend. I think that's more relevant.
So the trend is still in terms of services. Nothing's really changed, and it's still a growth business from here?
Yes. We anticipate still, let's say, moving forward on the value ladder, which also [indiscernible].
Next question . Question comes from Antti Kansanen.
Just one question for me regarding the delivery times and manufacturing capacity, especially on the Energy division side. I mea,n, I guess you have a pretty good visibility on the marine side on your core segments regarding kind of yard contracting vessels who have not yet ordered engines, but you have kind of good reasons to expect you will get those orders. But what about then when you kind of look at your slots for energy next, let's say, couple of years? Like what's the power plant delivery times right now?
And you mentioned increasing a little bit the capacity also on the manufacturing side in Vaasa. So how should we think about that going forward? I mean if we continue to see really strong orders, at what point will it just lengthen your delivery times and not add additional revenue growth anymore?
That's a difficult question to answer because it depends very much on -- let's say, if all data center orders would come to us, we would be sold out tomorrow. But that's not happening. So you need to make always an evaluation of, let's say, what do you have in the pipeline? How serious are the discussions? At what time do you think it will, let's say, land basically in our books and also considering what kind of delivery time relates to it?
Let's say, also, let's say, our capacity is not fully utilized yet. If you want a 200-megawatt power plant, I think you can still get, let's say, engines for Q4 next year. Not all engine types because, let's say, we are clearly, let's say, limited in what configurations you can do and cannot do. That depends on, let's say, the mix between, okay, how much Marine, how much Energy? How much is it with the generator? And how much not? So there are lots of, let's say, variations. And typically, the bottleneck in the factory is the testing capacity.
So that we are trying to optimize. It's like -- it's a big puzzle basically. Its like loading a container vessel, which one goes in first and which one goes out first in the next port. So it's not so easy to manage, but I think we can still handle more. We have also possibility to overflow volume. So if we see the need, let's say, marine engines can also still be moved to the joint venture. So I think we are flexible in the near term. Of course, if sustainably, let's say, the capacity requirement is going up and up. Yes, we will for sure, take investment decisions at some point of time then as well.
Yes. I mean.
But we do we don't want to run ahead of the troops here now.
No, I get it. I mean, previously, you kind of published the megawatts that you were delivering per year, but I guess that figure is not available for last year. But is there something you would like to say regarding kind of any ballpark what we should think about your Vaasa kind of capacity in terms of that, versus what the historical reported numbers that you have had on deliveries? Because back then, you had Trieste as well. So?
No, I will not make any competitor any smarter.
The next question comes from Vivek Midha.
My question is quite similar to the last one, but it's just around the Energy guidance and how to think about that in the context of the demand you're seeing, particularly around data centers. You're guiding for relatively similar demand over the next 12 months.
And I just wanted to understand more. Clearly, you've had an excellent 12 months of order intake. Should we think of your guidance as maybe a more, a conservative view based on the uncertainties around the lumpiness with these large orders? How these potentially could land? Or is it, say, a balanced assessments because, for example, as you say, you've got certain constraints on how quickly you can get things out the door. And so it's based on an assessment of when these things are going to land?
No, I think got it right, actually. Let's say, we try to be realistic in our guidance and big orders, in or out, make a big difference. So -- and I said it many times, the timing is not so easy to say. Let's say, what that happened this quarter, the next quarter or the quarter after. Sometimes you think, okay, you will book it in this quarter, but then it shifts 3 quarters out, for whatever reason. We try to be as realistic as possible and I'd rather over-deliver than overpromise.
Next question comes from Daniela Costa.
I just wanted to ask a little bit more into Marine and in terms of like the tendering and the things that are on the pipeline right now. If you can comment a bit by subsegment, across all the subsegments, especially like naval and LNG. Wondering if you're seeing any signs of a pickup in activity there right now?
Naval, yes, I think there is more activity, clearly, but I think it's really about, let's say, quoting activities. Let's say, if now of course, with the geopolitical uncertainty, let's say a lot of countries are investing in defense and maritime, navies, I mean then here. But let's say, from, let's say, an increase of budget decision to, let's say, a contract for equipment from a yard, for example, that can take several years.
Because, let's say, what are you going to invest in as a country? Let's say, is it new [indiscernible] program? Or is it something else? submarines, you name it. There are many different Navy vessels. So it takes a long time to convert, let's say, increased spending decision by government to, let's say, final contract from a yard to us. And yes, because there is also all kind of test and requirements and paper working in between. It's quite cumbersome in Navy in general. So I would not be surprised 4, 5 years from now. Some go faster, some go lower, but it's not just like that.
Then on your question on LNG. I think at the moment, it's like I said in the beginning, a bit slowish. And I think that's also, let's say, what Clarkson basically announces in the updated forecast. But there is more, let's say, export capacity coming online. So the outlook is more positive. And the expectation, at least that we see, or we have, is that '26 will definitely be a better year than '25. But '25 was very low. So you could almost say it cannot get worse than that.
The next question comes from Johan Eliason.
I was wondering about your net working capital development. I mean you've been highlighting a little bit that should normalize over time. And looking at your guidance, you have better in Marine and stable in Energy and better in storage. Sort of a little bit of a mixed picture.
Is there any sort of immediate conclusions one should draw about how to look at the net working capital going forward?
Let's say, we have been, let's say, breaking negative records quarter-on-quarter. And I've always said that, okay, I expect it to normalize. There are clearly elements in the market today that I'm making it, let's say, I would say a normal is perhaps the wrong word. But let's say there are extraordinary items in the market today.
As an example, if you have, let's say, customers, which we see quite regular, I would say, even a little bit increasing. They don't want to give, let's say, payment security in the form of LCs or bank guarantees or whatever. I'm perfectly fine with that. Then it's cash up front. And we have, in the past years, gotten quite a few of those. And we see -- I would not say it's a trend, but I would say I've seen it more than before.
If I look at my history as a CFO. So that's one element, is that sustainable over time? I don't know. Is this something of today? I cannot say. But it is what it is. And will that change? That's one element where I say, okay, will that last? And if it doesn't last, it will, of course, have an impact to, let's say, the cash flow basically in the project.
Another one, which is also in this respect, worth mentioning is the yard order book. Yard order book latest, I heard is 3.9 years out. And the longer it gets into the future -- and let's say, if yards and that is also a tendency wants to lock their cost as well. Okay, they can lock the cost at Wärtsilä then you need to put a purchase order to us and pay a down payment. So you get the money earlier and actually the cash out because the deliveries further and further into the future that has a positive impact to cash flow today.
Will those things last? If yard order books, if you because yard capacity is expanding. If the yard order books gets shorter again, this will disappear most likely. What horizon? Difficult to say. But those are two examples of areas where I think, okay, this might be a temporary thing. Let's see how long. At least if I look, let's say, short to midterm, I think we will keep, let's say, pretty well negative working capital.
Earlier, I was thinking it could be probably be slightly positive or close to 0, but I think we will have negative working capital still for quite some time forward. I will not put a let's say, a time line on it, but it looks like.
And you haven't changed your risk profile in the contracts you are taking? I mean, if it's a guarantee or if it's a cash down payment for you, it doesn't change the portfolio?
No, no. We want to have payment security in all our contracts. So that's one must have. And okay, like I said, fine for me if somebody doesn't want to open an LC, cash upfront.
The next question comes from Vlad Sergievskii.
Have you shared, or disclosed, what would be the cash proceeds for Wärtsilä from these divestments?
No.
Any indication on the multiple? Because obviously, the earnings contribution from those assets, you are referring to are quite material, right? It's EUR 20-plus million in the first half. EUR 40-plus million annualized. Any reasonable multiple would suggest there are many hundred millions of euros of contribution up there?
We are not opening that up, definitely not on the parts to be sold.
Understood. Understood. If I can try to squeeze a quick one then instead of this one. The fact that you are not expecting a material impact from this new Section 232 tariff. Is it down to the fact that the amount that is due on this tariff is actually quite small? Or it's down to the fact that your customers are kind enough to take those costs?
It's -- let's say, first of all, we are not paying for tariffs. So let's say, whatever tariff happens, let's say, we are not the one to pay. That's passed on to the customers. And then, let's say, your first evaluation is, of course, true. Let's say, we are continuously looking at -- because it's also always changing, let's say, what custom quotes are in and what custom quotes are out. So we keep a close eye on it with the knowledge of today, the impact is limited.
Next question comes from [indiscernible].
My question is on storage. I mean, obviously, Hakan spoke about it a couple of weeks ago that the situation is not good. I think you sounded a bit even more cautious. I mean for us, I guess, it's really hard to get our arm around this, right, in terms of how bad it is. I mean is there any helping hands you can give us in terms of framing the problem, quantifying the problem or?
No, not really. Like I said, the market is super, super complicated at the moment. If you take the U.S. market, I think the latest tariffs on batteries from China, which is still the biggest supplier. And of course, there are discussions ongoing, let's say, batteries from China? Or is it batteries by a Chinese producer outside China? Lots of, let's say, variation. But the latest tariff is around, I think, 40-ish percent. 40%, 41%. I think if I remember it right.
It's uncertainty. Nobody takes decision and uncertainty. We have good opportunities. I would say, outside the U.S. Let's say, our active project pipeline. As we also said in, I think was April and even at the end of Q2, we have good projects, let's say, active projects outside. But the fact is that, let's say, while the U.S. market is on a standstill. All the competitors, they are moving to the active markets because they all have, let's say, capacity cost to cover, including ourselves. That's also why we need orders.
Difficult to open up. Let's say there are lots of uncertainty. I think we I'm still hopeful that we will get some orders in and let's say, also this year. And yes, we need to, let's say, manage this. This is a challenge, let's say, that we are facing. And yes, we will, for sure, take action, the required actions if so needed. But that's all I can say. It's a difficult circumstance. But it's -- yes, it's only from April. It started with Liberation Day, basically. So in a way, it's also a little bit too early to make, let's say, firm conclusions.
And because the thing I'm also wondering about is obviously that the profitability situation, right? We remember the days when it was heavily loss-making. Should we expect that to return at least temporarily? Or is it not going to be that bad? So that's what I'm wondering about now.
Let's say, so far, we have a good order book. So the deliveries, let's say, they keep us going. But clearly, we need orders for, in particular, let's say, next year still.
The next question comes from Anders Idborg.
I just wanted, Arjen, if you could clarify the comments you gave there initially about the shift from EPC to EEQ. And what it does to revenue and earnings recognition? What does it do? How does it affect basically the skew towards Q4 compared to how it used to work when EPC was like 50%, yes?
Now let's say, when you do EPC, you do percentage of completion contracting. So it goes by progress, if I put it very simple. And that's much more, let's say, linear revenue recognition and of course, also, let's say, equivalent margin.
When you go to, let's say, equipment delivery, basically, you recognize on the moment that you deliver. So it's much more momentum like -- so -- and then, of course, it's very relevant that, okay, when is that momentum to the majority of the order book?
Let's say, in the past, let's say, the order book for Energy -- you could say it was much more, let's say, linear delivered proof because the majority was EPC, percentage of completion. Now it's very much [indiscernible] depending on, let's say, when do we deliver to the customer. What have we agreed when we book the order? And that gives a little bit more, let's say, fluctuations in revenue recognition per quarter.
Yes, that make sense. And the same for earnings, I suppose, even though. It seems like, Ok.
You do revenue recognition for sales and margin and that, of course, goes hand in hand.
So next question comes from Antti Kansanen.
Yes. It was basically a very similar question than what [indiscernible] already asked for, and I wanted to maybe -- if you could talk a little bit about the cost base on the energy storage side. How much kind of -- how much is it isolated to the U.S. market in a sense that if that market continues to be on a very low level? Because we don't, you don't have a lot of like fixed assets on there. It's more like consultancy or design type of business.
So what is kind of the fixed level of cost base that you are running? How flexible are you into this kind of a new level of reality where the demand is much lower in one particular, even a very important region?
I would not bound it to, let's say, what is U.S. bound. Let's say, of course, the U.S. And let's say it's a global market. I mean let's say, like I said earlier, basically, the majority of our opportunities, even before the tariffs started were outside the U.S. We had good opportunities that we're working on.
The fact is that, let's say, because of the U.S. standstill, let's say, all the competition move to the active markets, and that makes the whole thing complicated. I would say it's very much, let's say -- of course, it's related to the U.S., but let's say, just like that. Of course, if the U.S. market would, let's say, open up and let's say, all these tariffs are gone and the whole Liberation Day is cancele,d, for sure. I think it would help not only us, I would think it would help the whole storage market. Because everybody has the same challenge.
So it's more about just kind of gross margin pressure on whatever orders that you might get elsewhere?
Yes. As I said, with increased -- let's say, when there is a lot of supply, and you know also that the EV market is not taking all the batteries. So yes, there is cheap solutions in the market all over the place. Then it's -- we are working with customers that value -- we will not be the cheapest. We have never been and we will most likely never be. But there are clearly customers that value our proposition, which is, let's say, execution capability, performance. Let's say, guarantees no thermal incidents, et cetera. And I think that has a value to customers, and they are willing to pay for it.
But now let's say everybody is going to the active markets. Let's say there are others that can also do something similar, or very close to what we can do. So it makes the whole, let's say, equation quite difficult. And yes. It's getting more price pressure, and that's clear.
Okay. And then my second follow-up question was on then on the Energy side, on the power plant side. And I mea,n, there's always a bit of quarterly volatility on the equipment order intake.
Is there anything you would want to highlight regarding kind of a client decision-making? I mean, some companies are seeing that the tariff environment is creating a little bit of hesitancy and slowness. You are not as exposed according to your comments. So anything that you want to say about client decision-making on the power plant side?
No activities are still, let's say, continuing. Let's say if -- of course, we are, let's say, in this 15% tariff category, let's say with our engine solution. But I would not say that we see stoppages of projects in the U.S. because of that. No. I think people are still making decisions. And for example, recently, let's say, the data center order in the U.S. is a good example, but also the order for, let's say, Kentucky, I think, was another good example. Things are moving forward. They're not stopping. That is not -- or with this level of tariff, I would say.
Next question comes from Sven [indiscernible].
One follow-up question, please, from my side is regarding the IMO meeting in October. I mean obviously, you have a marine backlog in place, you have a guidance for the next 12 months. I mean, do you think there's anything either in the backlog or in the pipeline tied to the carbon tax decision? Or is it just a copilot? And if it happens, it happens, if it doesn't happen, it won't really influence the decision making?
No, I think it's the later. Let's say, all customers are very keen on fuel efficiency improvements. And of course, if you make steps into fuel efficiency improvements, you help your economics, first of all. But it correlates also with, let's say, CO2 output, as an example, or exhaust in general. And that will help you no matter what the decision is on your carbon footprint being it CII, or let's not forget that there is already a carbon fee in the maritime industry in Europe, or the global one, if that happens.
But let's say, people, or customers, see that the fuels of the future will be more expensive than the fuels of today. It will happen in the lifetime of a vessel. If the carbon fee is not decided now, it might be decided in 5 years from now. But it will likely come in the lifetime of the vessel. So whatever we can do to work with fuel efficiency clearly helps us.
It's more basically for those who are intending to adopt late and not adopting at the moment anyhow. It's probably more important for them?
Yes. Let's say, [indiscernible] handing our Marine business, as I said many times that, let's say, this decarbonization journey is a complicated one. Let's say, if you're going too fast, that's not good for you. If you're going too slow, it's not good for you either. You need to strike the right balance with retrofits and getting the right rating and -- because also the carbon fee if it would be decided for a global carbon fee. It will not be implemented just like that. If offshore be gradual. So what's the speed could adjust. We are doing a lot of consultancy work actually on this with customers.
Next question comes from Johan Eliason.
Just a follow-up on the EEQ, EPC discussion. Obviously, you are now guiding for Energy to have a peak delivery in Q4. Does that imply that we are sort of back to this normal seasonality pattern, at least for the Energy division? Then that this is the best margin of the year? Or I thought that was more related to services historically, the pattern you had there.
let's say, it's, of course, what you agree with -- let's say, these orders that we now deliver in the second half of this year, they have probably been booked, let's say, 1 year ago or perhaps even longer ago. I don't know them all by heart let's say, which go out now in this or next quarter. But yes, you follow the delivery requirement of the customer. And I think now I'm talking out of my head now. I think it has been rather stable on the equipment sales for energy recently despite the fact that we moved to EEQ. So I think it depends very much on, let's say, how are the delivery schedules per quarter.
I would not say that, let's say, a normal Q4 seasonality is back again. I don't take sure. At least it's too early for me to conclude that.
And what was the main reason for this seasonality to sort of disappear after the pandemic? Can you remind us?
Again, let's say -- okay. There's one element, which is very difficult to exactly say what the impact of it is because then you need to talk to all our customers basically. I could imagine.Now I'm just speculating that, let's say, customers take yachts, for example. They are building a ship. Most likely, they will do revenue recognition based on percentage of completion because the ship typically builds over a long period of time. If they close their financial year, they would like to have the delivery from us, let's say, before the year-end because then they can revenue recognize in the financial year.
I'm not sure if that's the reason. But that has historically been at least in a few occasions, I know of myself, actually, when I was a marine controller many years ago, was the case. How much that plays today, I cannot say, Then you need to ask really our customers. But let's say, we deliver according to agreed delivery schedules with customers. And this is us just how it is.
Next question comes from Panu Laitinmäki.
I just wanted to ask about the data center potential or the new orders that you are negotiating about. What is the size of those potential orders? Would that compare to the one that you have announced in terms of megawatts?
Lets say we are working with several orders, I would say. Like Hakan said, more than a handful, clearly. Yes, I would say anything between 50 and I would say, 300, 400 megawatts.
Okay. So those are within that range, [indiscernible] potential one's?
Yes.
[Operator Instructions] There is one question by email. What are you seeing on fit momentum in energy in the U.S.? Any trends you can draw out post the rate cut and the U.S. tax bill, or outcome on renewable subsidies?
I'm not sure if I get the question.
I didn't get it unfortunately either. Maybe any trends you can draw out, post the rate cut, and the U.S. tax bill outcome on the renewable subsidies? I think maybe regarding the changes in renewable subsidies?
Let's say, at least for us, I don't see a lot of impac,t, frankly speaking. Let's say, like I said, the projects in the U.S., they continue there is need for balancing power. And let's say, renewable energy is still the most affordable way to generate electricity.
If you look at the last year, let's say, the main additions, I think, also came from renewable. So that supports our case. Let's say, we don't see any postponements or cancellations in that sense, at least not immediately say by the customer, okay, it's linked to that. No.
And there's another question regarding the energy storage. Given the current state of storage markets, what markets or regions you see as strategic, the next 3 to 5 years?
Let's say, what is currently active is mainly, let's say, Australia, Europe, incidents let's say, in other places of the world. But I would say those are the most active today.
Having said that, of course, in the U.S., I think if there would not be dis-uncertainty about tariff, I think it will be a very active market. Will that change in 3 years from now? I hope so. So I think the U.S. is not doing themselves a favor, let's say, continuing with this uncertainty in tariffs. But will it happen? I cannot say.
I do not see additional questions by e-mail. [Operator Instructions].
Thank you, Arjen. So the Q3 report will be published on October 28. I hope you can enjoy the autumn before that. Thank you, everybody.
Thank you very much. See you later.
Bye.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Zentrale Botschaft: Management berichtet Fortschritt bei Portfolio‑Desinvestitionen (ANCS verkauft) und bestätigt, dass divestierte Einheiten die künftigen Umsätze und das Orderbuch reduzieren; gleichzeitig wird für Energy ein Umsatz‑Peak im Q4 erwartet und die Storage‑Märkte bleiben wegen US‑Zöllen volatil.
🚀 Strategische Highlights
- Portfolio‑Bereinigung: ANCS ist aus Q3‑Zahlen entfernt; Verkauf wirkt erwartbar positiv mit ~EUR 30 Mio. einmaligem Effekt; restliches Portfolio (Gas Solutions, Water & Waste) weiter zum Verkauf.
- Marine & Energy: Fokus auf decarbonization und Service‑Umsatzsteigerung; Schiffsfahrt‑Nachfrage segmentabhängig (Cruise/Ferries gut, LNG schwach, Offshore Service stark).
- Liefermodell: Klarer Shift von EPC (Percentage‑of‑Completion) zu Equipment‑Deliveries (EEQ = Equipment deliveries), dadurch volatilere Quartalsumsätze nach Lieferzeitpunkten.
🔎 Neue Informationen
- Kurzfristig: Orderbuchbereinigung: künftige ANCS‑Lieferungen ~EUR 250–260 Mio. werden an Käufer übergehen; Marine Electrical Systems an Vinci wird voraussichtlich Q4 2025 schließen.
- Storage: US‑Markt steht faktisch still wegen Batteriezöllen (~40%); Wettbewerbsdruck und Margenrisiken steigen, aktive Pipeline außerhalb USA bleibt aber vorhanden.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Data Centers: Keine spezielle Ankündigungspolitik; Schwellenwert für verpflichtende Bekanntgabe ~EUR 500 Mio.; Veröffentlichungen erfolgen nur mit Kundenfreigabe.
- Services/Retrofits: Rückgang in einem Quartal erklärt durch Timing‑Effekte; Management empfiehlt Rollierende 12‑Monats‑Sicht statt QoQ‑Vergleich.
- Kapazität & Lieferzeiten: Vaasa‑Ausbau geplant; aktuelle Auslastung noch nicht limitierend, Testing‑Kapazität als Engpass, Overflow‑Optionen und JV‑Hilfen vorhanden.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Investment‑Fazit: Call liefert klare Progress‑Signale zur Portfolio‑Bereinigung und pragmatische Einschätzung zu Nachfrage‑Peaks (Energy Q4) und Storage‑Risiken. Kurzfristig bleiben Umsatz‑Timing, Storage‑Tarife und große Data‑Center‑Aufträge die wichtigsten Treiber für Kurs‑ und Ergebnisvolatilität.
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
1. Management Discussion
Hi, all, and welcome to Wärtsilä CEO Strategy Call, I'm Hanna-Maria, I'm in charge of Investor Relations. Today, our CEO, Hakan Agnevall, will discuss some of our long-term opportunities. And after Hakan key messages there is a possibility to ask questions. Hakan will show also 2 slides which are part of our road show material, which is always available on our IR cover page.
My colleague, Noora will send you the slides after the call. As a reminder, we will host a pre-silent call on September 30, together with our CFO, Arjen Berends. So leave the questions related to recent trading and detailed financials to that call. If you have a question, please use raise your hand functionality in Teams. And in the case you don't have the possibility to use raise your hand functionality, you can also send an e-mail to me. Hakan, please?
Yes. Hello, everybody, and I see the questions already starting to come in. So that's good. It's going to be a good session today. I suggest that I give a couple of overview comments on where we are and how our strategic outlook, how we see the future, and then we go over to the Q&A.
So Marine & Energy, if we start on the marine side. we see a demand situation that is holding up, rather well, I would say, both on new build and services. I mean we do underline the continued message that our core segments continue to be strong. I mean, we all know the market volumes are coming down from the record 2024. But please note that even using Clarkson data, their forecast and outlook is -- continues actually to be higher than the 10-year average.
And that is even more accentuated for the Wärtsilä core segments, cruise, ferries, offshore, special vessels, et cetera. So still a rather strong view of the market. I think our strategy in this space, our decarbonization journey, it's also adding or supporting the growth and of course, we see MEPC83, the vote is coming in October. If the industry will start or introduced carbon fees. That would be a landmark. Of course, U.S. is opposed. We don't know how the vote will go. After the vote, there is also a process afterwards, where the flag states also need to approve it. So there is still an approval process.
And of course, nobody knows for sure how this will play out. I would say a vote for, I mean, an introduction of carbon fees on a global scale will certainly support the Wärtsilä strategy. Now in a situation where, for some reason, this will not go through. I think Wärtsilä is still rather well placed. Shipowners take a long-term perspective. I mean vessel for 25, 30 years. So they will have to have a long-term perspective. And regardless, the whole topic of energy efficiency, fuel efficiency and fuel flexibility will still be strong.
Flexibility will be key because even with -- I mean, there will continue to be uncertainty. So from that perspective, a positive decision will certainly support Wärtsilä, a negative decision is not the end of Wärtsilä, so to say, rather the opposite. I think we have a very strong offering, and we will also fare relatively well in situation. But of course, for the world, it would be really good with a decision to move on with the IMO suggested framework. So core segments, decarb, it continues to play out. Services, we pointed that out last time, book-to-bill continues above 1. And we have a bit of a cyclicality on the retrofit side, but we also said this is a cyclical business. So we still have a positive view of our strategy.
And then the whole focus on moving up the service value ladder, it's our strategy -- continues to be our strategy, and we do see it playing out. Our agreement business is growing and still with a good renewal rate above 90%, et cetera, et cetera. So it's the same narrative as before. It's working for us. It's really working. If I -- I will cover the U.S. tariffs later on, I do energy first and then we can certainly talk about the U.S. tariff situation. If I go over to energy, it is the narrative of balancing. And now we have a new -- and baseload and the new -- somewhat new theme on baseload is, of course, data centers, and I will come back and comment.
But if we start with balancing, we do see continued growth of renewables on a global scale, even in the U.S. And I think the awareness of the need of balancing is growing in many parts of the world. And certainly, when we see the market going forward, we see also a lot of interest for balancing. Various maturity in different markets. but still strong interest. If we talk about baseload, we have, you could say, our traditional baseload, providing baseload for South America, Asia, et cetera. There are markets there. Clearly, there is the demand.
And of course, it's project business. So it's a bit cyclical, and it can shift from one quarter to the other. But I think the underlying fundamentals are strong. And now, of course, we add the whole data center piece to this equation. And let's share some slides here. It's not a new message, but we can reiterate it. First of all, I get a lot of questions from analyst these days that, Hakan, what's the size of data center? And how big is it going to be? And I would say, nobody knows.
And there are a lot of reputable institutions and players that are trying to make estimates. And when I look at those estimates, if you look at accumulated 5-year new installations. Those estimates vary between 20 gigawatt and 100 gigawatts. So quite a big span. So to do predictions is very, very hard. However, the underlying demand is certainly there. And there is a lot of activity. We can clearly see it. And as you've seen from last quarter, we start now also to have our first orders in the U.S. We had orders before in Europe, we had our first U.S. orders.
And what is happening is -- and this slide we have shown before. Basically, if you go back a couple of years, and it's not so many years, the typical data center need was 20 to 100 megawatts , if you are building a data center, you went to a utility and asked to have this power available. And then to back up the grid basically, you bought some high-speed engines from -- not from Wärtsilä because we don't have high speed to stabilize. And in this, you could say the old business model, Wärtsilä -- this was not in Wärtsilä sweet spot because we do bigger engines for bigger power. But now what is happening as the size of the data centers are growing, we are talking 50, 300.
I mean we are talking all the way to 1 giga. We don't play there in the giga, but we certainly play in this, I would say, 20 to 400 megawatts. And when the data centers has that demand and they go to the utility, they say -- the utility says, well, through interesting business opportunity, but we need to run this through our process -- planning process because we will need to build additional infrastructure and generation and that takes 5 to 7 years.
So now the data center developers are looking for -- not everywhere, but in many cases, they are looking to generate their own power. And the amount of power is coming into our sweet spot, so to say. And this is what we start to see, and this is, of course, a very interesting business opportunity for us. I think the technology that we're offering, we're always competing with the gas turbine. But we have -- also in this area, we have some interesting advantages.
First is our modularity. As you know -- you might know, you build engine power plants of several engines, whereas you build gas turbine plants with a few gas turbines. And this modularity with several engines has actually helped when you want to have an affordable very high uptime reliability. Of course, our other argument of high fuel efficiency compared to the gas turbine still holds in this because it's going to be baseload. So it's a lot of energy.
We don't need water or very limited water compared to the gas turbine. So those advantages that we have been talking about before. They're certainly relevant in this segment as well. And I think what is accentuated in this particular segment is our modular design. So that's pretty interesting. Now I'm sure some of you want to ask or will ask so I take that already. Okay, you had your first order in the U.S., will you have more orders in the U.S. this year?
And then I would say, and as I said in the second quarter, is that we are working with many different opportunities. The opportunities are in different stages of maturity as they always are in project business. and sometimes they go up and go down. But we have more than a handful of interesting opportunities in different stages. And we could have another order. I'm not saying we will but we could have another U.S. data center orders this year, clearly.
So that is a little bit on the energy side. So to sum it up, the balancing narrative is still there. We see it playing out, we have a base loan business, you saw the record quarter. This type of opportunities, mining opportunity in Pakistan. They are still there. And now we start to see the data center also coming in, so that is good.
On energy services, it's a similar narrative like in marine, moving up the service value ladder, moving customers more and more into agreements. And it's playing out also with a very good renewal rate above 90% and still also with growth opportunities going forward. So that's Marine & Energy portfolio. We continue the divestments. We closed on ANCS. You saw that, we have signed on marine electrical systems, and we still have water and waste and gas solutions and that is ongoing.
So that is also playing out as we've been talking about. Then, of course, tariffs and geopolitical tensions, clearly, we live in times of high uncertainty. And we underline that in our guidance as well. There is a lot of uncertainty. But I think underlying business is still developing, demand side is developing in a good way. Now if we talk about the tariffs I would say, and I've been to China, I've been to Korea, recently, talking to shipyards and customers. And we all know that U.S. part of global shipping, it's less than 15%.
So I think the industry is still moving ahead, and there are still vessels being built in China and Korea for sure. And -- so I would say that the impact so far limited. Of course, if there is a global downturn of trade, international trade, that will certainly affect the industry. But so far, I would say, limited impact. If we look at our energy business, so our thermal power plant business, yes, we are exporting the engine from Helsinki and also from Wärtsilä in Finland to the U.S. And yes, we are applying the relevant custom duties.
There has been some dynamics on how -- which rates and how you apply them, et cetera. I would say the impact of the most recent changes. Our analysis so far that the impact will be limited. But we also underline also this is a very dynamic topic. And I think the rules that are applied one day could definitely change the other day. But so far, I would still say limited impact on our thermal business, so to say. And then finally, on energy storage, and this is clearly impacted in a major way by the import duties versus Asia.
And I would still say that the U.S. storage market is muted, which also leads to that competition in other markets is increasing. So it's a very competitive space right now. It's a tough space. We still continue with the storage strategy that we have kind of communicated earlier this year, i.e. it's still a focused growth in certain core markets, and we are executing on that. But it is a competitive space. There is no doubt about it.
All right. A quick summary, exposé of the strategy and how we see the future, so to say. So with that, let's open up for questions.
Thank you, Hakan. So the first question comes from Daniela Costa.
2. Question Answer
Two-part question. But related to your commentary on data centers. We have seen like the turbine companies, I would say, the last 2 years, they've had a lot of orders. Their backlogs are really long. So I guess, first part of the question is, why do we think we're only now starting to see the growth for engine is kind of, have the benefits that you talked about that's been developed more recently or the customers weren't aware.
So just may be a bit of why we're only seeing this demand now? And then when we look at some of the turbine companies saying they're going to double capacity in 2 few years and adding more, how does that interplay with your space, how should we be thinking about that?
So I think many of the -- I mean, you should ask our gas turbine competitors, but I think that some of the really big gas turbine orders have been for the -- we talk about the gigawatt projects. These are the segments that we are not playing. And my understanding is also that on top of the data center orders, they have also had quite a lot of big utility orders in many parts of the world, which are in this giga -- in the higher power space where we are not playing. So that is -- I think that's pretty straightforward.
Now when it comes to delivery times, et cetera, yes, the gas turbine guys are sold out. We are sold out for certain parts of our portfolio, but we can still deliver on 12 months on other parts of our portfolio. And I won't go into the details of that for a very competitive -- obvious competitive reasons. But I think in Wärtsilä, we have a good loading situation. And for some part of our portfolio we're sold out, but for others, we can still deliver.
And to this point, you said sort of the giga project...
Daniela, it's a bit hard to hear you because your -- I don't know if your microphone is strange or something here on our end, but.
Okay. You're hearing me like this without microphone?
Yes, much better.
So on this comment on sort of the giga projects, does that mean sort of the turbines are maybe more for hyperscaler type projects and you may be more exposed to colo, okay, what -- how exactly maybe you can help understand there?
So if we talk about hyperscalers, they do bigger data storage. I mean, super big giga data storage and they do the more midsized data storage. So I mean, there are different type of data storage. Those data storage are acquired or built or contracted by the hyperscalers. It depends where they are located, the situation of the local power system. I think the key thing here to create business opportunity for us is that, of course, you have a grid situation where you cannot rely on the grid.
So you need to generate your own power. So that's the starting point. Now -- and then if you have the super big, the giga, you will go with CCGTs gas turbines, if you're in this segment, which I indicated, sweet spot 20 to 40 megawatts, Then you would be looking at engines and gas turbines. And then I would say that we have some pretty interesting advantages there.
Next question comes from John-B Kim.
Continuing on the energy theme, can we talk a little bit about the shape of the market. Now without holding you to numbers or size, if you look at your business plan or really strategy here over the next 3 to 5 years, how much would you expect from base load applications. So the examples we gave about smaller DCs running on tank of engines versus back up.
So first, I'm going to -- it's just nomenclature. We don't call it backup. We call it balancing because backup is more the functionality that the high-speed engines are providing, i.e., you have a grid and if the grid malfunctions, you have a backup high-speed engines. So we are not in that. That's not our sweet spot. We talk about the balancing when you have renewable swinging and you need to balance though, but it's a nomenclature of it.
Coming back to you, what's your share of balancing in baseload, what's in your business plan, and first of all, we don't approach our target setting like that, it swings a lot, between years. I think last year, balancing was 70%, approximately. This year, I think it's -- I mean, the split between balancing and baseload is almost the opposite. It swings a lot between different years.
Okay. Helpful. And outside of the U.S., which markets or regions are you most excited about over the next 3 to 5 years for energy?
I'm excited about the world because, as I said, U.S. is clearly a leader in -- sorry -- it's a clear leader in data centers. But we do see other parts of the world also moving on the data centers, but U.S. is the biggest. Balancing power, U.S. is also the biggest for us, but we start to see this in Asia as well. And baseload, it's all over the place. South America, Brazil, maybe Argentina, Indonesia, Australia, et cetera, et cetera.
The next question comes from Antti Kansanen.
Continuing with the same theme on the data center side. And I wanted to ask a little bit about the aftermarket opportunities in these cases. Because as you mentioned, Hakan already, I mean, a lot of the demand is created by the fact that the guys access the grid. But what do you think that happens in 5 to 7 to 10 years' time when they perhaps get the access and the grid operators have invested on their capacities?
Are you still -- or how do you calculate the lifetime profitability on those projects without knowing exactly the long-term capacity factors? And back on Daniela's point on the turbine makers being sold out, you're selling scarcity. So are you getting rewarded on the newbuild side, how should we think about these things?
Yes. So I mean, first of all, you should talk to data center developers about the TCO model life. I mean, because they would know how they plan their investments. But to your point, I mean, this is like a mining operation. No pun intended. Where you run the power generation 24/7 uptime reliability is key, key, key. And I would say that we will have a very strong service business. And I would also say -- I would -- and as you said, you should talk to the customers directly.
But I would say that we will have a strong service business beyond the 5 years because, let's say, in a scenario that the grid will come back. If I was a data center, I would start to export the power to the grid. You have it there. And you have it on super energy-efficient vessel engine. So hopefully, if you're lucky, which has better energy efficiency than the gas turbines, and that are highly flexible. So you're also prepared when you want to integrate renewables.
Because renewables, as we all know, they are good, but they are intermittent and then you have the balancing to gain. So I think we have -- we will have a strong service business on the data center side, not only for 5 years. Then coming back to your second part of your question, and I'm missing it. Antti, can you repeat it.
Antti, I think you are muted.
It was on the newbuild profitability. I mean you're selling scarcity, a lot of the competitors are sold out, so.
Yes. No, I would say that, of course, in this situation, we have a good price realization, of course, there is a limit how far you can go because we have customers that are professional and they will not pay too much, so to say. But I would say that we have a good price realization.
All right. And then maybe I'll try to ask a little bit details on kind of, you already mentioned the project pipeline, and they are on various degrees. But if we look -- if we just look at the news flow regarding the entire kind of data center, AI stuff on U.S., I mean, last night, we saw Oracle popping up 30% on their numbers, which is very kind of driven by that market. Are you seeing kind of sense of urgency increasing on the portfolio that you are talking about, that decisions are speeding up and they are kind of more eager to get the project up and running.
So I would say I see a high level of activity, clearly. I'm not sure if it has increased the last 3 or 4 months, I would say it continues to be high or very high. I think -- as I said, projects are in different stages of maturity. There are projects, they come up, they pop down and go down again because people need to find the permits, all this -- when you do develop big projects that sometimes you run into some blocks and then it takes 2, 3 months and then you're through.
So from that perspective, data center power business is like any other power business. It's -- but there is a clear demand for power for data center, and there is a lot of activities, clearly. And if compare -- I mean if we compare to 1 year ago, I mean the derivative is clearly positive.
And maybe on the time line regarding kind of executing those projects on these negotiations, is your delivery capability really the bottleneck? I mean you said that maybe you're sold out in a lot of the applications for the next 12 months, so maybe the delivery time is 18, 24, or whatever. Is that the bottleneck on those projects that you are negotiating? Or is it any way that those projects will be delivered in that type of a frame that it doesn't really matter?
No, I would say the bottleneck is more than our customers that they need to get their -- because our customers are selling to the hyperscalers. So we have us as an OEM, you have the power or data center power developer and then you have the hyperscalers. So of course, this -- you could say it's a middleman. I mean, I underplay the role, but there's -- in the middle between the OEM and hyperscale. And of course, they need to contract with us, but they also need to contract with hyperscaler. So there is a lot of negotiations ongoing.
And of course, they are building a power plant. So they need the environmental permits, the building permits and all the other permits and of course, this is never a linear process. This type of project development dynamic, this is what is really setting the pace, I would say.
Next question comes from Sven Weier.
Few question from my side, please. But I'll start with marine, and then I also have a question on data center. On the marine side, just curious about cruise. I mean we've now seen Clarkson data 3 months without any cruise orders, at least in the current data. I mean it's a lumpy market, we know that. I was just wondering what you see in the forward pipeline? I mean, is this just a pause, the usual lumpiness? Do you see more projects? That's the first one.
And the answer is yes, it's lumpiness. I think we see our underlying demand side that is strong. And of course, there is limitation on yard capacity. I mean there are 3 big yards that are the dominant in place. And of course, they are selling their slots but I see strong underlying demand. So I would talk more about lumpiness than anything else.
And at the same time, offshore was pretty good. I mean, was that in your neighborhood for your type of offshore exposure? Or should we take comfort from the data?
Yes, I think that -- a short-term data -- as you know, Sven, I think you should take -- you need to discount them with a very high factor. We talked about that. You need to see the longer-term trends. And I think for us, and I know you're seeing it but in our quarterly report, we always show the volumes there, and we show what the Clarksons forecast is and how it compares to the 10-year average. We have -- you have a top graph and the bottom graph on that slide. And you see we have done. What's the Clarkson data for Wärtsilä core segments? And you see it's way above -- even if Clarkson have revised down, but the current levels that they are predicting is still way over the 10 years. And I think this is the -- what is important.
The follow-up question I had on data centers is, again, on the claim to say, look on energy efficiency. We are relatively similar. There's not much difference to the turbines, honestly, it's a little bit difficult at least on my end, to always have the evidence, right, because different people say different things. I was just wondering on the U.S. example, was that a project where you are competing against the turbine and you won the project because your solution is better?
Or was this a project where they had a problem getting access to turbines because they're sold out. Can you give us a little bit more insight into this very specific project?
So there is -- I will try to sketch something, I cannot go into the details because this is an anonymous customer and we have signed an NDA, so I need to respect that. But I would say we're always competing with gas turbines and even in data centers, okay? So the dynamics is very similar to what we have on balancing in baseload. So it is about our fuel efficiency. It's about low water consumption. As I said, the additional element on data centers is our modularity, and more engines than gas turbines, it has an impact how you calculate the reliability.
And then -- but it's also clearly, it's the CapEx, OpEx, some people put more focus on CapEx, so sometimes that emphasizes the advantage of the gas turbines and then we have, of course, delivery times as well, where some of the gas turbine manufacturer sold out, not everybody sold out, but some are. So it's the same complexity in the customer's decision metrics like we have on balancing and baseload. Maybe with the caveat there that the modularity is something that plays out extra favorable in this high uptime reliability application.
So the projects that you have now in the pipeline in the U.S. that are not signed yet. It's not a case of the turbine guys can't deliver. So you're in the game. It's a level...
It's a mix, Sven. There are those, clearly, but there are those opportunities where the customers really see the benefit of what I've just been talking about for our engines, so to say.
And maybe the final one, if I may, is just on what you said on storage because you said things are getting a bit more competitive outside the U.S. But I guess everything is still in line with the kind of strategy that you had. You told us that short-term margins would be a bit lower in the long term, 3% to 5%, I think it's still -- everything is still very much consistent with that, I guess.
It is, but I would add that competition has increased. I mean there are 2 things. We didn't predict Liberation Day, and also, we didn't predict that some of the battery cell providers, they are moving -- integrating forward. They are starting to compete with us in a stronger way and that is a consequence, maybe of the first one because when the U.S. market is muted, of course, people are still trying to push that volume. So that tends -- people have stopped to think how do I compete in other markets.
So if I sum that up, the difference between when we launched our financial targets to where we are now is the competition has increased, but we are still sticking to our strategy.
Next question comes from Max Yates.
I had a couple of questions. Just on the tariffs on Section 232 and what came out over the summer. I guess one of the dynamics is components and now kind of products with high steel content are now captured under the tariff. So I guess, the very simple question is, are the engines with potentially high steel content. Are they now facing 50% tariffs as per the agreement? Or is it still sort of they're facing the tariffs coming out of Europe because I guess that's a relatively straightforward question of what tariff are you trying to push to your customers?
And the short answer is much closer to the 15% than to the 50%. I mean this is rather complicated. It goes into the custom code. It comes into material choices and weights, et cetera, et cetera. So I mean -- but to answer your question, it's much closer to the 15% than to anything else.
Okay. Maybe just the second question is how you're thinking about capacity in Wärtsilä because I guess, if I look at most of the gas turbine companies in gigawatt terms, they're increasing by anywhere between kind of 30% to 50%. So I guess 2-part question. How able are you within the kind of brownfield confines to do that in Wärtsilä and at what point would you actually start to do that? Or is that very much kind of moving up the plan?
So we have ample space to expand in Wärtsilä. We are actually expanding as we speak. If you visit Wärtsilä, which I encourage you to do, and I know we will arrange things. You will see that the digging machines and it's happening. So -- and we -- I think in April, we announced that we are expanding R&D but also manufacturing. So we haven't said how much, and I won't say how much, okay, the gas turbine, competitors they have given you those numbers. But we are expanding, and we have capacity -- I mean we have capability to expand further.
Okay. Very clear. And just thirdly, how quickly can you do that? If you were to add sort of 30% capacity, is that a sort of 1-year, 2-year, 3-year project? And are there any constraints on the supply chain that would make that impossible.
So if I start -- I mean when you expand capacity, to your point, I mean, we are -- you could say our industrial system, we do final assembly, we do some in-house manufacturing of some critical components. But to ramp up our capabilities also very much related to ramping up supply chain. Can we do that? Yes, we can do that. How much time does it take to add capacities? I mean there is no -- how long is a road, but it's a year, it's 2 years, it's 3 years, in that time domain. It's not 5 years, it's not 1 year.
Okay. Just 2 more quick questions. So if I look back at kind of when this business was at its peak in terms of what you were taking in order intake. I think you were somewhere in the region of kind of 3.5 to 4 gigawatts annually, given the capacity that you have and the lead times, can you ever get back to that kind of stage? Or at what point does it just become ridiculous that you're taking orders that are so far in advance because of capacity? What is that reasonable from what is physically possible and where the lead times are acceptable?
So I mean if you compare -- I mean, you're right. I mean I think we -- if you look at the maximum gigawatt we ever delivered, it's probably somewhere in 2018. And since then, we have also, of course, closed manufacturing in Trieste in Italy. So now when we talk European -- of course, we have our JVs in China. We have capacity there. But if we talk about the energy space, those engines are delivered from Finland. Now what's our capability in Wärtsilä and how can we expand? I am saying we can -- we have such a team there. We have such a strong support from the city, from the region, from the whole cluster. The sky is the limit.
Then we should do this in a wise way. I mean as you know, we are well capitalized. So we have the financial firepower to invest and we are investing. We have the ecosystem there to support us. I think we have good suppliers also to support us. So we will take our capacity to where we see the market going and what becomes attractive, so to say. So -- and as I said before, we are already expanding and we -- and that is even public. If you go back to the April announcement, really.
Okay. Just final one. Just to focus on the energy storage comments. Because I guess you do have some visibility on what the sort of price per megawatt hour and the kind of pre-calculation margins on some of these projects. I guess, for us, the other side, it's a very different outcome if this business does 2% margins or goes back into loss making. I know you never like sort of commenting on margins, but I mean, are we talking about -- I mean, it sounds quite severe when you talk about it.
So are we talking about this business going back loss-making when we think about the margins? Or are you just saying we might drop out temporarily out of our 3% to 5% guidance range, but we can keep it profitable. Just any way to kind of quantify the severity of those comments.
I would say and not to -- it's a very relevant question. I think it's very much related to how the U.S. market will evolve going forward and how that will go, I think nobody knows. So I think competition is growing. That's for sure. and how these dynamics will play out going forward? It's very unclear, I would say. I will leave it at that.
Next question comes from Akash Gupta.
I got a few as well. Maybe starting first with marine. So I think in the past down cycles, we have seen some cancellation mostly at Asian shipyards, more so at Chinese shipyard than other Korean and Japanese one. I mean, so far, we have seen significant decline in contracting activity, but maybe if you can talk about have we seen some cancellations already?
And how do we think about risk of cancellation in this cycle and linking with this with MEPC 83 vote that is coming next month. Could that be a trigger for, let's say, a bit different behavior from your customers' customers?
So once again, I mean, I urge you -- first of all, I mean, everybody is talking about a big decline. Yes, 2024 was a peak year, absolutely. And the volumes this year are much lower but please look what Clarkson is forecasting. Okay, you can challenge if Clarkson are right or wrong, but I think they are the most reputable institute in trying to predict the future in this industry. Their estimates for the coming 3 years are above the average 10-year demand.
So I don't recognize this that there is a crisis, so to say. Yes, volumes have come down from 2024. So that's the general comment. And then I would encourage you also please look, maybe you have done that already, but please look at this slide in our quarterly report. If you look at Wärtsilä's core segments, Clarkson is very optimistic about that, clearly about the 10-year average and when it comes to cancellation related to that, so no, we have not had any cancellations rather the opposite, we have new orders coming in.
Thank you. And then I have a couple of questions on energy side. The first one is more technical. I think you have said that you're operating in market for up to 400 to 500 megawatts. I mean you can stack these engines and probably you can go even higher. So why can't you go even higher and, let's say, have a set up that could be 700, 800-megawatt and would be more suitable for some of the hyperscaler customers' requirement? What are the technology challenges there? Or is it something else?
No. So I mean it's very practical. I mean, there is no technical limit. You can build gigawatts of engine power plants. The thing is that there will be quite a few engines, and it would take quite a lot of space. So those are the constraints. It's always a balanced decision, how much space you want to allocate. And then the other thing if you intend to run a combined cycle, I mean, use the heat that you generate. Are you going to use this for district heating or for something else.
That also lends into the equation, so to say. So -- but I would say, for practical purposes, it's similar. Why don't you build 1 gigawatt with high-speed engines. You can do it, but it's going to be a hell of a lot of engines and you're going to fill a lot of space with engines. And of course, they need to be maintained, et cetera, et cetera. So that is very practical.
And then maybe a follow-up to that. I mean, is there anything that stops this combined cycle technology in terms of like capturing the heat and having a steam engine to -- steam turbine to fire up with engines because, I guess, let's say, if you have 400, 500 megawatts set up, there will be a lot of heat. Can it be done theoretically? And are you looking at it to further improve maybe attractiveness of your offering?
And we are doing -- I mean, this is not -- I mean, to put a steam turbine after the engines, you can do that. We're doing it in Mexico in certain installation. It's about how much value if you can use it, how you use it. So it's part of the equation. But normally, if you're looking at the 1 gigawatt installation, the -- it's a better equation, energy equation for the CCGTs then it would be for engines with the steam turbine, so to say. But up to -- but 400 megawatts we are certainly competitive. Not in all occasions, for all applications, but in many applications, we have a very interesting alternative.
And lastly, a follow-up on your earlier comment. I think you mentioned your customers are selling, I think, electricity to hyperscalers. So just to double check, you have not been approached by hyperscalers directly, it's basically the customers that are building infrastructure for hyperscalers?
Correct. I mean we are not doing business directly with hyperscaler so far, I would say, at least.
The next question comes from Vivek Midha.
Thank you very much, everyone. Good afternoon. I hope you can hear me well. I have a few more sort of follow-ups on some of the questions earlier. The first was on the capacity commentary. You mentioned the expansion of Wärtsilä sustainable technology hub. And based on your release, the comment was that the completion is expected into 2028. But I was wondering if you could maybe just give a little bit more color about the phasing of that? Should we expect that there's some incremental capacity coming from that expansion bleeding in, in '26 and '27 before the eventual completion? How should we think about that?
No, I would say that when it comes to testing capacity, maybe there is something earlier. When it comes to manufacturing contribution, it's probably in '28. But please also note the comment that I made that, yes, we have -- we are sold out, you could say, second half of 2027 for certain of our engine offering. But for others, we still have 12 months delivery time. And please don't ask me to elaborate on which engine, I don't want to give that to competition.
Understood. And just following up on that, I guess, it's a tricky one to answer, but I mean testing sounds like it is one of the key bottlenecks. I mean, is there any way you can quantify for us just how much of a bottleneck testing is at the moment, that testing capacity bit.
I don't have an even a proper KPI for it, sorry.
Fair enough. Then there's another question around -- I have a couple for you around service because clearly, you had a strong up cycle now on the order intake in energy. And so -- and particularly now with, for example, data center that feeds into your baseload service fleet. When can that start to feed into the service revenue growth? When does that -- what's kind of the lead time between deliveries and when that becomes relevant for your service business?
So basically, we take an order, I'm talking very generically now, there is a lot of it, but just to give you -- because I think I understand the logic behind your question. So we take an order, let's say, it takes 12 to 18 months to build it. These days, we -- not for all, but many times, we signed some type of service agreements, sometimes even operation and maintenance agreement very early. So this service agreement starts to kick in very closely to when we start operating the plant.
And then we have a kind of an internal accounting guideline, and Arjen has been talking about this in the past, so it's nothing new. If we sign a 10-year service agreement, we only book -- the first booking is for the first 2 years. So we don't book -- I mean, let's say, we deliver after 12 months, let's assume that the service agreement starts immediately when we start to operate -- and the customer starts to operating the engine. Let's say that we have signed a 10-year maintenance agreement, where we will book when we start operating is only 2 out of the 10 years.
And my last question is just sort of summary thoughts around how you're thinking about service growth going forward because you've highlighted the book-to-bill, maybe the Q2 order intake was not quite so strong, but a lot of that was retrofits. But over the last few years, you've seen some very strong service growth and as we go forward, do you expect that to be sustained? Is it likely to go close to maybe your group target? How should we think about normalized service growth going forward?
No. I mean I think we sent very strong signals. I mean our service order intake continues to be well above book-to-bill and we also made this breakdown of the 4 disciplines within services because we clearly acknowledge that the retrofit is cyclical. And I know in the past, maybe still, it caused you some concerns among the analysts.
But I think we've been very consistent with our message. Services continues to grow, it will continue to grow. It's a major driver of both our growth and profitability. And even more importantly, it's a major driver of our customer happiness and satisfaction.
Next question comes from Tom Skogman.
October 1, Europe is moving to 15-minute pricing market in power. So I mean, what will happen and what regions are included in this? And I guess, can you draw some similarities for what has happened in certain states in the U.S. from this?
So I don't know exactly which regions are involved, but I can clearly say that the more granular, I mean, in the shorter time for this resolution, the more value will be realized in balancing power. We will put even further focus on balancing power. And this is good for Wärtsilä. So from that perspective, this will support Wärtsilä's business going forward. Now just to put in references, and because you alluded to the U.S., I mean people have moved from a couple of hours to 1 hour, in Japan, there is no 1 hour.
And we that change from a couple of hours to 1 hour, that is clearly putting the focus on the balancing power. And now in Europe is moving to 15 minutes, it will create additional focus. I would also say it's still early to say. But I mean we remember the Spanish incident, power outage earlier this year. I think there are still ongoing root causes and there are different hypothesis but it's clearly so, I think that there is more and more stakeholders realizing that. Renewables are great, but we need more balancing power.
And in balancing power, yes, and also to strengthen the grid. Green is not black or white. There is no single simple solution. But moving to 15 minutes, it will support us maybe next quarter, no, and maybe not next year, but in 5 years, it will definitely support Wärtsilä basically.
Will it trigger closure of some certain form of power generation?
I would say, I mean, coming back to the narrative and Tom, you've been following us for long. So normally, you chase us. When is the big revolution coming? And if we say that it's coming but it's more linear. Yes. I mean it is a story. When need for balancing goes up with more renewables, you put the balancing in, then you will start to phase out the big -- often coal-fired power plants. And this will happen.
All right. Then moving over to data centers. To my understanding, the power demand goes up and down extremely quickly, even more quickly than your engines can ramp up and ramp down. So how is this technologically done basically? And what is your responsibility here? Are the batteries in between? Or -- and who is responsible for no failures basically there.
So basically, this is where the system developers -- our customers, they are the develop the power systems for the hyperscalers. We talked about these 3 stage, you could say, business system, OEMs, the data power center developers and the hyperscalers. So they design these power plants for -- to reach the appropriate reliability, and the reliability requirement from the hyperscalers is very, very high. And how do they do that design, well, they introduce redundancy in the engines or gas turbines, but as I said, you lead less redundancy from a modernized engine power plant.
You can add some batteries also if you need it. We are not into that. We deliver the engines. Of course, we have -- there is a certain reliability requirement on each engine from our side, and we need to meet that but the step change from that level up to a level where the hyperscaler wants to have. This is one of the major tasks and engineering -- and also risk management competencies of these power developers for the hyperscalers.
Okay. Now in 4 minutes, so 1 more question from you, please. But it needs to be the last.
Yes. The final question then is when I just look at marine equipment and the different kind of segment. And I can just notice that the merchant segment has been clearly larger the last 3 years than before that. Of course, they have had a good order cycle. I mean, but is there something beyond this that you sell more products to the merchant segment than to other segments. But you have increased that compared to history?
I mean you could say there is a little but -- we sold more auxiliary engines, especially with the introduction of methanol. We talked about that before that for the new fuels, we have a higher market share in main engines, but also in auxiliaries. So that has fed in a little bit. But I would also say, cruise has been very muted for a number of years. And now it's starting to come back. And of course, if you look on the percentage, this means that percentage-wise merchant has been strong. But yes, as I said, I'm optimistic about cruise going forward.
And we have 2 minutes. [ Nicholas ], then you can raise 1 question, but only one.
Just one on the -- I'm not sure if you looked at this Cat agreement with Hunt Energy, I think it was like a gigawatt over some undetermined period of time. But maybe you can talk through why, I guess, why they went with Cat as opposed to you? Maybe did you compete in this? And would you be interested in signing a similar type of agreement with someone else or where you agree to provide X amount over a few years?
I must say, I pull a blank on the Cat agreement -- I guess, Caterpillar, I guess, I don't know. So I can't comment on that. But I can comment on, are we in our business thinking, do we want to sign up agreements for power for long time forward. We are little bit hesitating on that. I mean if you want to sign, then you will have to pay the full amount and there are very few customers willing to do so. And then to charge like a 10% or 20% reservation fee, it normally doesn't work very well. So that's why our general approach is that if you're willing to place a firm order, 100%, then we book you in, but to pay 10% for, that's a reservation, no.
I'm afraid that we need to close the call now. So thank you, Hakan, thank you for all of the great questions. Pre-silent call will be on September 30. I hope you can enjoy September before that. Thank you.
Thank you very much. Thank you for today.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
Wärtsilä — Shareholder/Analyst Call - Wärtsilä Oyj Abp
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Kernaussage: Wärtsilä positioniert sich als Plattformlieferant für Marine und Energie mit klarem Fokus auf Services, Dekarbonisierung und neuem Wachstum durch Data‑Center‑Power (Sweet‑spot ~20–400 MW). Nachfrage in Kernsegmenten bleibt trotz Zyklik über dem 10‑Jahres‑Durchschnitt (Clarkson‑Referenz).
- Kurzfazit: Erste US‑Data‑Center‑Aufträge und anhaltend hohes Service‑Momentum stützen die Strategie; geopolitik‑ und tarifbedingte Risiken bleiben relevant.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- Data Centers: Modularität, hohe Verfügbarkeit, Treibstoffeffizienz und geringer Wasserbedarf als Verkaufsargumente gegen Gasturbinen; mehrere Opportunities in verschiedenen Reifegraden, weitere US‑Aufträge möglich.
- Services: Fokus auf "Service value ladder" mit Agreement‑Geschäft, Erneuerungsrate >90% und Book‑to‑Bill >1; Services als Margen‑ und Umsatztreiber.
- Portfolio & Kapazität: Fortgesetzte Desinvestments (z. B. ANCS), Ausbau von R&D/Produktion (Sustainable Technology Hub), schrittweise Kapazitätserweiterung geplant.
- Regulatorik: MEPC83‑Abstimmung (Oktober) zu CO2‑Gebühren als potenzieller Beschleuniger für Schiffs‑Dekarbonisierung.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- US‑Orders: Erste bestätigte Data‑Center‑Aufträge in den USA; mehrere weitere Opportunities in der Pipeline, aber projektabhängig.
- Tarife & Zeitplan: Aktuelle US‑Zollwirkung für Motoren näher bei ~15% als bei 50%; Thema bleibt dynamisch.
- Hub‑Timing: Ausbau/Testing liefert erste Kapazitätsbeiträge früher, Produktionsbeitrag eher ab 2028 (Firmemeldung/CEO‑Kommentar).
- Storage: US‑Storagemarkt gedämpft; verstärkte Konkurrenz und Margenrisiko in gewissen Märkten.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Data‑Center‑Wettbewerb: Analysten haken nach, ob Wins durch Vorteil oder Verfügbarkeit der Turbinen bedingt sind; Management: Mix aus beidem und modulare Vorteile als Differenzierer.
- Kapazität & Lieferzeiten: Nachfrageüberhang in Teilen des Portfolios; Ausbau möglich, Zeitrahmen für spürbare Kapazitätserweiterung eher 1–3 Jahre; Testkapazität früher verfügbar als volle Fertigung.
- Margins & Storage: Fragen zu Margen im Storage‑Geschäft; Management vermeidet konkrete Margenprognosen, betont erhöhte Konkurrenz und Unsicherheit.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Investor‑Takeaway: Positives strategisches Bild: stabiles Marine‑ und Service‑geschäft plus neues Data‑Center‑Segment als Wachstumstreiber. Kurzfristige Risiken durch Tarife, Storage‑Wettbewerb und Projektumsetzungsrisiken bleiben. Wichtige Beobachtungspunkte: Order‑konversionen (Data‑Center), Entscheidung MEPC83 und Entwicklung der Storage‑Margen.
Finanzdaten von Wärtsilä
Umsatz
Der Umsatz stellt die Summe aller Einnahmen eines Unternehmens z. B. für dessen Produkte oder Dienstleistungen dar.
Umsatz (TTM) einfach erklärtDirekte Kosten
Direkte Kosten sind die Kosten, die direkt im Zusammenhang mit der Herstellung des Produkts oder der Dienstleistung entstehen.
Bruttoertrag
Der Bruttoertrag gibt an, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellkosten im Unternehmen verbleibt. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der Bruttomarge (engl. Gross Margin).
Brutto Marge einfach erklärtVertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten
Die Vertriebs- & Verwaltungskosten (engl. Selling, General & Administrative expenses, kurz SG&A) beinhalten alle Aufwände für Marketing und den Verkauf sowie die allgemeine Verwaltung des Unternehmens.
Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten
Die Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten (engl. research & development costs, kurz R&D) geben Auskunft darüber, wie viel das Unternehmen in die Forschung und die Entwicklung seiner Produkte investiert. Vor allem prozentual vom Umsatz und im Vergleich zu direkten Wettbewerbern sind die Kosten interessant.
EBITDA
Das EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der EBITDA-Marge.
Abschreibungen
Abschreibungen stellen Wertminderungen von Vermögensgegenständen des Unternehmens dar (z.B. durch Abnutzung von Maschinen).
EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis)
Das EBIT (engl. Earnings Before Interest and Taxes) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen und Steuern, das auch als operatives Ergebnis bezeichnet wird. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von
der EBIT-Marge.
Nettogewinn
Der Nettogewinn stellt den Gewinn oder Verlust nach Abzug aller Kosten dar.
Nettogewinn einfach erklärtaktien.guide Premium
| Jun '26 |
+/-
%
|
||
| Umsatz | 6.749 6.749 |
1 %
1 %
100 %
|
|
| - Direkte Kosten | - - |
-
-
|
|
| Bruttoertrag | - - |
-
-
|
|
| - Vertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten | - - |
-
-
|
|
| - Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten | - - |
-
-
|
|
| EBITDA | 995 995 |
8 %
8 %
15 %
|
|
| - Abschreibungen | 147 147 |
3 %
3 %
2 %
|
|
| EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis) EBIT | 848 848 |
10 %
10 %
13 %
|
|
| Nettogewinn | 659 659 |
17 %
17 %
10 %
|
|
Angaben in Millionen EUR.
Nichts mehr verpassen! Wir senden Dir alle News zur Wärtsilä-Aktie direkt und kostenlos in Deine Mailbox.
Auf Wunsch erhältst Du jeden Morgen pünktlich zum Frühstück eine E-Mail, die alle für Dich relevanten Aktien-News enthält.
Wärtsilä Aktie News
Firmenprofil
aktien.guide Premium
| Hauptsitz | Finnland |
| CEO | Mr. Agnevall |
| Mitarbeiter | 17.938 |
| Gegründet | 1834 |
| Webseite | www.wartsila.com |


